HomeMy WebLinkAboutOrd 1626
Johnson County Aquatic Health Code - 2025
Code Language based on the 2023 Model Aquatic Health Code, 4th Edition
1
Table of Contents
1.0 Policy, Administration, and Enforcement .............. 7
1.1.1 Title ................................................................ 7
1.1.2 Legal Authority .............................................. 7
1.2 Administration ........................................................ 8
1.2.1 Administering Authority ................................ 8
1.2.2 Administrative Actions and Decisions ........... 8
1.2.3 Interpretation of Terms or Words ................... 8
1.2.4 Technical and Scientific Terms ...................... 9
1.2.5 Vested Interests .............................................. 9
1.2.6 Compatibility with Other Laws ...................... 9
1.3 Adoption of the Model Aquatic Health Code ......... 9
1.3.1 Adoption Declaration ..................................... 9
1.4 User Guide .............................................................. 9
1.4.2 Title, Keyword, Phrase Text ........................... 9
1.4.3 Annex to the Model Aquatic Health Code ... 10
1.4.3.1 Bibliography ................................................ 10
1.4.3.2 Appendices .................................................. 10
2.0 Glossary of Abbreviations and Terms .................... 11
2.1 Glossary of Abbreviations ................................. 11
2.2 Glossary of Terms ............................................. 15
3.0 Cited Standards and Laws ..................................... 22
4.0 A Aquatic Facility Design Standards and
Construction ...................................................................... 28
4.1 Plan Submittal ....................................................... 28
4.1.1 Plan Submittal ................................................... 28
4.1.2 Content of Design Report ................................. 28
4.1.2.1 Basis of Design Report .............................. 28
4.1.2.2 Plans and Specifications............................. 29
4.1.2.3 Technical Specifications ............................ 30
4.1.3 A Plan Approval ................................................ 33
4.1.3.1 New Construction ...................................... 33
4.1.3.2 Non-Substantial Alterations ....................... 33
4.1.3.3 A Replacements .......................................... 33
4.1.4 A Compliance Certificate ................................... 34
4.1.5 Construction Permits......................................... 34
4.2 Materials ............................................................... 35
4.2.1 Aquatic Venues ................................................. 35
4.2.2 Indoor Aquatic Facility ..................................... 36
4.2.2.1 Interior Finish ............................................ 36
4.2.2.2 A Condensation Prevention......................... 36
4.2.2.3 Mechanical Systems .................................. 36
4.2.2.4 A Indoor Aquatic Facility Doors ......... 37
4.2.2.5 A Indoor Aquatic Facility Windows ........... 37
4.3 Equipment Standards ............................................ 37
4.4 Aquatic Facility and Venue Operation and
Maintenance [N/A] ........................................................... 38
4.5 Aquatic Venue Structure ...................................... 38
4.5.1 A Design for Risk Management ....................... 38
4.5.2 Bottom Slope .................................................... 38
4.5.3 Pool Access / Egress ......................................... 38
4.5.4 Stairs ................................................................. 39
4.5.5 Handrails........................................................... 40
4.5.6 Grab Rails ......................................................... 41
4.5.7 Recessed Steps.................................................. 42
4.5.8 Ladders ............................................................. 43
4.5.8.1 General Guidance for Ladders ................... 43
4.5.8.2 A Ladder Handrails ............................. 43
4.5.8.3 Ladder Treads ............................................ 43
4.5.9 Zero Depth (Sloped) Entries ............................. 44
4.5.10 Disabled Access ............................................ 44
4.5.11 Color and Finish ........................................... 44
4.5.12 Walls ............................................................. 45
4.5.13 A Structural Stability ..................................... 46
4.5.14 A Handholds .................................................. 46
4.5.15 Infinity Edges ............................................... 46
4.5.16 A Underwater Benches .................................. 47
4.5.17 Underwater Ledges ....................................... 47
Figure 4.5.17.4: Structural Support Ledges ............... 47
4.5.18 A Underwater Shelves ................................... 48
4.5.19 Depth Markers and Markings ....................... 48
4.5.19.1 Location ..................................................... 48
4.5.19.2 Construction / Size ..................................... 49
4.5.19.4 No Diving Markers .................................... 49
4.5.19.5 A Depth Marking At Break in Floor Slope . 49
4.5.20 Aquatic Venue Shell Maintenance [N/A] .. 50
4.6 Indoor / Outdoor Environment .............................. 50
4.6.1 Lighting ............................................................ 50
4.6.1.1 General Requirements ............................... 50
4.6.1.4 A Overhead Lighting .................................. 51
4.6.1.5 A Underwater Lighting ............................... 51
4.6.1.6 A Night Swimming with No Underwater
Lighting 51
4.6.1.7 A Emergency Lighting ................................ 51
4.6.2 A Indoor Aquatic Facility Ventilation ................ 51
4.6.2.6 Temperature and Humidity Control ........... 52
4.6.2.7 Performance Requirements for Air Handling
Systems 53
4.6.2.8 Air Handling System Installation ............... 55
4.6.2.9 Air Handling System Commissioning ....... 55
4.6.3 A Indoor/Outdoor Aquatic Facility Electrical
Systems and Components ............................................. 55
4.6.3.1 A General Guidance .................................... 55
4.6.3.2 A Electrical Equipment in Interior Chemical
Storage Spaces ........................................................... 56
4.6.4 A Pool Water Heating ........................................ 56
4.6.5 First Aid Area ................................................... 56
4.6.6 Emergency Exit ................................................. 56
4.6.7 Drinking Fountains ........................................... 56
4.6.8 Garbage Receptacles ......................................... 57
4.6.9 Food and Drink Concessions ............................ 57
4.6.10 Spectator Areas ............................................. 57
4.6.11 Indoor Aquatic Facility Acoustics ................ 58
4.7 Recirculation and Water Treatment ...................... 58
4.7.1 Recirculation Systems and Equipment.............. 58
4.7.1.1 A General .................................................... 58
4.7.1.2 A Combined Aquatic Venue Treatment ...... 58
4.7.1.3 Inlets .......................................................... 58
4.7.1.4 Perimeter Overflow Systems/Gutters ......... 59
4.7.1.5 Skimmers and Alternative Gutter
Technologies Using In-Pool Surge Capacity ............. 60
4.7.1.6 A Submerged Suction Outlet ...................... 61
4.7.1.7 Piping ......................................................... 62
4.7.1.8 Strainers and Pumps .................................. 63
4.7.1.9 Flow Measurement and Control ................ 64
4.7.1.10 A Flow Rates / Turnover Times .................. 64
4.7.2 A Filtration ......................................................... 66
4.7.2.1 All Filters ................................................... 66
4.7.2.2 Granular Media Filters ............................... 66
4.7.2.3 Precoat Filters ............................................ 67
4.7.2.4 A Cartridge Filters ............................... 67
4.7.3 A Disinfection and pH Control .......................... 67
4.7.3.1 Chemical Addition Methods ...................... 67
4.7.3.2 Feed Equipment ......................................... 68
4.7.3.3 Secondary Treatment ................................. 71
4.7.3.4 Supplemental Treatment Systems .............. 76
4.7.3.5 A Water Quality Testing Devices and Kits . 77
4.7.3.6 A Microbiological Testing Equipment ....... 77
4.7.4 A Water Replenishment System - Not applicable
to this code .................................................................... 77
4.7.5 Spas .................................................................. 77
4.7.5.1 A General .................................................... 77
4.7.5.2 Flow Rates/Turnover Times ...................... 77
4.7.5.4 Hydrotherapy Jet System Inlets ................. 77
4.8 Decks and Equipment ........................................... 78
4.8.1 Decks ................................................................ 78
4.8.1.1 General Standards for All Decks ............... 78
4.8.1.2 A Standards for Perimeter Decks ................ 78
4.8.1.4 Materials / Slip Resistant ........................... 79
4.8.1.5 A Deck Size / Width ................................... 80
4.8.1.6 Wing Walls or Peninsulas .......................... 81
4.8.1.7 A Islands ..................................................... 81
4.8.1.8 A Heated Decks .......................................... 82
4.8.1.9 Hose Bibbs ................................................ 82
4.8.2 Diving Boards and Platforms ............................ 82
4.8.2.1 A Diving Envelope ..................................... 82
4.8.2.2 A Steps and Guardrails ............................... 82
4.8.3 Starting Platforms ............................................. 84
4.8.4 Pool Slides [N/A] .............................................. 85
4.8.5.1 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance
[N/A] 85
4.8.5.3 Safety Equipment Required at Facilities with
Lifeguards .................................................................. 85
4.8.6 Barriers and Enclosures .................................... 85
4.8.6.1 A General Requirements ............................. 85
4.8.6.2 Construction Requirements ........................ 86
4.8.6.3 A Gates and Doors ...................................... 86
4.8.6.4 Indoor Aquatic Venues .............................. 87
4.8.6.5 A Multiple Aquatic Venues ........................ 87
4.8.7 A Aquatic Venue Cleaning Systems .................. 88
4.9 Filter/Equipment Room ........................................ 88
4.9.1 Equipment Room .............................................. 88
4.9.1.2 A Construction ............................................ 88
4.9.1.3 Electrical .................................................... 88
4.9.1.4 A Ventilation ............................................... 88
4.9.1.5 A Markings ................................................. 89
4.9.1.6 A Equipment Rooms Containing Combustion
Equipment [N/A] ....................................................... 89
4.9.1.8 Other Equipment Room Guidance ............. 91
4.9.2.1 Outdoor / Indoor Storage ........................... 91
4.9.2.2 A Construction ............................................ 92
4.9.2.3 A Exterior Chemical Storage Spaces ... 92
4.9.2.4 A Chemical Storage Space Doors........ 92
4.9.2.5 A Interior Chemical Storage Spaces .... 93
4.9.2.6 Air Ducts in Interior Chemical Storage
Spaces 94
4.9.2.7 Pipes and Tubes in Interior Chemical
Storage Spaces ........................................................... 94
4.9.2.8 A Combustion Equipment in Interior
Chemical Storage Spaces ........................................... 95
4.9.2.10 Ozone Rooms ............................................ 95
4.9.2.12 Windows in Chemical Storage Spaces ...... 97
4.9.2.13 Sealing and Blocking Materials ................. 97
4.10 Hygiene Facilities ................................................. 97
4.10.1 A General ....................................................... 97
4.10.2 Location ........................................................ 98
4.10.3 A Design and Construction ............................ 98
4.10.4 A Plumbing Fixture Requirements ................. 98
4.10.4.1 General ....................................................... 98
4.10.4.2 A Cleansing Showers .................................. 99
4.10.4.3 A Rinse Showers Applicable to new
construction only. ...................................................... 99
4.10.4.5 A Diaper-Changing Stations ..................... 100
4.10.4.6 Non-Plumbing Fixture Requirements ...... 100
4.10.5 A Provision of Suits, Towels, and Shared
Equipment ................................................................... 101
4.10.6 A Foot Baths ................................................ 101
4.10.7 A Sharps ....................................................... 101
4.11 Water Supply/ Wastewater Disposal ................... 101
4.11.1 Water Supply .............................................. 101
4.11.2 A Fill Spout .................................................. 101
4.11.3 A Cross-Connection Control ........................ 101
4.11.4 Deck Drains and Rinse Showers ................. 102
4.11.5 Sanitary Wastes .......................................... 102
4.11.6 A Pool Wastewater ...................................... 102
4.12 Specific Aquatic Venues ..................................... 102
4.12.1 Spas ............................................................. 102
4.12.2 Waterslides and Landing Pools ................... 104
4.12.2.1 A Design and Construction ....................... 104
4.12.2.2 Flumes ..................................................... 104
4.12.2.3 Flume Exits .............................................. 104
4.12.2.4 A Exit into Landing Pools ........................ 104
4.12.2.5 Landing Pools .......................................... 105
4.12.2.8 Slide Runouts ........................................... 105
4.12.2.9 A Drop Slides ........................................... 105
4.12.2.10 Pool Slides ............................................... 105
4.12.3 A Wave Pools .............................................. 106
4.12.3.1 General .................................................... 106
4.12.3.2 Access ...................................................... 106
4.12.3.3 Safety ....................................................... 106
4.12.4 Therapy Pools ............................................. 107
4.12.5 Lazy Rivers ................................................. 107
4.12.5.1 General .................................................... 107
4.12.5.2 Access and Egress.................................... 107
4.12.6 Moveable Floors ......................................... 107
4.12.6.1 General .................................................... 107
4.12.6.3 Safety ....................................................... 108
4.12.6.4 A Movement ............................................. 108
4.12.6.5 Water Depth and Markings ...................... 108
4.12.7 Bulkheads ................................................... 108
4.12.8 A Interactive Water Play Venues ................. 109
4.12.9 Wading Pools .............................................. 110
5.0 Aquatic Facility Operation and Maintenance ...... 112
5.1 Operating Permits ............................................... 112
5.1.1 Owner Responsibilities ................................... 112
5.1.2 Operating Permits ........................................... 113
5.2 Inspections .......................................................... 113
5.2.1 Preoperational Inspections .............................. 113
5.2.2 Exemptions ..................................................... 113
5.2.3 A Variances ..................................................... 113
5.3 Equipment Standards [N/A] ................................ 113
5.4.1 Closure and Reopening ................................... 113
5.4.2 A Preventive Maintenance Plan ....................... 114
5.4.2.1 Written Plan ............................................. 114
5.4.2.2 A Facility Documentation ......................... 114
5.4.3 General Operations [N/A] ............................... 115
5.5 Aquatic Venue Structure ..................................... 115
5.5.1 Shape [N/A] .................................................... 115
5.5.6 A Pool Shell Maintenance ............................... 115
5.5.6.1 Cracking .................................................. 115
5.6 Indoor / Outdoor Environment ............................ 116
5.6.1 Lighting .......................................................... 116
5.6.1.1 Lighting Maintained ................................ 116
5.6.1.2 A Glare ...................................................... 116
5.6.2 A Indoor Aquatic Facility Ventilation .............. 116
5.6.3 Indoor / Outdoor Aquatic Facility Electrical
Systems and Components ........................................... 117
5.6.3.1 A Electrical Repairs .................................. 117
5.6.3.2 A Electrical Receptacles ........................... 118
5.6.3.3 A Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter ........... 118
5.6.3.4 A Grounding ............................................. 118
5.6.3.5 Bonding ................................................... 118
5.6.3.6 Extension Cords ....................................... 119
5.6.4 Facility Heating .............................................. 119
5.6.4.1 Facility Heating ....................................... 119
5.6.5 First Aid Room [N/A] ..................................... 120
5.6.7 Plumbing ......................................................... 120
5.6.7.1 A Water Supply ........................................ 120
5.6.7.2 Drinking Fountains .................................. 120
5.6.7.3 A Wastewater ............................................ 120
5.6.7.4 A Water Replenishment ............................ 120
5.6.8 Solid Waste Management ............................... 121
5.6.8.1 Storage Receptacles ................................. 121
5.6.8.2 Disposal ................................................... 121
5.6.9 Decks .............................................................. 121
5.6.9.1 Food Preparation and Consumption ......... 121
5.6.9.2 A Glass ...................................................... 121
5.6.9.3 Deck Maintenance ................................... 122
5.6.10.1 A Diving Boards and Platforms ................ 122
5.6.10.2 Steps and Guardrails ................................ 122
5.6.10.4 Aquatic Features ...................................... 123
5.6.10.5 A Fencing, Enclosures, and Barriers ......... 123
5.6.10.6 A Aquatic Facility Cleaning...................... 123
5.7 Recirculation and Water Treatment .................... 123
5.7.1 Recirculation Systems and Equipment............ 123
5.7.1.1 A General .................................................. 123
5.7.1.4 Surface Skimming Devices ...................... 124
5.7.1.5 Submerged Drains/Suction Outlet Covers or
Gratings 124
5.7.1.9 Flow Rates / Turnovers ............................ 124
5.7.2 Filtration ......................................................... 125
5.7.2.1 General ..................................................... 125
5.7.2.2 Granular Media Filters ............................. 125
5.7.2.3 Precoat Filters .......................................... 126
5.7.2.4 Cartridge Filters ....................................... 126
5.7.3 A Water Treatment Chemicals and Systems .... 127
5.7.3.2 A Secondary or Supplemental Treatment
Systems 129
5.7.3.4 A pH .................................................. 130
5.7.3.5 A Feed Equipment ............................. 131
5.7.3.6 Testing for Water Circulation and Quality
132
5.7.3.7 Automated Controllers and Equipment
Monitoring ............................................................... 132
5.7.4 Water Sample Collection and Testing ............ 134
5.7.4.4 A Aquatic Venue Water Chemical Balance
134
5.7.4.7 A Water Temperature ............................... 135
5.7.5 A Water Quality Chemical Testing Frequency 135
5.7.6 A Water Clarity ................................................ 136
5.8 Decks and Equipment ......................................... 136
5.8.1 A Deck Areas ................................................... 136
5.8.1.1 Cross-Connection Control ....................... 136
5.8.1.2 Materials / Slip Resistant ......................... 136
5.8.2 Diving Boards and Platforms [N/A] ............... 136
5.8.4 Pool Slides [N/A] ............................................ 136
5.8.5.2 Safety Equipment Required at All Aquatic
Facilities 137
5.8.5.3 Safety Equipment Required at Facilities with
Lifeguards ................................................................ 137
5.8.5.4 Safety Equipment and Signage Required at
Facilities without Lifeguards ................................... 138
5.8.6 Barriers and Enclosures .................................. 139
5.8.6.2 Construction Requirements (N/A) ........... 139
5.9 A Filter/Equipment Room .................................... 139
5.9.1 Chemical Storage ............................................ 139
5.9.2.4 Chemical Addition Methods .................... 140
5.10 Hygiene Facilities ............................................... 141
5.10.4.1 A General Requirements ........................... 141
5.10.4.2 Cleansing Showers .................................. 141
5.10.4.3 A Rinse Showers ....................................... 141
5.10.4.4 All Showers [N/A] ................................... 141
5.10.4.6 A Non-Plumbing Fixture Requirements ... 142
5.10.4.7 Sharps ...................................................... 142
5.10.5 Provision of Suits, Towels, and Shared
Equipment .................................................................. 142
5.11 Water Supply / Wastewater Disposal [N/A] ........ 143
5.12.1 Spas ............................................................ 143
5.12.2 A Waterslides and Landing Pools ................ 143
5.12.3 Wave Pools ................................................. 143
5.12.7 Bulkheads ................................................... 143
5.12.8 Interactive Water Play Aquatic Venues ...... 143
6.0 Policies and Management ................................... 145
6.1 Qualified Operator Training ................................ 146
6.1.1 A Qualified Operator Qualifications and
Certification ................................................................ 146
6.1.2 A Essential Topics in Qualified Operator Training
Courses ....................................................................... 146
6.1.3 General Requirements for Operator Training
Courses ....................................................................... 158
6.1.3.1 Course Providers ...................................... 158
6.1.3.7 A Continuing Education [N/A] ................. 159
6.2 A Lifeguard Training ........................................... 160
6.2.1.2 Lifeguard Training Delivery .................... 161
6.2.1.3 Competency and Certification ................. 162
6.2.2 Lifeguard Supervisor Training ........................ 164
6.2.2.3 Lifeguard Supervisor Training Delivery .. 164
6.2.2.4 Competency and Certificate of Completion
165
6.3 Facility Staffing .................................................. 166
6.3.1 Qualified Operator Requirements and
Availability ................................................................. 166
6.3.1.1 Onsite Qualified Operator Requirements . 166
6.3.4 Staff Management ........................................... 170
6.3.4.3 Lifeguard Staff ......................................... 170
6.3.4.4 Supervisor Staff ....................................... 171
6.3.4.5 Emergency Response and Communications
Plans 172
6.3.4.6 A Remote Monitoring Systems ................. 173
6.3.4.7 A Employee Illness and Injury Policy
173
6.4 A Aquatic Facility Management ........................... 173
6.4.1 Operations ....................................................... 173
6.4.1.1 Operations Manual................................... 173
6.4.1.4 A Illness and Injury Incident Reports ....... 175
6.4.1.8 A Bodily Fluids Remediation Log ............ 176
6.4.2 Patron-Related Management Aspects ............. 177
6.4.2.1 Bather Count ............................................ 177
6.4.2.2 A Signage .................................................. 177
6.4.2.3 Swimmer Empowerment Methods .......... 179
6.5 A Fecal/Vomit/Blood Contamination Response ... 179
6.5.1 A Contamination Response Plan ...................... 179
6.5.2 Aquatic Venue Water Contamination Response
179
6.5.3 Aquatic Venue Water Contamination
Disinfection ................................................................ 180
6.5.4 Surface Contamination Cleaning and Disinfection
182
6.6 AHJ Inspections .................................................. 182
6.6.1 A Inspection Process ........................................ 182
6.6.2 Publication of Inspection Forms ..................... 183
6.6.3 Imminent Health Hazards ............................... 183
6.6.4 Enforcement.................................................... 184
6.6.5 A Enforcement Penalties .................................. 185
7.0 Special Venues ................................................... 186
7.1 A Floatation Tank Design and Construction ........ 186
7.1.1 Design and Construction ................................. 186
7.1.1.2 Plan Submittal.......................................... 186
7.1.1.3 Content of Design Report ........................ 186
7.1.1.4 Plans and Specifications .......................... 186
7.1.2 Materials ......................................................... 189
7.1.3 Equipment Standards ...................................... 190
7.1.3.1 General .................................................... 190
7.1.4 A Floatation Tank Electrical Systems and
Components ................................................................ 190
7.1.4.1 General Guidance .................................... 190
7.1.5 Food and Drink Concessions .......................... 190
7.1.6 Water Supply/Wastewater Disposal ............... 190
7.1.6.2 Sanitary Wastes ....................................... 190
7.1.7 Circulation System ......................................... 191
7.1.8 A Disinfection .................................................. 191
7.1.9 A Ventilation.................................................... 191
7.1.10 Floors .......................................................... 191
7.2 Floatation Tank Operation .................................. 192
7.2.1 Operating Permits ........................................... 192
7.2.1.1 Owner Responsibilities ............................ 192
7.2.1.2 Operating Permits .................................... 192
7.2.2 Inspections ...................................................... 193
7.2.2.1 Preoperational Inspections ....................... 193
7.2.2.2 Exemptions .............................................. 193
7.2.2.3 Variances ................................................. 193
7.2.3 Operation and Maintenance ............................ 193
7.2.3.1 Preventive Maintenance Plan .................. 193
7.2.4 Ventilation ...................................................... 194
7.2.5 Electrical Systems and Components ............... 194
7.2.5.1 Electrical Repairs ..................................... 194
7.2.5.2 Electrical Receptacles .............................. 194
7.2.5.3 Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter .............. 194
7.2.5.4 Grounding ................................................ 195
7.2.5.5 Bonding ................................................... 195
7.2.5.6 Extension Cords ....................................... 195
7.2.6 Plumbing ......................................................... 196
7.2.6.1 Water Supply ........................................... 196
7.2.6.2 Wastewater .............................................. 196
7.2.7 Solid Waste Management ............................... 196
7.2.7.1 Storage Receptacles ................................. 196
7.2.7.2 Disposal ................................................... 196
7.2.8 A Treatment System Required Operation
Time 196
7.2.9 Disinfection ..................................................... 197
7.2.9.4 UV calibrated sensors .............................. 197
7.2.11 Cleansing Showers and Hygiene Facilities . 197
7.2.12 A Cleaning ................................................... 197
7.2.13 A Fecal/Vomit/Blood Contamination Response
198
7.2.13.2 Floatation Tank Solution Contamination
Response 198
7.2.13.3 Floatation Tank Solution Contamination
Disinfection .............................................................. 198
7.2.14 Operations ................................................... 198
7.2.14.1 Operations Manual................................... 198
7.2.14.4 Illness and Injury Incident Reports .......... 199
7.2.14.5 Bodily Fluids Remediation Log ............... 200
7.2.15 JCDHE Inspections ..................................... 200
7.2.15.1 Inspection Process ................................... 200
7.2.15.2 Publication of Inspection Forms .............. 201
7
1.0 Policy, Administration, and Enforcement
1.1 General Provisions
1.1.1 Title
This Code shall be known and referred to as the Johnson County Aquatics Health Code.
1.1.2 Legal Authority
This Code is adopted under the authority granted to the Board of County Commissioners under application of Federal
Law and the Laws of the State of Kansas, including K.S.A. 19-3701 et seq., as amended, and pursuant to the powers
and authorities of the Board of County Commissioners under K.S.A. 19-101a; and Sec. 5 of Article 12 of the Kansas
Constitution and by K.S.A. 12-3301 et seq., if adopted by any city.
1.1.3 Findings and Declaration of Policy
A fundamental duty of every government is the protection of the health and safety of its citizens and to thereby promote
the public welfare. Consequently, the Board of County Commissioners hereby finds, determines and declares that it is
necessary to adopt a uniform system of rules, regulations and standards to eliminate and prevent environmental
conditions that are or may be hazardous to the public health, safety and welfare and to thereby promote the safe,
economical and orderly development and conservation of the land and resources of the County.
1.1.4 Purpose
The purpose of this chapter is to protect, promote, and preserve the public health, safety and general welfare by
providing for the establishment and enforcement of minimum standards for safety, cleanliness, and general sanitation
for all swimming pools, spa pools, and public bathing places now in existence or hereafter constructed or developed,
and to provide for inspection and licensing of all such facilities.
1.1.5 Jurisdiction and Application
This Code and all authorized rules, regulations, restrictions and requirements shall apply from and after the effective
date of adoption, to and throughout the unincorporated areas of Johnson County, Kansas, including all land which is or
in the future becomes under the jurisdiction of the Board of County Commissioners by operation of law or action of the
state or federal governments, and to all persons, property, establishments and business activities located or conducted,
regardless of ownership and acreage, within Johnson County, Kansas and outside the municipal boundaries of any
City.
1.1.6 Applicability within City Boundaries
This Code and any or all of the authorized rules, regulations, restrictions and requirements shall apply within and
through any city in Johnson County, Kansas and to all persons, property, establishments and business activities located
or conducted within the municipal boundaries of any city from and after the effective date of adoption of this Code, by
appropriate ordinance, by the governing body of the City.
1.1.7 Public Health Jurisdiction and Application
This Code and any or all rules, regulations, restrictions, and requirements shall apply to and throughout all areas of
Johnson County, Kansas, including those areas located within the municipal boundaries of any City, whenever
authorized or required under application of the Laws of the State of Kansas or of the United States, whether by statute,
contract, rule or regulation, or pursuant to the jurisdiction of the Johnson County Board of Health.
1.1.8 Severability
If any clause, sentence, paragraph, section, or subsection of this Code shall be adjudged invalid for any reason
whatsoever, such judgement shall not affect, repeal, or invalidate the remainder thereof, but shall be confined to the
clause, sentence, paragraph, section, or subsection thereof found to be invalid.
1.1.9 Disclaimer of Liability
This Code shall not be construed or interpreted as imposing upon the County, or its officials or employees: (1) any
liability or responsibility for damages to any property; or (2) any warranty that any installation, system, or portion
8
thereof that is constructed or repaired under permits or inspections required by this Code will function properly. In
addition, any employee charged with enforcement of this Code, who acts in good faith and without malice in the
discharge of his or her duties, shall not thereby be personally liable and is hereby relieved from personal liability for
damage which may occur to any person or property as a result of the discharge of his or her duties.
1.1.10 Amendments and Additions
This Code may be supplemented, or its provisions may be amended by resolution adopted by the Board of County
Commissioners, as provided by K.S.A. 19-3705, and any such amendments or additions shall be incorporated within
and codified as a part of this Code. Any changes, modifications or additional provisions adopted and imposed by State
or Federal Law, rule or regulation which are applicable to and administered through the jurisdiction of Johnson County,
Kansas, shall be incorporated within and made a part of this Code, as authorized by State or Federal law.
1.1.11 Repeal and Supersede Effect
This Code shall supersede any and all previously adopted resolutions or regulations, which are, in whole or in part, in
conflict with any provision of this code, where applicable, and any rule, regulation or resolution which is or was in
effect upon the effective date of this Code shall be repealed to the extent necessary to give this Code full force and
effect, and in the case of any conflict of provisions, whether real or apparent, then the provisions of this Code shall
govern wherever applicable.
1.1.12 Effective Date
This Code shall become effective from and after the date of adoption by the Board of County Commissioners, or other
appropriate jurisdiction, and publication of notice as required by law.
1.2 Administration
1.2.1 Administering Authority
Unless otherwise specifically designated within a separate and Chapter or Article of this Code, the Director of the
Johnson County Department of Health and Environment (JCDHE), or designees, shall have the primary authority and
responsibility for the administration of this Code.
Under the authority of any Chapter or Article of this Code, the JCDHE may implement such administrative procedures,
consistent with this Code, as deemed necessary for the effective administration of any regulations or which may be
required or imposed under application of the laws of the State of Kansas or the United States.
The Board of County Commissioners, or appropriate authority of any city which adopts this Code, may designate code
enforcement officers who shall be responsible for the enforcement of all provisions of this Code in coordination with
the JCDHE Director or his or her designees.
1.2.2 Administrative Actions and Decisions
It is the intent of this Code to establish regulations and standards for the protection of the public health and safety. To
the extent possible, all administrative actions and decisions required or authorized for the administration of this Code
shall be made solely in accordance with the standards enumerated in the Code. Whenever, in the course of
administration, it is necessary to make an administrative decision or take action for which standards are not provided,
then the decision or action shall be made according to the purpose and intent of this Code so that the result will best
serve the public health and safety.
1.2.3 Interpretation of Terms or Words
All terms and words used in this Code shall be interpreted and given meaning according to their common
understanding and to provide reasonable application of the purpose and intent of the Code. Whenever the context
requires, in the application of this Code, the terms and phrases used shall be interpreted in the following manner:
1) Words appearing in the singular number shall include the plural, and those appearing in the plural shall include
the singular.
2) Words used in the present tense shall include the past tense and future tense, and words used in the future tense
shall include the present and past tense.
9
3) Words appearing in the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neutral genders.
4) The word “shall” is mandatory; and the word “may” is permissive.
5) The phrase “this Code” shall refer to the Code and all the authorized rules, regulations, restrictions and
requirements and the phrase “the regulations” shall include rules, regulations, restrictions, and requirements
authorized by the Code.
1.2.4 Technical and Scientific Terms
Unless otherwise defined, any technical or scientific term used within this Code or within any rule, regulation,
restriction, or requirement shall be given the meaning most commonly known and applied within the appropriate
literature of manuals applicable for that science, industry or technological skill.
1.2.5 Vested Interests
Nothing contained in this Code, or any regulations shall be deemed or construed to grant any vested interest or
protected right to any person beyond the express limited terms of any permit or ruling issued under this Code, and the
Code and regulations are expressly declared to be subject to amendment, change or modification.
1.2.6 Compatibility with Other Laws
Nothing contained in this Code or any regulations shall be deemed to alter or modify the application of any other laws,
codes or regulations which are or may be applicable to the property, use, business activity or other object or matter
regulated under this Code, and any permit, approval or other condition given or acknowledged under this Code shall be
limited in effect to the requirements of this Code and shall not, under any circumstance, relieve the holder from
compliance with all other applicable laws, codes, regulations or requirements.
1.3 Adoption of the Model Aquatic Health Code
1.3.1 Adoption Declaration
Except as otherwise noted, the United States Department of Health and Human Services Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention (CDC) Model Aquatic Health Code, 4th Edition is hereby incorporated by reference. These rules
adopted pursuant to the provisions of Johnson County Department of Health and Environment Aquatics Code 2024
Edition, prescribe the requirements for the construction and operation of all commercial pools Class A through Class F
which includes public and semi-public swimming pools and spas, public and semi-public wading pools, interactive
water play features or splashpads, instructional diving pools, therapy pools, and any other recreational body of water
and associated hygiene facilities or restrooms under JCDHE authority.
1.4 User Guide
1.4.1 Numbering System
The Code follows a numeric outline format. The structural numbering system having different indent, font, color, and
size in the document is as follows:
1.4.2 Title, Keyword, Phrase Text
On the same line and next to the section number is a title, keyword, or phrase summary showing the information
contained in the corresponding MAHC wording below. Each CODE section number that has annex discussion is
denoted with a superscript “A” after the section number (e.g., 2.0A) so readers will know to check the Annex to the
1.0 Chapter
1.1 Part
1.1.1 Subpart
1.1.1.1 Section
1.1.1.1.1 Paragraph
1.1.1.1.1.1 Sub-Paragraph
10
Model Aquatic Health Code for additional explanation. Note: Section numbers with superscript “A” (e.g., 1.0A) denote
a corresponding discussion in the Annex to the Model Aquatic Health Code.
1.4.3 Annex to the Model Aquatic Health Code
The Annex to the Model Aquatic Health Code (Annex) is provided to:
1) Give further scientific and best practice explanations of why certain recommendations are made;
2) Discuss the rationale for making the MAHC content decisions;
3) Provide a discussion of the scientific basis for selecting certain criteria, as well as discuss why other scientific
data may not have been selected, e.g. due to data inconsistencies;
4) State areas where additional research may be needed;
5) Discuss and explain terminology used; and
6) Provide additional material that may not have been appropriately placed in the main body of suggested MAHC
recommendations. This would include summaries of scientific studies, charts, graphs, or other illustrative
materials.
1.4.3.1 Bibliography
The MAHC Code and Annex Section 3.3 includes a list of codes specifically referenced in each respective
document. The annex also contains a bibliography of the reference materials, and scientific studies that form the
basis for MAHC recommendations
1.4.3.2 Appendices
The MAHC Annex Appendices supply additional information or tools that may be useful to the reader of the
MAHC Annex and Code.
11
2.0 Glossary of Abbreviations and Terms
2.1 Glossary of Abbreviations
AAU Amateur Athletic Union
ACA American Coatings Association
ACCA Air Conditioning Contractors of America
ACI American Concrete Institute
ADA Americans with Disabilities Act
ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidance
AED Automated External Defibrillator
AHA American Heart Association
AHJ Authority Having Jurisdiction
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association
ANSI American National Standards Institute
APSP Association of Pool and Spa Professionals
ARC American Red Cross
ASHI American Safety & Health Institute
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM ASTM International (formerly American Society for Testing and Materials)
ATSDR United States Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry
BCDMH 1-bromo-3-chloro-5, 5-dimethylhydantoin
BVM Bag-Valve Mask
CCPRF Citizen CPR Foundation
CDC United States Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
CEL Certified Equipment List
CERCLA Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
CEU Continuing Education Units
CFM Cubic Feet Per Minute
CFOC Caring for Our Children
CFP Conference for Food Protection
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CI Chlorine Institute
CMAHC The Council for the Model Aquatic Health Code
CoSTR Consensus on Science and Treatment Recommendations
CPR Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
CPSC United States Consumer Product Safety Commission
CSA Canadian Standards Association
12
CYA Cyanuric Acid
DBDMH
DBP
DCOF
DIN
Dibromodimethylhydantoin
Disinfection By-Product
Dynamic Coefficient of Friction
Deutsches Institut für Normung (German Institute for Standardization)
DVGW Deutscher Verein des Gas- und Wasserfaches e.V. – Technisch wissenschaftlicher Verein
(German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water)
EAP Emergency Action Plan
ECC Emergency Cardiovascular Care
ECCU Emergency Cardiovascular Care Update
EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
EPCRA Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act
ES European Standard
FAC Free Available Chlorine
FDA United States Food and Drug Administration
FIFRA Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act
FINA Fédération Internationale de Natation Amateur
FPM Feet Per Minute
GFCI Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter
GPM Gallons Per Minute
HazCom Hazard Communication Standard
HMIS Hazardous Material Identification System
HOBr Hypobromous Acid
HOCl Hypochlorous Acid
HSC California Health and Safety Code
HSEESS Hazardous Substance Emergency Events Surveillance System
HVAC Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning
IAEI International Association of Electrical Inspectors
IAF International Aquatic Foundation
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
IARC International Agency for Research on Cancer
IBC International Building Code
ICBO International Council of Building Officials
ICC International Code Council
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America
IFC International Fire Code
ILCOR International Liaison Committee on Resuscitation
IMC International Mechanical Code
13
IPC International Plumbing Code
ISEA International Safety Equipment Association
ISO International Organization for Standardization
ISPSC International Swimming Pool and Spa Code
JCBOCC Johnson County Board of County Commissioners
JCDHE Johnson County Department of Health and Environment
METS Metabolic Equivalents
MRC Moisture Removal Capacity
MRE Moisture Removal Efficiency
MSBL Maximum Sustainable Bather Load
NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association
NEC National Electrical Code
NEHA National Environmental Health Association
NEISS National Electrical Injury Surveillance System
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
NPDS National Poison Data System
NPSH Net Positive Suction Head
NRPA National Recreation and Park Association
NRR Noise Reduction Ratings
NRTL Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory
NSF NSF International (formerly National Sanitation Foundation)
NSPF National Swimming Pool Foundation
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
ÖNORM Österreichisches Normungsinstitut (Austrian Standards Institute)
ORP Oxidation Reduction Potential
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PEL Permissible Exposure Limit
PERC Propane Education and Research Council
PHMB Polyhexamethylene Biguanide Hydrochloride
PMRA Health Canada Pest Management Regulatory Agency
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PPM Parts Per Million
PVC Polyvinyl Chloride
14
PVC-P Plasticized Polyvinyl Chloride
PWTAG Pool Water Treatment Advisory Group
RED Reduction Equivalent Dose
RLV Relative Limit Value
RP Reduced Pressure Principle Assembly
RPZ Reduced Pressure Zone
RWI Recreational Water–Associated Illness
SCBA Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus
SCI Spinal Cord Injury
SDS Safety Data Sheet
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association
SOFAs Submerged Suction Outlets Fitting Assemblies
STC Sound Transmission Class
SVRS Safety Vacuum Release System
TB Total Bromine
TDH Total Dynamic Head
TDS Total Dissolved Solids
THM Trihalomethane
TLV Threshold Limit Value
UL Underwriters Laboratories
UMC Uniform Mechanical Code
UPC Uniform Plumbing Code
USACE United States Army Corps of Engineers
USC United States Code
USDOE United States Department of Energy
USLSC United States Lifeguarding Standards Coalition
USPSHTC Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa, and Hot Tub Code
UV Ultraviolet
UVT Ultraviolet Transmittance
VFD Variable Frequency Drive
VGB Act Virginia Graeme Baker Pool and Spa Safety Act
WC Water Closet
WHO World Health Organization
WQTD Water Quality Testing Device
YMCA Young Men’s Christian Association
15
2.2 Glossary of Terms
“Accessible Route” means access/egress standards as defined by 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design.
“Activity Pool” See “Pool.”
“Air Delivery Rate” means the supply cfm of the air handler system(s) comprised of a combination of outside air
and return air minus any exhaust air if exhausted within the air handler itself.
“Air Handling System” means equipment that brings in outdoor air into a building and removes air from a
building for the purpose of introducing air with fewer contaminants and removing air with contaminants created
while bathers are using aquatic venues. The system contains components that move and condition the air for
temperature, humidity, and pressure control, and transport and distribute the air to prevent condensation,
corrosion, and stratification, provide acceptable indoor air quality, and deliver outside air to the breathing zone.
“Agitated Water” See “Theoretical Peak Occupancy.”
“Alpha Bar” See “Average Sound Absorption Coefficient.”
“Aquatic Facility” means a physical place that contains one or more aquatic venues and support infrastructure.
“Aquatic Facility or Aquatic Venue Enclosure” means an enclosure, as defined herein, that surrounds and
secures an aquatic facility or aquatic venue.
“Aquatic Feature” means an individual component within an aquatic venue. Examples include slides, structures
designed to be climbed or walked across, and structures that create falling or shooting water.
“Aquatic Venue” means an artificially constructed structure or modified natural structure where the general
public is exposed to water intended for recreational or therapeutic purpose and where the primary intended use is
not watering livestock, irrigation, water storage, fishing, or habitat for aquatic life. Such structures do not
necessarily contain standing water, so water exposure may occur via contact, ingestion, or aerosolization.
Examples include swimming pools, wave pools, lazy rivers, surf pools, spas (including spa pools and hot tubs),
therapy pools, waterslide landing pools, spray pads, and other interactive water venues.
“Increased Risk Aquatic Venue” means an aquatic venue which due to its intrinsic characteristics and
intended users has a greater likelihood of affecting the health of the bathers of that venue by being at
increased risk for microbial contamination (e.g., by children ages less than 5 years) or being used by
people that may be more susceptible to infection (e.g., therapy patients with open wounds). Examples of
increased-risk aquatic venues include spray pads, wading pools and other aquatic venues designed for
children ages less than 5 years as well as therapy pools.
“Lazy River” means a channeled flow of water of near−constant depth in which the water is moved by
pumps or other means of propulsion to provide a river−like flow that transports bathers over a defined
path. A lazy river may include play features and devices. A lazy river may also be referred to as a tubing
pool, leisure river, leisure pool or a current channel.
“Spa” means a structure intended for either warm or cold water where prolonged exposure is not intended.
Spa structures are intended to be used for bathing or other recreational uses and are not usually drained and
refilled after each use. It may include, but is not limited to, hydrotherapy, air induction bubbles, and
recirculation.
“Public Bathing Place” means a body of water, for swimming, diving, and recreational bathing, together
with adjacent shoreline or land area, buildings, equipment, and appurtenances, used by consent of the
owner or owners and by being held out to the public by an individual, group, firm, corporation,
organization, governmental agency, municipality or political subdivision, irrespective of whether or not a
fee is charged. The bathing water areas of public bathing places include, but are not limited to, lakes,
ponds, rivers, streams, and artificial impoundments.
“Semi-public Bathing Place” means body of water, for swimming, diving, and recreational bathing,
together with adjacent shoreline or land area, buildings, equipment, and appurtenances, serving a private
16
club, motel, hotel, apartment building, or any cooperative living type project of three or more living units
(e.g., a homeowner’s association), the use of which is limited to members or residents and their guests
irrespective of whether or not a fee is charged. The bathing water areas of semi-public bathing places
include, but are not limited to lakes, ponds, rivers, streams, and artificial impoundments. Semi-public
bathing places with a beach are not regulated under this code.
“Special Use Aquatic Venue” means aquatic venues that do not meet the intended use and design features
of any other aquatic venue or pool listed/identified in this Code.
“Attendant” means any person who monitors admission to the pool and may have general housekeeping and
maintenance responsibilities. The attendant has no lifesaving responsibilities other than to call 911 in the event of
any emergency.
“Authority Having Jurisdiction” (AHJ) means an agency, organization, office, or individual responsible for
enforcing the requirements of a code or standard, or for approving equipment, materials, installations, or
procedures. The AHJ shall mean the Johnson County Department of Health and Environment (JCDHE) and within
the municipal boundaries of any city from and after the effective date of adoption of this Code, by appropriate
ordinance, the governing body of the City.
“Automated Controller” means a system of at least one chemical probe, a controller, and auxiliary or integrated
component that senses the level of one or more water parameters and provides a signal to other equipment to
maintain the parameters within a user-established range.
“Available Chlorine” See “Chlorine.”
“Average Sound Absorption Coefficient” (Alpha Bar) means the weighted average sound absorption coefficient
for a room calculated by weighting the sound absorption coefficients of the individual surfaces in the room
according to their respective areas and taking the arithmetic average as follows (especially in the 500 Hz and
1,000 Hz frequencies): And m2 (or ft2); where areas of the individual sound absorptive surfaces, m 2 (or ft2)
respective individual absorption coefficients (dimensionless). A sound absorption coefficient is of a surface, in a
specified frequency band, the fraction of the randomly incident sound power which is absorbed (or otherwise not
reflected) by a material metric: sabin/m2.
“Backflow” means a hydraulic condition caused by a difference in water pressure that causes an undesirable
reversal of the flow as the result of a higher pressure in the system than in its supply.
“Background Noise” means noise from all sources unrelated to a particular sound that is the object of interest.
Background noise may include airborne, structure borne and instrument noise.
“Barrier” means an obstacle intended to deter direct access from one point to another.
“Bather” means a person at an aquatic venue who has contact with water either through spray or partial or total
immersion. The term bather as defined, also includes staff members, and refers to those users who can be exposed
to contaminated water as well as potentially contaminate the water.
“Bather Count” means the number of bathers in an aquatic venue at any given time.
“Best Practice” means a technique or methodology that, through experience and research, has been proven to
reliably lead to a desired result.
“Body of Water” (per NEC, q.v.) means any aquatic venue holding standing water, whether permanent or
storable.
“Breakpoint Chlorination” means the conversion of inorganic chloramine compounds to nitrogen gas by
reaction with Free Available Chlorine. When chlorine is added to water containing ammonia (from urine, sweat,
or the environment, for example), it initially reacts with the ammonia to form monochloramine. If more chlorine
is added, monochloramine is converted into dichloramine, which decomposes into nitrogen gas, hydrochloric
acid, and chlorine. The apparent residual chlorine decreases since it is partially reduced to hydrochloric acid. The
point at which the drop occurs is referred to as the “breakpoint”. The amount of free chlorine that must be added
to the water to achieve breakpoint chlorination is approximately 10 times the amount of combined chlorine in the
water. As additional chlorine is added, all inorganic combined chlorine compounds disappear, resulting in a
17
decrease in eye irritation potential and “chlorine odors.”
“Bulkhead” means a movable partition that physically separates a pool into multiple sections.
“Certified, Listed, and Labeled” means equipment, materials, products, or services included in a list published
by an ANSI—accredited certification organization where said equipment, material, product, or service is
evaluated against specific criteria and whose listing either states that it meets identified standards or has been
tested and found suitable for a specified purpose. In sections of this code where equipment, materials, products, or
services are referred to with terms such as “approved”, “verified”, or similar terms to a referenced standard, these
terms also mean “certified, listed, and labeled.”
“Chemical Storage Space” means a space in an aquatic facility used for the storage of pool chemicals such as
acids, salt, or corrosive or oxidizing chemicals.
“Chlorine” means an element that at room temperature and pressure is a heavy greenish yellow gas with a
characteristic penetrating and irritating smell; it is extremely toxic. It can be compressed in liquid form and stored
in heavy steel tanks. When mixed with water, chlorine gas forms hypochlorous acid (HOCl), the primary
chlorine-based disinfecting agent, hypochlorite ion, and hydrochloric acid. HOCl dissociation to hypochlorite ion
is highly pH dependent. Chlorine is a general term used in the MAHC which refers to HOCl and hypochlorite ion
in aqueous solution derived from chlorine gas or a variety of chlorine-based disinfecting agents.
“Available Chlorine” means the amount of chlorine in the +1 oxidation state, which is the reactive,
oxidized form. In contrast, chloride ion (Cl–) is in the -1 oxidation state, which is the inert, reduced state.
Available Chlorine is subdivided into Free Available Chlorine and Combined Available Chlorine. Pool
chemicals containing Available Chlorine are both oxidizers and disinfectants. Elemental chlorine (Cl2) is
defined as containing 100% available chlorine. The concentration of Available Chlorine in water is
normally reported as ppm (mg/L) “as Cl2”, that is, the concentration is measured on a Cl2 basis,
regardless of the source of the Available Chlorine.
“Combined Available Chlorine” or “Combined Chlorine” or “CAC” or “CC” means the
concentration of available chlorine present in the form of inorganic or organic chloramines. Combined
available chlorine is less reactive than free available chlorine and organic chloramines are generally less
reactive oxidizers than the inorganic chloramines. Combined chlorine is determined by taking the
difference between the Total Chlorine (TC) and DPD-FC concentrations. CC = TC – DPD-FC.
“Cyanurate-bound available chlorine” or “CBC” means the concentration of available chlorine that is
bound to cyanurate.
“DPD Free Chlorine” or “DPD-FC” means the FC (“free chlorine”) concentration from DPD-based
test methods. The DPD-based test result for FC includes cyanurate-bound available chlorine as well as
HOCl and OCl-, that is, DPD-FC = FAC CBC. The terms DPD-FC and FAC would be interchangeable
only in the absence of cyanuric acid.
“Free Available Chlorine” or “FAC” or “Free Chlorine Residual” means the portion of the total
available chlorine that is not “combined chlorine” or “cyanurate-bound available chlorine” and is
primarily present as hypochlorous acid (HOCl) or hypochlorite ion (OCl-). Molecular chlorine (Cl2),
trichloride (Cl3-), and chlorine monoxide (Cl2O) are also present at very low concentrations, depending
on chlorine ion concentration, and these compounds are also counted as free available chlorine. The pH
of the water determines the relative amounts of HOCl and OCl-. HOCl is a very effective biocide and is
the active biocide in pool water. OCl- is also a biocide but acts more slowly than HOCl. Thus, chlorine is
a more effective biocide at low pH than at high pH. A free chlorine residual must be maintained for
adequate disinfection.
“Total Available Chlorine” means the “TC” concentration from DPD-based test methods with iodide
reagent added. All forms of available chlorine which react with iodide are measured as Total Available
Chlorine (TC).
“Circulation Path” means an exterior or interior way of passage from one part of an aquatic facility to another
18
for pedestrians, including, but not limited to walkways, pathways, decks, and stairways.
“Cleansing Shower” See “Shower.”
“Climate Control System” means a combination of the pieces of equipment designed to control the temperature,
humidity, introduce ventilation air and maintain building negative pressure.
“Code” means a systematic statement of a body of law, especially one given statutory force.
“Combustion Device” means any appliance or equipment using fire. These include, but may not be limited to,
gas or oil furnaces, boilers, pool heaters, domestic water heaters, etc.
“Commercial Pools” Any pool, spa, interactive water play feature, or other recreational or therapy-based body of
water that is used for swimming, scuba diving instruction, aquatic sports or other aquatic activity including
recreational or therapeutic purposes, owned or operated by a city, county, state, federal, or any other ownership
entity, other than a residential pool, that is intended to be used for swimming or bathing and is operated by an
owner, lessee, operator, licensee or concessionaire, regardless of whether a fee is charged for use. Pools shall be
further classified and defined as follows:
“Class A competition pool” A pool intended for use for accredited competitive aquatic events such as
Federation Internationale De Natation (FINA), USA Swimming, USA Diving, USA Synchronized
Swimming, USA Water Polo, National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA), or the National
Federation of State High School Associations (NFHS). A class A pool may also be used for recreation.
“Class B public pool” A pool intended for public recreational use that is not identified in the other
classifications of public pools.
“Class C semi-public pool” Any pool operated for and in conjunction with:
• lodgings such as hotels, motels, apartments, condominiums, or mobile home parks;
• properly owners associations, home owner associations, private organizations or clubs; or
• a school, college, or university while being operated for academic or continuing education
classes. The use of such a pool would be open to occupants, members or students and their
guests, but not open to the general public.
• The term does not include a spa or a decorative fountain that is not used as a pool or pools
with depths of 18 inches or less.
“Class D Aquatic Recreational Facilities”. A pool with a maximum water depth of 24 inches at any
point. This classification includes facilities like, but not limited to, wave or surf pools, activity pools,
leisure rivers, vortex pools and sand bottom pools.
• “Class D-1 wave action pool” A pool designed to simulate breaking or cyclic waves for
purposes of general play or surfing.
• “Class D-2 activity pool” A pool designed for casual water play ranging from simple
splashing activity to the use of attractions placed in the pool for recreation.
• “Class D-3 catch pool” A body of water located at the termination of a manufactured
waterslide attraction. The body of water is provided for the purpose of terminating the slide
action and providing a means for exit to a deck or walkway area.
• “Class D-4 leisure river” A manufactured stream of water of near-constant depth in which the
water is moved by pumps or other means of propulsion to provide a river-like flow that
transports bathers over a defined path that may include water features and play devices.
• “Class D-5 vortex pool” A circular pool equipped with a method of transporting water in the
pool for the purpose of propelling riders at speeds dictated by the velocity of the moving
stream of water.
• “Class D-6 interactive play attraction” A manufactured water play device or a combination
19
of water-based play devices in which water flow volumes, pressures or patterns can be varied
by the bather without negatively influencing the hydraulic conditions for other connected
devices. These attractions incorporate devices or activities such as slides, climbing and
crawling structures, visual effects, user-actuated mechanical devices, and other elements of
bather-driven and bather-controlled play.
“Class E Therapy Pools” Pools that are operated about 86 degrees Fahrenheit and are used for physical
therapy. Physical and occupational therapists use these pools to nurse injured people back to help.
“Class F Wading Pools” Shallow pools used primarily for wading purposes; often referred as Kiddie
Pools.
“Construction Joint” means a watertight joint provided to facilitate stopping places in the construction process.
Construction joints also serve as contraction joints which control cracking.
“Contaminant” means a substance that soils, stains, corrupts, or infects another substance by contact or
association.
“Contamination Response Plan” means a plan for handling contamination from formed-stool, diarrheal-stool,
vomit, and blood.
“Corrosive Material” means pool chemicals, fertilizers, cleaning chemicals, oxidizing cleaning materials, salt,
de-icing chemicals, other corrosive or oxidizing materials, pesticides, and such other materials which may cause
injury to people or damage to the building, air-handling equipment, electrical equipment, safety equipment, or
fire-suppression equipment, whether by direct contact or by contact via fumes or vapors, whether in original form
or in a foreseeably likely decomposition, pyrolysis, or polymerization form. Refer to labels and SDSs.
“Crack” means any and all breaks in the structural shell of a pool vessel or deck.
“Cross-Connection” means a connection or arrangement, physical or otherwise, between a potable water supply
system and a plumbing fixture, tank, receptor, equipment, or device, through which it may be possible for non-
potable, used, unclean, polluted, and contaminated water, or other substances to enter into a part of such potable
water system under any condition.
“CT Inactivation Value” means a representation of the concentration of the disinfectant (C) multiplied by time
in minutes (T) needed for inactivation of a particular contaminant. The concentration and time are inversely
proportional; therefore, the higher the concentration of the disinfectant, the shorter the contact time required for
inactivation. The CT inactivation value can vary with pH or temperature change so these values must also be
supplied to allow comparison between values.
“Deck” means surface areas serving the aquatic venue, including the dry deck, perimeter deck, and pool deck.
“Dry Deck” means all pedestrian surface areas within the aquatic venue enclosure not subject to frequent
splashing or constant wet foot traffic. The dry deck is not perimeter deck or pool deck, which connects the
pool to adjacent amenities, entrances, and exits. Landscape areas are not included in this definition.
“Perimeter Deck” means the hardscape surface area immediately adjacent to and within 4 feet (1.2 m) of
the edge of the swimming pool also known as the “wet deck” area.
“Pool Deck” means surface areas serving the aquatic venue, beyond perimeter deck, which is expected to
be regularly trafficked and made wet by bathers.
“Wet Deck” means the sum of the perimeter deck and pool deck.
“Design Professional” means a person who is registered or licensed to practice their respective design profession
as defined by the local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws governing professional practice within the
jurisdiction where the project is to be constructed.
“Department” means The Johnson County Department of Health and Environment (JCDHE).
“Diaper-Changing Station” means a hygiene station that includes a diaper-changing unit, handwashing sink,
soap and dispenser, a means for drying hands, trash receptacle, and disinfectant products to clean after use.
20
“Diaper-Changing Unit” means a diaper-changing surface that is part of a diaper-changing station.
“Dichloramine” means a disinfection byproduct formed when chlorine binds to nitrogenous waste in pool water
to form an amine-containing compound with two chlorine atoms (NHCl2). It is a known acute respiratory and
ocular irritant.
“Director” means the director of the JCDHE.
“Disinfection” means a treatment that kills or irreversibly inactivates microorganisms (e.g., bacteria, viruses, and
parasites); in water treatment, a chemical (commonly chlorine, chloramine, or ozone) or physical process (e.g.,
ultraviolet radiation) can be used.
“Disinfection Byproduct” (DBP) means a chemical compound formed by the reaction of a disinfectant (e.g.,
chlorine) with a precursor (e.g., natural organic matter, nitrogenous waste from bathers) in a water system (pool,
water supply).
“Diving Pool” See “Pool.”
“Drop Slide” See “Slide.”
“Dry Deck” See “Deck.”
“Emergency Action Plan” (EAP) means a plan that identifies the objectives that need to be met for a specific
type of emergency, who will respond, what each person’s role will be during the response and what equipment is
required as part of the response.
“Enclosure” means an uninterrupted constructed feature or obstacle used to surround and secure an area that is
intended to effectively prevent unpermitted, uncontrolled, and unfettered access. It is designed to resist climbing
and to prevent passage through it and under it. Enclosure can apply to aquatic facilities or aquatic venues.
“EPA Registered” means all products regulated and registered under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and
Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) by the EPA.
“Equipment Room or Area” means a space intended for the operation of pool pumps, filters, heaters, and
controllers. This space is not intended for the storage of hazardous pool chemicals.
“Exit Gate” means an emergency exit, which is a gate or door allowing free exit at all times.
“Expansion Joint” means a watertight joint provided in a pool vessel used to relieve flexural stresses due to
movement caused by thermal expansion/contraction.
“Fixture” See “Plumbing Fixture” or “Hygiene Fixture.”
“Flat Water” See “Theoretical Peak Occupancy.”
“Floatation Tank” (a.k.a. Float Tank, Float Room/Pod/Spa/Chamber, Isolation Tank, or Sensory Deprivation
Tank) means a tub that contains a saturated solution of magnesium sulfate having a specific gravity of 1.23 to 1.3,
provides a light and sound reduced environment, and is maintained at a temperature of approximately 92–96°F /
33.3–35.6°C.
“Floatation Tank Solution” means a saturated solution of magnesium sulfate having a specific gravity of 1.23 to
1.3.
“Flume” means the riding channels of a waterslide which accommodate riders using or not using mats, tubes,
rafts, and other transport vehicles as they slide along a path lubricated by a water flow.
“Foot Bath” means standing water in which bathers or aquatics staff rinse their feet.
“Free Chlorine Residual” or “Free Available Chlorine” See “Chlorine.”
“Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter” (GFCI) means a device for protection of personnel that de-energizes an
electrical circuit or portion thereof in the event of excessive ground current.
“Handwashing Station” means a location which has a handwashing sink, adjacent soap with dispenser, hand
21
drying device or paper towels and dispenser, and trash receptacle.
“Hot Water” See “Theoretical Peak Occupancy.”
“Hygiene Facility” means a structure or part of a structure that contains toilet, shower, diaper-changing unit,
handwashing station, and dressing capabilities serving bathers and patrons at an aquatic facility.
“Hygiene Fixtures” means all components necessary for hygiene facilities including plumbing fixtures, diaper-
changing stations, handwashing stations, trashcans, soap dispensers, paper towel dispensers or hand dryers, and
toilet paper dispensers.
“Hyperchlorination” means the intentional and specific raising of chlorine levels for a prolonged period of time
to inactivate pathogens following a fecal or vomit release in an aquatic venue.
“Imminent Health Hazard” means a substantial threat or danger to health that is considered to exist when there
is evidence sufficient to show that a product, practice, circumstance, or event creates a situation that requires
immediate correction or cessation of operation to prevent injury based on the number of potential injuries and the
nature, severity, and duration of the anticipated injury or illness.
“Increased Risk Aquatic Venue” See “Aquatic Venue.”
“Indoor Aquatic Facility” means a physical place that contains one or more aquatic venues and the surrounding
bather and spectator/stadium seating areas within a structure that meets the definition of “Building” per the
International Building Code (IBC). Indoor Aquatic Facility does not include equipment, chemical storage, or
bather hygiene rooms or any other rooms with a direct opening to the aquatic facility. Otherwise known as a
natatorium.
“Infinity Edge” means a pool wall structure and adjacent perimeter deck that is designed in such a way where the
top of the pool wall and adjacent deck are not visible from certain vantage points in the pool or from the opposite
side of the pool. Water from the pool flows over the edge and is captured and treated for reuse through the normal
pool filtration system. They are often also referred to as “vanishing edges,” “negative edges,” or “zero edges.”
“Inlet” means wall or floor fittings where treated water is returned to the pool.
“Interactive Water Play Aquatic Venue” means any indoor or outdoor installation that includes sprayed, jetted,
or other water sources contacting bathers and not incorporating standing or captured water as part of the bather
activity area. These aquatic venues are also known as splash pads, spray pads, and wet decks. For the purposes of
the JCAHC, only those designed to recirculate water and intended for public use and recreation shall be regulated.
“Interior Space” means any substantially enclosed space having a roof and having a wall or walls which might
reduce the free flow of outdoor air. Ventilation openings, fans, blowers, windows, doors, etc., shall not be
construed as allowing free flow of outdoor air.
“Island” means a structure inside a pool where the perimeter is completely surrounded by the pool water and the
top is above the surface of the pool.
“Johnson County Board of County Commissioners” means the elected, governing body of Johnson County,
Kansas.
“Landing Pool” See “Pool.”
“Lazy River” See “Aquatic Venue.”
“Lifeguard Supervisor” means an individual responsible for the oversight of lifeguard performance and
emergency response at an aquatic facility, who has successfully completed a lifeguard supervisor training course
that meets the requirements of this code, and who holds a valid certificate for such training.
“Main Drain” means the outlet or outlets at the deep portion of the pool through which the main flow of water
leaves the pool. See “4.7.1.6A Submerged Suction Outlet”.
“mg/L” means milligrams per liter and is the equivalent metric measure to parts per million (ppm).
“Moisture Removal Capacity” means the amount of condensate produced by the climate control equipment
22
which includes the effects of reheat coils, circulating fans and other components in the air stream; excluding
supplementary heating, cooling, or outdoor air; and expressed in pounds of moisture/hour.
“Moisture Removal Efficiency” (MRE) means a ratio of the MRC in pounds of moisture/hour to the power input
values in kilowatts at any given set of Rating Conditions expressed in pounds of moisture/kilowatt hour.
“Monitoring” means the regular and purposeful observation and checking of systems or facilities and recording
of data, including system alerts, excursions from acceptable ranges, and other facility issues. Monitoring includes
human or electronic means.
“Moveable Floors” means a pool floor whose depth varies through the use of controls.
“No Diving Marker” means a sign with the words “No Diving” and the universal international symbol for “No
Diving” pictured as an image of a diver with a red circle with a slash through it.
“Noise Criterion” means the single number rating that is somewhat sensitive to the relative loudness and speech
interference properties of a given noise spectrum. The method consists of a family of criterion curves extending
from 63 to 8,000 Hz and a tangency rating procedure. The criterion curves define the limits of octave band spectra
that must not be exceeded to meet occupant acceptance in certain spaces.
“Non-Substantial Alteration” means the alteration, modification, or renovation of an aquatic facility or an
aquatic venue where the total cost of the work is 50% or less of the replacement cost of the aquatic facility or the
aquatic venue.
“Oocyst” means the thick-walled, environmentally resistant structure released in the feces of infected animals
that serves to transfer the infectious stages of sporozoan parasites (e.g., Cryptosporidium) to new hosts.
“Oxidation” means the process of changing the chemical structure of water contaminants by either increasing the
number of oxygen atoms or reducing the number of electrons of the contaminant or other chemical reaction,
which allows the contaminant to be more readily removed from the water or made more soluble in the water.
“Oxidation Reduction Potential” (ORP) means a measure of the tendency for a solution to either gain or lose
electrons; higher (more positive) oxidation reduction potential indicates a more oxidative solution.
“Patron” means a bather or other person or occupant at an aquatic facility who may or may not have contact with
aquatic venue water either through partial or total immersion. Patrons may not have contact with aquatic venue
water but could still be exposed to potential contamination from the aquatic facility air, surfaces, or aerosols.
“Peninsula / Wing Wall” means a structural projection into a pool intended to provide separation within the
body of water.
“Perimeter Deck” See “Deck.”
“Perimeter Gutter System” means a weir or trough around the perimeter of a swimming pool that is used to
skim the surface of the water and return the water to the treatment system.
“pH” means the negative log of the concentration of hydrogen ions. When water ionizes, it produces hydrogen
ions (H+) and hydroxide ions (OH-). If there is an excess of hydrogen ions the water is acidic. If there is an
excess of hydroxide ions the water is basic. pH ranges from 0 to 14. Pure water has a pH of 7.0. If pH is higher
than 7.0, the water is said to be basic, or alkaline. If the water’s pH is lower than 7.0, the water is acidic. As pH is
raised, more hypochlorous acid (HOCl) ionization occurs and chlorine disinfectants decrease in effectiveness.
“Plumbing Fixture” means a receptacle, fixture, or device that is connected to a water supply system or
discharges to a drainage system or both and may be used for the distribution and use of water; for example:
toilets, urinals, showers, and hose bibs.
“Pool” means a subset of aquatic venues designed to have standing water for total or partial bather immersion.
This does not include spas.
“Activity Pool” means a water attraction designed primarily for play activity that uses constructed
features and devices including pad walks, flotation devices, and similar attractions.
23
“Diving Pool” means a pool used exclusively for diving.
“Landing Pool” means an aquatic venue or designated section of an aquatic venue located at the exit of
one or more waterslide flumes. The body of water is intended and designed to receive a bather emerging
from the flume for the purpose of terminating the slide action and providing a means of exit to a deck or
walkway area.
“Skimmer Pool” means a pool using a skimmer system.
“Surf Pool” means any pool designed to generate waves dedicated to the activity of surfing on a
surfboard or analogous surfing device commonly used in the ocean and intended for sport as opposed to
general play intent for wave pools.
“Therapy Pool” means a pool used exclusively for aquatic therapy, physical therapy, or rehabilitation to
treat a diagnosed injury, illness, or medical condition, wherein the therapy is provided under the direct
supervision of a licensed physical therapist, occupational therapist, or athletic trainer. This could include
wound patients or immunocompromised patients whose health could be impacted if there is not additional
water quality protection.
“Wading Pool” means any pool used exclusively for wading and intended for use by young children
where the depth does not exceed 2 feet (0.6 m).
“Wave Pool” means any pool designed to simulate breaking or cyclic waves for purposes of general play.
A wave pool is not the same as a surf pool, which generates waves dedicated to the activity of surfing on
a surfboard or analogous surfing device commonly used in the ocean and intended for sport as opposed to
general play intent for wave pools.
“Pool Deck” See “Deck.”
“Pool Slide” See “Slide.”
“Public Swimming Pool (Public Pool)” A commercial (non-residential) pool that is publicly owned and
operated by a city, county, state, federal, where the general public have access to pools under ownership or
management policies and requirements. Any man made permanently installed or non-portable structure, basin,
chamber or tank containing an artificial body of water that is used for swimming, scuba diving instruction, aquatic
sports or other aquatic activity including recreational or therapeutic purposes, owned or operated by a city,
county, state, federal, or any other public agency, other than a residential pool, that is intended to be used for
swimming or bathing and is operated by an owner, lessee, operator, licensee or concessionaire, regardless of
whether a fee is charged for use. The pool may be publicly or privately owned.
“Public Water Systems” means water systems including community water systems, non-transient/non-
community water systems, or transient non-community water systems with exceptions as noted by AHJ and EPA.
“Purge” means to introduce a large volume of outdoor air to flush the interior space.
“Qualified Lifeguard” means an individual who has successfully completed an AHJ-recognized lifeguard
training course offered by an AHJ-recognized training agency, holds a current certificate for such training, has
met the pre-service requirements, and is participating in continuing in-service training requirements of the aquatic
facility.
“Qualified Operator” means an individual responsible for the operation and maintenance of the water and air
quality systems and the associated infrastructure of the aquatic facility and who has successfully completed an
AHJ-recognized operator training course to operate an aquatic facility offered by an AHJ-recognized training
agency and holds a current certificate for such training.
“Raceway” means an enclosed channel of metallic or nonmetallic materials designed expressly for holding wires,
cables, busbars, or additional functions as permitted.
“Recessed Steps” means a way of ingress/egress for a pool, similar to a ladder but the individual treads are
24
recessed into the pool wall.
“Recirculation System” means the combination of the main drain, gutter or skimmer, inlets, piping, pumps,
controls, surge tank or balance tank to provide pool water recirculation to and from the pool and the treatment
systems.
“Reduction Equivalent Dose (RED) Bias” means a variable used in UV system validation to account for
differences in UV sensitivity between the UV system challenge microbe (e.g., MS2 virus) and the actual microbe
to be inactivated (e.g., Cryptosporidium).
“Re-entrainment” means a situation where the exhaust(s) from a ventilated source such as an indoor aquatic
facility is located too close to the air handling system intake(s), which allows the exhausted air to be re-captured
by the air handling system, so it is transported directly back into the aquatic facility.
“Responsible Supervisor” means an individual onsite that is responsible for water treatment operations when a
“qualified operator” is not onsite at an aquatic facility.
“Reverberation” means the persistence of sound in an enclosed or partially enclosed space after the source of
sound has stopped due to repeated reflections from the room surfaces; by extension, in some contexts, the sound
that so persists.
“Reverberation Time – RT60” means, for airborne sound, the time it takes a reverberant sound field to decay 60
dB after the source is interrupted. If an ambient sound field limits the ability to measure 60 dB of decay, then this
time can be extrapolated for the measure of the shorter decay.
“Rinse Shower” See “Shower.”
“Robotic Cleaner” means a modular vacuum system consisting of a motor-driven, in-pool suction device, either
self-powered or powered through a low voltage cable, which is connected to a deck-side power supply.
"Rope and Float Line" means a continuous line not less than 1/4" (6 mm) in diameter and that is supported by
buoys spaced no more than 5 feet apart to provide a visual and physical separation of the pool areas.
“Runout” means that part of a waterslide where riders are intended to decelerate and/or come to a stop. The
runout is a continuation of the waterslide flume surface.
“Safety” (as it relates to construction items) means a design standard intended to prevent inadvertent or
hazardous operation or use (i.e., a passive engineering strategy).
“Safety Plan” means a written document that has procedures, requirements and/or standards related to safety
which the aquatic facility staff shall follow. These plans include training, emergency response, and operations
procedures.
“Safety Team” means any employee of the aquatic facility with job responsibilities related to the aquatic
facility’s emergency action plan.
“Safety Vacuum Release System” (SVRS) means as defined in 15 USC 8002 (5) “a vacuum release system
capable of providing vacuum release at a suction outlet caused by a high vacuum occurrence due to a suction
outlet flow blockage.” A SVRS may be a mechanical device installed on the exposed single main suction pipe
before a filtration or feature pump or an electrical device located as an attachment to the filtration or feature pump
control system or is integral with the filtration or feature pump or motor itself.
“Sanitize” means reducing the level of microbes to that considered safe by public health standards.
“Saturation Index” means a mathematical representation or scale representing the ability of water to deposit
calcium carbonate, or dissolve metal, concrete, or grout.
“Secondary Treatment” means those disinfection processes or systems installed in addition to the standard
systems required on all aquatic venues, which are required to be used for increased risk aquatic venues.
“Semi-public pool” A commercial (non-residential) pool that is privately owned and operated with limited bather
access to pools under ownership or management policies and requirements. As defined in part under
25
“Commercial Pools: Class C semi-public pool”:
Any pool operated for and in conjunction with:
• lodgings such as hotels, motels, apartments, condominiums, or mobile home parks;
• properly owners associations, home owner associations, private organizations or clubs; or
• a school, college, or university while being operated for academic or continuing education
classes. The use of such a pool would be open to occupants, members or students and their
guests, but not open to the general public.
“Shower” means a device that sprays water on the body.
“Cleansing Shower” means a shower located within a hygiene facility using warm water and soap. The
purpose of these showers is to remove contaminants including perianal fecal material, sweat, skin cells,
personal care products, and dirt before bathers enter the aquatic venue.
“Rinse Shower” means a shower typically located in the pool deck area with ambient temperature water.
The main purpose is to remove dirt, sand, or organic material prior to entering the aquatic venue to reduce
the introduction of contaminants and the formation of disinfection byproducts.
“Skimmer” means a device installed in the pool wall whose purpose is to remove floating debris and surface
water to the filter. They shall include a weir to allow for the automatic adjustment to small changes in water level,
maintaining skimming of the surface water.
“Skimmer Pool” See “Pool.”
“Skimmer System” means periodic locations along the top of the pool wall for removal of water from the pool’s
surface for treatment.
“Slide” means an aquatic feature where users slide down from an elevated height into water.
“Drop Slide” means a slide that drops bathers into the water from a height above the water versus
delivering the bather to the water entry point.
“Pool Slide” means a slide having a configuration as defined in 16 CFR Part 1207, or is similar in
construction to a playground slide used to allow users to slide from an elevated height to a pool. They
shall include children’s (tot) slides and all other non- flume slides that are mounted on the pool deck or
within the basin of a public swimming pool.
“Waterslide” means a slide that runs into a landing pool or runout through a fabricated channel with
flowing water.
“Slip Resistant” means surfaces shall have a minimum dynamic coefficient of friction at least equal to the
requirements of ANSI A137.1-2012 for that installation as measured by the DCOF AcuTest.
“Sound Absorption” means (1) the process of dissipating sound energy and (2) the property possessed by
materials, objects, and structures, such as rooms, for absorbing sound energy.
“Sound Transmission Class” (STC) means a one-number rating of the sound-blocking ability of a partition,
door, window, etc., calculated in accordance with ASTM E413 from measurements of one-third-octave band
sound pressure levels and sound absorption made in a laboratory and in accordance with ASTM E90.
“Spa” See “Aquatic Venue.”
“Special Use Aquatic Venue” See “Aquatic Venue.”
“Stadium Seating” See “Theoretical Peak Occupancy.”
“Standard” means something established by authority, custom, or general consent as a model or example.
“Storage” means the condition of remaining in one space for 1 hour or more. Materials in a closed pipe or tube
awaiting transfer to another location shall not be considered to be stored.
26
“Structural Crack” means a break or split in the pool surface that weakens the structural integrity of the vessel.
“Substantial Alteration” means the alteration, modification, or renovation of an aquatic facility or an aquatic
venue where the total cost of the work exceeds 50% of the replacement cost of the aquatic facility or the aquatic
venue.
“Superchlorination” means the addition of large quantities of chlorine-based chemicals to kill algae, destroy
odors, or improve the ability to maintain a disinfectant residual.
“Supplemental Treatment” means those disinfection processes or systems which are not required on an aquatic
venue for health and safety reasons. They may be used to enhance overall system performance and improve water
quality.
“Surf Pool” See “Pool.”
“SVRS” See “Safety Vacuum Release System.”
“Theoretical Peak Occupancy” means the anticipated peak number of bathers in an aquatic venue or the
anticipated peak number of occupants of the decks of an aquatic facility. This is the lower limit of peak occupancy
to be used for design purposes for determining services that support occupants. Theoretical peak occupancy is
used to determine the number of showers. For aquatic venues, the theoretical peak occupancy is calculated around
the type of water use or space:
“Agitated Water” means an aquatic venue with mechanical means (aquatic features) to discharge, spray,
or move the water's surface above or below the static water line of the aquatic venue so people are
standing or playing vertically. Where there is no static water line, movement shall be considered above
the deck plane.
“Flat Water” means an aquatic venue in which the water line is static except for movement made by
users usually as a horizontal use as in swimming. Diving spargers do not void the flat water definition.
“Hot Water” means an aquatic venue with a water temperature over 90oF (32oC).
“Stadium Seating” means an area of high-occupancy seating provided above the pool level for
observation.
“Therapy Pool” See “Pool.”
“Toe Ledge” See “Underwater Ledge.”
“Total Bromine” means the amount of bromine in the 1 oxidation state, which is the reactive, oxidized form.
Commercially available test kits are not capable of distinguishing free bromine (Br2, HOBr, OBr-) from combined
bromine (bromamines). The bromine value specified in test results is the concentration of total bromine.
“Trichloramine” means a disinfection byproduct formed when chlorine binds to nitrogenous waste in pool water
to form an amine-containing compound with three chlorine atoms (NCl3). It is a known acute respiratory and
ocular irritant. It has low solubility in water and is rapidly released into the air above pools where it can
accumulate, particularly in indoor settings.
“Trihalomethanes” (THM) means chemical compounds in which three of the four hydrogen atoms of methane
(CH4) are replaced by halogen atoms. Trihalomethanes are environmental pollutants, and many are considered
carcinogenic.
"Turnover" or "Turnover Rate" or “Turnover Time” means the period of time, usually expressed in hours,
required to circulate a volume of water equal to the capacity of the aquatic venue.
“Underwater Bench” means a submerged seat with or without hydrotherapy jets.
“Underwater Ledge” or “Underwater Toe Ledge” means a continuous step in the pool wall that allows
swimmers to rest by standing without treading water.
“UV Transmissivity” means the percentage measurement of ultraviolet light able to pass through a solution.
27
“Wading Pool” See “Pool.”
“Waterslide” See “Slide.”
“Water Quality Testing Device” (WQTD) means a product designed to measure the level of a parameter in
water. A WQTD includes a device or method to provide a visual indication of a parameter level and may include
one or more reagents and accessory items.
“Water Replenishment System” means a way to remove water from the pool as needed and replace with make-
up water to maintain water quality.
“Wave Pools” See “Pool.”
“Weather-proof Enclosure” means a building that protects the interior of the structure from weather and contains
all of the pool recirculation and disinfection equipment, e.g., the EQUIPMENT ROOM.
“Wet Deck” See “Deck.”
“Wing Wall / Peninsula” See “Peninsula / Wing Wall.”
“Zero Depth Entry” means a sloped entry into a pool from deck level into the interior of the pool as a means of
access and egress.
22
3.0 Cited Standards and Laws
Nothing in this code is intended to exempt an AQUATIC FACILITY or associated AQUATIC VENUES from any
applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws. Other applicable requirements may include but are not
limited to building codes, mechanical codes, plumbing codes, electrical codes, fire codes, FDA Food Code, OSHA
requirements, EPA requirements, and the Code of Federal Regulations. Additional permits and inspections may be
required based on the requirements of other applicable laws.
Acoustical Society of America (ASA)
ANSI/ASA S12.60-2010/Part 1 (R2015),
Acoustical Performance Criteria, Design
Requirements, and Guidelines for Schools,
Part 1: Permanent Schools
ANSI/ASA S12.60-2009/Part 2 (R2014),
Acoustical Performance Criteria, Design
Requirements, and Guidelines for Schools,
Part 2: Relocatable Classroom Factors
Air Conditioning Contractors of America (ACCA)
ANSI/ACCA 10 Manual SPS-2011 (RA
2017); Manual SPS HVAC Design for
Swimming Pools and Spas
Air Conditioning Heating and Refrigeration
Institute (AHRI)
ANSI/AHRI Standard 910 (I-P), 2014
Standard for Performance Rating of Indoor
Pool Dehumidifiers
ANSI/AHRI Standard 920 (I-P), 2020
Standard for Performance Rating of Direct
Expansion-Dedicated Outdoor Air System
Units
Air Movement Control Association (AMCA)
AMCA 201-02 (R2011), Fans and Systems
American Coatings Association (ACA)
Hazardous Materials Identification System
(HMIS), 4th Edition
American Concrete Institute (ACI)
ACI 302.1R-15, Guide to Concrete Floor
and Slab Construction
American Heart Association (AHA)
American Heart Association (AHA)
Guidelines for Cardiopulmonary
Resuscitation (CPR) and Emergency
Cardiovascular Care (ECC)
2020 AHA Guidelines Update for CPR and
ECC
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
ANSI/ICC A117.1-2017. Accessible and
Usable Buildings and Facilities
ANSI A137.1:2017 American National
Standards Specifications for Ceramic Tile
American National Standards Institute /
International Aquatic Foundation (IAF)
ANSI/IAF-9
American National Standards Institute /
International Safety Equipment Association
(ISEA)
ANSI /ISEA Z308.1-2015: American
National Standard – Minimum
Requirements for Workplace First Aid Kits
and Supplies
American Red Cross (ARC)
American Red Cross, Lifeguarding Manual,
2017
American Safety & Health Institute (ASHI)
ASHI CPR, AED and Basic First Aid
Combination Training, 2018
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and
Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2019:
Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air
Quality
2019 ASHRAE Handbook – HVAC
Applications
2017 ASHRAE Handbook – Fundamentals
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
(ASME)
ASME A112.19.17-2010, Manufactured
Safety Vacuum Release Systems (SVRS) for
Residential and Commercial Swimming
Pool, Spa, Hot Tub, and Wading Pool
Suction Systems
23
ASTM International (formerly American Society
for Testing and Materials) (ASTM)
ASTM E90 – 09 (2016): Standard Test
Method for Laboratory Measurement of
Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of
Building Partitions and Elements
ASTM E413 – 16 (2016): Classification for
Rating Sound Insulation
ASTM E1477 – 98a (2017): Standard Test
Method for Luminous Reflectance Factor of
Acoustical Materials by Use of Integrating-
Sphere Reflectometers
ASTM F1346-91 (2010): Standard
Performance Specification for Safety Covers
and Labeling Requirements for All Covers
for Swimming Pools, Spas and Hot Tubs
ASTM F2285-04 (2016)e1: Standard
Consumer Safety Performance Specification
for Diaper Changing Tables for Commercial
Use
ASTM 2374-17 (2017): Standard Practice
for Design, Manufacture, Operation, and
Maintenance of Inflatable Amusement
Devices
ASTM F2376-117a (2021): Standard
Practice for Classification, Design,
Manufacture, Construction and Operation of
Water Slides Systems
ASTM F2387-04 (2012): Standard
Specification for Manufactured Safety
Vacuum Release Systems (SVRS) for
Swimming Pools, Spas and Hot Tubs
ASTM F2461-16e1 (2016): Standard
Practice for Manufacture, Construction,
Operation and Maintenance of Aquatic Play
Equipment
Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility
Guidance (ADAAG)
2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design
Association of Pool and Spa Professionals (APSP)
ANSI/APSP/ICC-1 2014, American
National Standard for Public Swimming
Pools
ANSI/APSP-9 2005, American National
Standard for Aquatic Recreation Facilities
ANSI/APSP-16 2017, American National
Standard for Suction Fittings for Use in
Swimming Pools, Wading Pools, Spas, and
Hot Tubs
Canadian Standards Association (CSA)
Z83.8-2016/CSA 2.6-2016 – Gas Unit
Heaters, Gas Packaged Heaters, Gas Utility
Heaters, and Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces
ANSI Z21.13-2017/CSA 4.9-2017 – Gas-
Fired Low Pressure Steam and Hot Water
Boilers
CSA 22.1 – 2018 Canadian Electrical Code,
Part I (24th Edition), Safety Standard for
Electrical Installations
CAN/CSA-C22.2 NO. 0-10 (R2015) –
General Requirements – Canadian Electrical
Code, Part II
Caring for Our Children (CFOC): National Health
and Safety Performance Standard
National Health and Safety Performance
Standards; Guidelines for Early Care and
Education Programs, 3rd Edition, 2011
(revised October 1, 2015)
Also known as Caring for Our Children, 3rd
Edition (CFOC3)
Chlorine Institute (CI)
Pamphlet 82; Recommendations for Using
100 & 150 Pound Chlorine Cylinders at
Swimming Pools, Edition 3, January 2015
Citizen CPR Foundation (CCPRF)
ECCU Emergency Cardiovascular Care
Update Conference
Conference for Food Protection (CFP)
Standards for Accreditation of Food
Protection Managers Certification Programs,
2020 Edition
Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC)
National Electronic Injury Surveillance
System (NEISS) Data
15 USC Chapter 106, Pool and Spa Safety
(as amended to 2014): Virginia Graeme
Baker Pool and Spa Safety Act (VGBA)
24
Interpretations and Staff Guidelines for the
Virginia Graeme Baker Pool and Spa Safety
Act
16 CFR 1207 – Safety Standard for
Swimming Pool Slides
Deutsches Institut für Normung (DIN)
DIN 19643-1: 2012-11 Treatment of Water
of Swimming Pools and Baths – Part 1:
General Requirements
DIN 19643-2: 2012-11 Treatment of Water
of Swimming Pools and Baths – Part 2:
Combinations of Process with Fixed Bed
Filters and Precoat Filters
DIN 19643-3: 2012-11 Treatment of
Swimming Water of Swimming Pools and
Baths – Part 3: Combinations of Process
with Ozonization
DIN 19643-4: 2012-11 Treatment of
Swimming Water of Swimming Pools and
Baths – Part 4: Combinations of Process
with Ultrafiltration
DIN 19643-5: 2012-11 Treatment of
Swimming Water of Swimming Pools and
Baths – Part 5: Combinations of Process
Using Bromine as Disinfectant, Produced by
Ozonation of Bromide Rich Water
Deutscher Verein des Gas- und Wasserfaches e.V.
– Technisch wissenschaftlicher Verein (DVGW)
German Technical and Scientific
Association for Gas and Water
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
EPA 815-R-06-007: Ultraviolet Disinfectant
Guidance Manual for the Final Long Term 2
Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule,
November 2006
EPA 815-R-99-014: Alternate Disinfectants
and Oxidants Guidance Manual, April 1999
42 USC Chapter 116, Emergency Planning
and Community Right-to-Know Act
(EPCRA) of 1986
40 CFR 141, EPA, 816-F-09-004: National
Primary Drinking Water Regulations, May
2009
EPA 550-B-21-001: List of Lists –
Consolidated List of Chemicals Subject to
the Emergency Planning and Community
Right-To-Know Act (EPCRA),
Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA)
and Section 112(r) of the Clean Air Act,
April 2022
OSWER 90-008.1, June 1990, EPA
Chemical Emergency Preparedness and
Prevention Advisory, Swimming Pool
Chemicals: Chlorine
7 USC 136 et. seq. (1996), Federal
Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act
(FIFRA)
40 CFR Subchapter E – Pesticide Programs
European Standard (ES)
EN 13451-11:2014 – Swimming Pool
Equipment – Part 11: Additional Specific
Safety Requirements and Test Methods for
Moveable Pool Floors and Moveable
Bulkheads. (Also known as BS EN 13451-
11, CSN EN 13451-11, or DIN EN 13451-
11)
BS EN 60268-1:2011 Sound System
Equipment. Objective Rating of Speech
Intelligibility by Speech Transmission Index
(British Standard)
Fédération Internationale de Natation Amateur
(FINA)
Facilities Rules 2017–2021, 22 September
2017
Food and Drug Administration (FDA)
Food Code: 2017 Recommendations of the
United States Public Health Service Food
and Drug Administration
Hazardous Materials Identification System (HMIS)
See American Coatings Association above
Health Canada Pest Management Regulatory
Agency (PMRA)
Pest Control Products Act (S.C. 2002, c. 28)
Pesticide Product Information Database
Illuminating Engineering Society of North
America (IESNA)
IES RP-6-15 Sports and Recreational Area
Lighting (2015)
The Lighting Handbook, 10th Edition (2011)
25
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
(IEEE)
IEEE Std 241-1990 – IEEE Recommended
Practice for Electric Power Systems in
Commercial Buildings (reaffirmed in 1997)
International Association of Electrical Inspectors
(IAEI)
Soares Grounding and Bonding, 13th
Edition, 2017
International Association of Plumbing and
Mechanical Officials (IAPMO)
IAPMO/ANSI UMC 1 2018 (2018 Uniform
Mechanical Code)
IAPMO/ANSI UPC 1 2018 (2018 Uniform
Plumbing Code)
IAPMO/ANSI USPSHTC 1 2018 (2018
Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa, and Hot Tub
Code)
International Code Council (ICC)
ICC 300-2017 IS-BLE: 2017 ICC Standard
on Bleachers, Folding and Telescopic
Seating, and Grandstands
ICC/ANSI A117.1-2017 Standard for
Accessible and Usable Buildings and
Facilities
2018 International Building Code (IBC)
2018 International Fire Code (IFC)
2018 International Mechanical Code (IMC)
2018 International Plumbing Code (IPC)
2018 International Swimming Pool and Spa
Code (ISPSC)
International Liaison Committee on Resuscitation
(ILCOR)
2015 International Consensus on
Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation and
Emergency Cardiovascular Care with
Treatment Recommendations (CoSTR)
International Organization for Standardization
(ISO)
ISO/IEC Guide 50:2014. Safety Aspects –
Guidelines for Child Safety in Standards and
Other Specifications
ISO9000: 2015; Quality management
systems – Fundamentals and vocabulary
National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA)
2017–18 and 2018–19 NCAA Men’s and
Women’s Swimming and Diving Rules
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(NEMA)
NEMA 250-2014, Enclosures for Electrical
Equipment (1,000 V Maximum)
ANSI/NEMA Z535, 2011 (R2017): Safety
Alerting Standards
National Federation of State High School
Associations (NFHS)
2021–22 NFHS Swimming and Diving
Rules Book
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
NFPA 1: Fire Code, 2018 Edition
ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54: National Fuel Gas
Code, 2018 Edition
NFPA 70: National Electrical Code (NEC),
2020 Edition
NFPA 70: National Electrical Code (NEC)
Handbook
NFPA 211: Standard for Chimneys,
Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning
Appliances, 2016 Edition
NFPA 400: Hazardous Materials Code, 2016
Edition
NFPA 5000: Building Construction and
Safety Code, 2018 Edition
NFPA 652: Standard on the Fundamentals
of Combustible Dust, 2016 Edition
NFPA 704: Standard System for the
Identification of the Hazards of Materials for
Emergency Response, 2017 Edition
National Institute for Occupational Safety and
Health (NIOSH)
NIOSH Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards,
September 2007, (NPG) (DHHS (NIOSH)
Publication No, 2005-149)
42 CFR Part 84, Approval of Respiratory
Protective Devices, 1995
Certified Equipment List (CEL)
26
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA)
NOAA Technical Memorandum ERL
PMEL-67, Eyeball Optics of Natural
Waters: Secchi Disk Science, Rudolph
W. Preisendorfer, Pacific Marine
Environmental Laboratory, Seattle, WA,
April 1986.
National Recreation and Park Association (NRPA)
Aquatic Facility Operator Manual, 7th
Edition
National Swimming Pool Foundation (NSPF)
Pool & Spa OperatorTM Handbook, 2017
Edition
NSF International (NSF)
NSF/ANSI 14 - 2016b, Plastics Piping
System Components and Related Materials
NSF/ANSI 50 - 16a, Equipment for
Swimming Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs and Other
Recreational Water Facilities (2017)
NSF/ANSI 60 – 2020, Drinking Water
Treatment Chemicals – Health Effects
NSF/ANSI 61–2020, Drinking Water
System Components – Health Effects
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA)
29 CFR 1910.304 Wiring design and
protection
29 CFR 1910.1000 Air Contaminants
29 CFR 1910.1030 Bloodborne Pathogens
29 CFR 1910.1200 Hazard Communication
29 CFR 1910.1200(g) Safety Data Sheets
(SDS)
Österreichisches Normungsinstitut (ÖNORM)
Austrian Standards Institute
Pool Water Treatment Advisory Group (PWTAG)
Swimming Pool Water: Treatment and
Quality Standards for Pools and Spas, 3rd
Edition, 2017
Propane Education and Research Council (PERC)
Instruction Sheet IV: Identifying and
Correcting Burner Problems
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’
National Association (SMACNA)
SMACNA HVAC Systems Duct Design, 4th
Edition, 2006
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
UL 50 2015-10-16 Enclosures for Electrical
Equipment, Non-Environmental
Considerations
UL 50E 2020-10-16 Enclosures for
Electrical Equipment, Environmental
Considerations
UL 379 2013-06-19 Standard for Power
Units for Fountain, Swimming Pool, And
Spa Luminaries
UL 399 2017-03-20 Standard for Drinking-
Water Coolers
UL 508 2018-01-28 Standard for Industrial
Control Equipment
UL 676 2015-08-10 Standard for
Underwater Luminaries and Submersible
Junction Boxes
UL 727 2018-01-31 Standard for Oil-Fired
Central Furnaces
UL 1081 2016-08-09 Standard for
Swimming Pool Pumps, Filters, and
Chlorinators
UL 1241 2003-06-11 Standard for Junction
Boxes for Swimming Pool Luminaries
UL 1777 2015-10-02 Standard for Chimney
Liners
UL 1995 2015-07-31 Heating and Cooling
Equipment
UL 2075 2013-03-05 Standard for Gas and
Vapor Detectors and Sensors
UL 2452 2006-04-21 Outline of
Investigation for Electric Swimming Pool
and Spa Cover Operators
UL 2759 2011-09-26 Standard for
Sustainability for Hard Surface Cleaners
UL 2818 2013-03-29 GREENGUARD
Certification Program for Chemical
Emissions for Building Materials, Finishes,
and Furnishings
UL 8750 2015-09-15 Standard for Light
27
Emitting Diode (LED) Equipment for Use in
Lighting Products
UL 60335-2-1000 2017-09-29 Standard for
Household and Similar Electrical
Appliances: Particular Requirements for
Electrically Powered Pool Lifts
UL 61010-1 2012-05-11 Safety
Requirements for Electrical Equipment for
Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use
– Part 1: General Requirements
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE)
USACE Air Leakage Test Protocol for
Building Envelopes - Version 3: May 11,
2012
U.S. Codes: State Codes
California Health and Safety Code (HSC),
Article 4. Lead Materials, Section 116875,
January 1, 2009
Florida Administrative Code, Chapter 64E-9
Public Swimming Pools and Bathing Places,
July 20, 2016
Hawaii Administrative Rules, Title 11,
Chapter 10, Public Swimming Pools, July
15, 2002
Illinois Swimming Facility Code, Title 77,
Section 820, October 4, 2013
New York Uniform Code, Title 10, Part 6,
Subpart 6-1 Swimming Pools, July 6, 2011
Ohio Administrative Code, Chapter 3701-31
Public Swimming Pools or Spas, April 1,
2011
Oregon Administrative Rules, Chapter 333 –
Division 60, Public Swimming Pools,
September 1, 2014
Texas Administrative Code, Title 25,
Chapter 265, Subchapter L, Public
Swimming Pools and Spas, September 1,
2004
Wisconsin Administrative Code, Chapter
SPS 390, Design and Construction of Public
Swimming Pools and Water Attractions,
March 1, 2009
U.S. Coast Guard
33 CFR 175.15, Personal Floatation
Devices, September 22, 2014
U.S. Department of Energy (USDOE)
USDOE Air Leakage Testing and Air
Sealing in Existing Multifamily Units,
October 2012
USA Diving
USA Diving Competitive and Technical
Rules, 2018
USA Swimming
USA Swimming 2020 Rulebook
Virginia Graeme Baker Pool and Spa Safety Act
(VGB Act)
15 USC Chapter 106, Pool and Spa Safety
(as amended to 2014)
Water Environment Federation/International
Ultraviolet Association (WEF/IUVA)
Ultraviolet Disinfection for Wastewater
ISBN: 978-1-57278-312-6 (April 2015)
World Health Organization (WHO)
Guidelines for Safe Recreational Water
Environments – Volume 2 Swimming Pools
and Similar Environments, 2006
YMCA of the USA (YMCA)
On the Guard: The YMCA Lifeguard
Manual, 2016 Edition
28
4.0 A Aquatic Facility Design Standards and Construction
The provisions of JCAHC Chapter 4 (Aquatic Facility Design Standards and Construction) apply to construction of
a new AQUATIC FACILITY or AQUATIC VENUE or SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION to an existing AQUATIC FACILITY
or AQUATIC VENUE, unless otherwise noted.
Note: Section numbers with superscript “A” (e.g., 4.0A) denote a corresponding discussion in the Annex to the
Model Aquatic Health Code.
4.1 Plan Submittal
4.1.1 Plan Submittal
4.1.1.1 Purpose AQUATIC FACILITY construction plans shall be designed to provide sufficient
clarity to indicate the location, nature, and extent of the work proposed.
4.1.1.2 Conform AQUATIC FACILITY construction plans shall show in detail that the AQUATIC
FACILITY will conform to the provisions of this CODE and all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and
tribal laws, as determined by JCDHE and to protect the health and SAFETY of the facility’s BATHERS and
PATRONS.
4.1.1.3 Approved Plans No person shall begin to construct a new AQUATIC FACILITY or shall
SUBSTANTIALLY ALTER an existing AQUATIC FACILITY without first having the construction plans detailing
the construction or SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION submitted to and approved by JCDHE.
1) Submit the completed application for the aquatic facility/aquatic venue, and
2) Submit the fee for the aquatic facility/aquatic venue plan review, and
3) Submit the required drawings, manufacturers’ names, equipment specifications, pump curves, feature
specifications, etc.
4) The contractor building the aquatic facility/aquatic venue shall provide proof of licensure with Johnson
County Contractor Licensing for aquatic facility/aquatic venue construction.
4.1.1.4 Plan Preparation All plans shall be prepared by a DESIGN PROFESSIONAL proficient in
the application of this CODE and all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws relevant to
the project and who shall apply this CODE and all applicable laws when preparing project plans.
4.1.1.5 Required Statements All construction plans shall include the following statements:
1) “The proposed aquatic facility and all equipment shall be constructed and installed in conformity with the
approved plans and specifications or approved amendments,” and
2) “No substantial alteration, changes, additions, or equipment not specified in the approved plans can be
made or added until the plans for such substantial alteration, changes, additions, or equipment are
submitted to and approved by JCDHE.”
4.1.2 Content of Design Report
4.1.2.1 Basis of Design Report
4.1.2.1.1 A Names / Addresses AQUATIC FACILITY plans shall include the name, address, and
contact information for the owner, designer, and builder if available at the time of submission.
4.1.2.1.2 Site Information AQUATIC FACILITY plans shall include site information indicating at a
minimum the location of all utilities, wells, topography, natural water features, and potential sources of
surface drainage and pollution which have the potential to affect the proposed AQUATIC FACILITY.
4.1.2.1.3 Plot Plan AQUATIC FACILITY plans shall include a site plot plan including:
1) A general map and detailed scaled drawings of the AQUATIC FACILITY site plan or floor plan with detailed
locations of the AQUATIC VENUES and AQUATIC FEATURES; and
29
2) The locations of all water supply facilities, sources of drinking water, public or private sewers, and
relative elevations of paved or other walkways and the EQUIPMENT ROOM floor shall be shown on the
plans with the elevations of storm and sanitary sewer inverts and street grade.
4.1.2.2 Plans and Specifications
4.1.2.2.1 Drawings Detailed scaled and dimensional drawings for each individual AQUATIC VENUE shall
include an AQUATIC VENUE area plan and layout plan along with dimensioned longitudinal and transverse cross
sections of the AQUATIC VENUE. Drawings shall be a minimum size of eighteen (18) inches by twenty-four (24)
inches and a maximum size of thirty-six (36) inches by forty-eight (48) inches. Drawings may also be submitted
electronically as approved by the JCDHE. Only site specific or project specific drawings will be accepted.
4.1.2.2.1.1 Operating Conditions The design documents shall include a record of operating conditions
(water temperature(s), space temperature, space relative humidity, space dew point) and intended use for
each type of VENUE (FLAT WATER, AGITATED WATER, HOT WATER) accepted by both the design engineer and
owner/operator.
4.1.2.2.2 Aquatic Venue Attributes Detailed scaled and dimensional drawings for each
individual AQUATIC VENUE shall include location and type of:
1) INLETS;
2) Overflows;
3) Drains;
4) Suction outlets;
5) Overflow gutters or devices;
6) Piping;
7) Designed POOL water elevation;
8) AQUATIC FEATURES such as ladders, stairs, diving boards, SLIDES, and play features;
9) Lighting;
10) POOL markings; and
11) Surface materials
4.1.2.2.3 Area Design Detailed scaled and dimensional drawings of the AQUATIC FACILITY and for
each individual AQUATIC VENUE, as appropriate, shall include location and type of:
1) Design of AQUATIC VENUE ENCLOSURE including walls, fencing, entry and exit doors and gates, self-
closing and latching hardware, and locks;
2) Design of DECK, including paving materials, DECK slope, and DECK drains;
3) Paved walkways and other hardscape features;
4) SLIP-RESISTANT flooring;
5) AQUATIC VENUE area finishes;
6) Drinking fountains or other sources of drinking water;
7) Entries and exits;
8) Hose bibs;
9) Fences;
10) Telephones; and
11) Area lighting.
30
4.1.2.2.4 Aquatic Venue Recirculation and Treatment Design Detailed scaled and dimensional
drawings for each individual AQUATIC VENUE shall contain a flow diagram showing the location, plan,
elevation, and schematics of:
1) Filters;
2) Pumps;
3) Chemical feeders and interlocks;
4) Chemical controllers and interlocks;
5) SECONDARY TREATMENT, if required;
6) Supplemental disinfection systems, if installed;
7) Ventilation devices or AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS;
8) Heaters;
9) Surge tanks, including operating levels;
10) BACKFLOW prevention assemblies and air gaps;
11) Valves;
12) Piping;
13) Flow meters;
14) Gauges;
15) Thermometers;
16) Test cocks;
17) Sight glasses; and
18) Drainage system for the disposal of AQUATIC VENUE water and filter wastewater.
4.1.2.2.5 Equipment Room Design Detailed scaled and dimensional drawings for each individual
AQUATIC VENUE shall contain a schematic layout of the AQUATIC VENUE EQUIPMENT ROOM showing
accessibility for installation and maintenance.
4.1.2.2.6 Chemical Storage Space Design Detailed scaled and dimensional drawings for each
individual AQUATIC VENUE shall contain a schematic layout of the AQUATIC FACILITY CHEMICAL STORAGE
SPACE(S).
4.1.2.2.7 Hygiene Facility Design Detailed scaled and dimensional drawings for each AQUATIC
FACILITY shall show the location and number of all available HYGIENE FACILITIES provided including
dressing rooms, lockers and basket STORAGE, SHOWERS, lavatory, toilet FIXTURES, and DIAPER-CHANGING
STATIONS.
4.1.2.3 Technical Specifications
4.1.2.3.1 A Accompanying Drawings Technical specifications for the construction of each
AQUATIC VENUE and all appurtenances shall accompany the drawings for the AQUATIC FACILITY plans.
4.1.2.3.2 A Technical Details The following technical specifications shall be provided for each
AQUATIC FACILITY:
1) Water temperatures for each AQUATIC VENUE;
2) Effective surface area of each AQUATIC VENUE;
3) Space design
a. Listing of each room size (length, width, height).
31
b. Statement that a vapor BARRIER is included in the construction of all interior and exterior wall and
ceiling surfaces.
c. Statement that all windows are at least double pane and include a thermal break along with the U
value, and
d. A listing of all wall and ceiling construction R values
4) Design/desired dry bulb and dew point temperatures;
5) Design/desired relative humidity;
6) Type of water treatment; and
7) PERIMETER DECK and POOL DECK, which are the same as the WET DECK area defined in the ASHRAE
62.1.2019 Standard, which defines this area as the “area surrounding the POOL surface that is capable of
being wetted during use or when POOL is occupied.”
4.1.2.3.2.1 Details Not Shown on Plans Each AQUATIC VENUE shall include all construction details
not shown on the plans that relate to the AQUATIC FACILITY:
4.1.2.3.2.2 A Intended Use During the design of the ventilation and CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEMS for
INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITIES, the DESIGN PROFESSIONALS (engineers and architects) shall consult with and
obtain input from the owner/operator to address intended uses, type of AQUATIC VENUES (FLAT WATER,
AGITATED WATER, HOT WATER) and intended typical operating water temperatures, space air temperature, and
relative humidity.
4.1.2.3.2.2.1 Design Criteria Document A design criteria document shall be written as a result of these
consultations, signed by all parties involved and become a permanent document of the project specifications
and owner’s manual.
4.1.2.3.3 Water Sources The technical specifications for each AQUATIC FACILITY shall include the
sources of all water supplies.
4.1.2.3.4 Area and Volume Technical specifications shall include the water surface area and
volume of each AQUATIC VENUE and associated water features, if applicable.
4.1.2.3.5 A Theoretical Peak Occupancy The technical specifications for each AQUATIC FACILITY
and each AQUATIC VENUE shall include THEORETICAL PEAK OCCUPANCY, respectively.
4.1.2.3.5.1 Used for Designing Systems The THEORETICAL PEAK OCCUPANCY for ventilation air for an
AQUATIC VENUE shall be used for designing systems that serve BATHERS and PATRONS.
4.1.2.3.5.2 Incorporate Non-Water Related Areas The THEORETICAL PEAK OCCUPANCY for an AQUATIC
FACILITY shall be used for designing systems that serve BATHERS and PATRONS and shall incorporate non-
water related areas such as DECKS and other adjacent portions of the AQUATIC FACILITY not associated with
the AQUATIC VENUE.
4.1.2.3.5.3 Calculating Theoretical Peak Occupancy The THEORETICAL PEAK OCCUPANCY shall be
calculated by dividing the surface area in square feet of the AQUATIC VENUE by the density factor (D) that fits
the specific AQUATIC VENUE being considered.
THEORETICAL PEAK OCCUPANCY = AQUATIC VENUE Surface Area / D
The density factors (D) are Water/BATHER-related:
1) FLAT WATER density factor = 20 ft2 (1.9 m2) per BATHER.
2) AGITATED WATER density factor = 15 ft2 (1.4 m2) per BATHER.
3) HOT WATER density factor = 10 ft2 (0.9 m2) per BATHER.
4) WATERSLIDE LANDING POOL density factor = manufacturer-established capacity at any given time.
5) INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY water density factor = 10 ft2 (0.9 m2) per BATHER on surface.
32
6) SURF POOL density factor = manufacturer-established capacity at any given time.
Non-water/PATRON-related:
1) DECK density factor = 50 ft2 (4.6 m2) per BATHER.
2) STADIUM SEATING density factor = 6.6 ft2 (0.6 m2) per BATHER.
4.1.2.3.5.3.1 Density Factor Modification The density factors in JCAHC 4.1.2.3.5.3 may be modified for
higher BATHER or PATRON density, but they shall not be modified to result in less BATHERS per square feet
than listed for the factors in JCAHC 4.1.2.3.5.3.
4.1.2.3.5.3.2 Aquatic Facility Theoretical Peak Occupancy The THEORETICAL PEAK OCCUPANCY for
an AQUATIC FACILITY shall be determined by adding the calculations for each AQUATIC VENUE in the
AQUATIC FACILITY.
4.1.2.3.6 Equipment Characteristics and Rating The technical specifications and supplemental
engineering data for each AQUATIC FACILITY and each AQUATIC VENUE shall include:
1) Detailed information on the type, size, operating characteristics, and rating of all mechanical and
electrical equipment;
2) Hydraulic computations for head loss in all piping and recirculation equipment;
3) Pump curves that demonstrate that the selected recirculation pump(s) are adequate for the calculated
required flows; and
4) For INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITIES, documentation that demonstrates that the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY is
designed to meet the acoustic design criteria contained in JCAHC 4.6.11.
5) Documentation per JCAHC 4.7.3.2.2.3 to demonstrate that the selected disinfectant feeders/equipment are
of sufficient size and capacity, including evaluation of the CHLORINE demand factors in JCAHC
4.7.3.2.2.2.1.
4.1.2.3.7 Recirculation Rate and Turnover The technical specifications for each AQUATIC
VENUE shall include the recirculation rate and TURNOVER TIME.
4.1.2.3.8 Filter Media The technical specifications for each AQUATIC VENUE shall include
information on the filter media such as diatomaceous earth, sand, gravel, or other approved material.
4.1.2.3.9 Equipment Specifications The technical specifications for each INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY
shall include information on each piece of equipment associated with that INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY. For
climate control equipment, the specifications shall include the following items at a minimum: sensible
cooling capacity, sensible heating capacity, MOISTURE REMOVAL CAPACITY (MRC) in lbs/hr, MOISTURE
REMOVAL EFFICIENCY (MRE) as listed in the AHRI Standard 920-2020 Performance Rating of Direct
Expansion-Dedicated Outdoor Air System Units or AHRI Standard 910-2014 Performance Rating of Indoor
Pool Dehumidifiers, CFM of outside air, CFM of exhaust air, CFM of supply air, voltage, power
requirements, and design temperature and humidity.
4.1.2.3.10 Safety Equipment Specifications The technical specifications for each AQUATIC
FACILITY shall include information on all aquatic safety equipment.
4.1.2.3.11 Design for Risk Management The layout for zones of PATRON surveillance as
specified in JCAHC 6.3.3.1.1 shall be included and must show features or design configurations that can
impact PATRON surveillance.
4.1.2.3.12 Other Specifications The technical specifications for each AQUATIC FACILITY and each
AQUATIC VENUE shall include additional information related to the project requested by JCDHE for the
purposes of the construction of the AQUATIC FACILITY and each AQUATIC VENUE and all appurtenances.
4.1.2.3.13 Air Filter Media The air filters used should be suitable for elevated humidity levels.
33
4.1.3 A Plan Approval
4.1.3.1 New Construction
4.1.3.1.1 Approval Limitations JCDHE shall clearly state in its construction approval
documents the limitations of their approval.
4.1.3.1.2 Other Approvals The approval shall also state that it is independent of all other required
approvals such as Building, Zoning, Fire, Electrical, Structural, and any other approvals as required by all
applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws and the applicant must separately obtain all other
required approvals and permits.
4.1.3.1.3 Plan Review Coordination JCDHE shall coordinate their AQUATIC FACILITY plan review
and communicate their approval with the owner’s representative and DESIGN PROFESSIONALS associated
with an AQUATIC FACILITY construction.
4.1.3.1.4 Plan Review Report JCDHE shall provide a plan submission compliance review list to the
AQUATIC FACILITY owner with the following information:
1) Categorical items marked satisfactory, unsatisfactory, not applicable, or insufficient information;
2) A comment section, keyed to the compliance review list, shall detail unsatisfactory and insufficient
findings;
3) Indication of JCDHE approval or disapproval of the AQUATIC FACILITY construction plans;
4) In the case of a disapproval, specific reasons for disapproval, and procedure for resubmittal; and
5) Reviewer’s name, signature, and date of review.
4.1.3.1.5 Plans Maintained The AQUATIC FACILITY owner shall maintain at least one set of their own
approved plans made available to AHJ on file for as long as the AQUATIC FACILITY is in operation.
4.1.3.2 Non-Substantial Alterations
4.1.3.2.1 Alteration Review The AQUATIC FACILITY owner planning a NON-SUBSTANTIAL
ALTERATION shall contact JCDHE to review proposed changes prior to starting the NON-SUBSTANTIAL
ALTERATION.
4.1.3.2.2 Alteration Scope The AQUATIC FACILITY operator shall consult with JCDHE to
determine if new or modified plans must be submitted for plan review and approval for other NON-
SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATIONS proposed.
4.1.3.3 A Replacements
4.1.3.3.1 Replacement Approval Prior to replacing equipment, the AQUATIC FACILITY owner shall
submit technical verification to JCDHE that all replacement equipment is equal to that which was
originally approved and installed.
4.1.3.3.2 Replacement Equipment Equivalency The replacement of pumps, filters, feeders,
controllers, SKIMMERS, flow-meters, valves, or other similar equipment with identical or substantially similar
equipment may be done without submission to JCDHE for approval of new or altered AQUATIC FACILITY plans
provided there are no outstanding/uncorrected inspection violations on the affected equipment.
4.1.3.3.3 Emergency Replacement In emergencies, the replacement may be made prior to
receiving JCDHE approval, with the owner accepting responsibility for proper immediate replacement, if the
equipment is not deemed equivalent by JCDHE.
4.1.3.3.3.1 Documentation Where emergency replacements are installed as per JCAHC 4.1.3.3.3,
the owner shall submit documentation for review and approval of the replacement to JCDHE within 45
days.
34
4.1.3.3.4 Replacement Record Maintenance JCDHE shall provide the AQUATIC FACILITY
owner written approval or disapproval of the proposed replacement equipment’s equivalency.
4.1.3.3.5 Documentation Documentation of proposed, approved, and disapproved replacements shall
be maintained in JCDHE’s AQUATIC FACILITY files.
4.1.4 A Compliance Certificate
4.1.4.1 Construction Compliance Certificate A certificate of construction compliance shall be
submitted to JCDHE for all AQUATIC FACILITY plans for new construction and SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATIONS
requiring AHJ approvals.
4.1.4.2 Certificate Preparation This certificate shall be prepared by a DESIGN PROFESSIONAL and
be within the scope of their practice as defined by the local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws governing
professional practice within the jurisdiction of the permit issuing official.
4.1.4.3 Certificate Statement The certificate shall also include a statement that the AQUATIC
FACILITY, all equipment, and appurtenances have been constructed and/or installed in accordance with
approved plans and specifications.
4.1.4.4A Systems Commissioning If commissioning or testing reports for systems such as
AQUATIC FACILITY lighting, air handling, recirculation, filtration, and/or DISINFECTION are conducted, then
those reports shall be included in furnished documentation.
4.1.4.5 Maintenance Documentation of AQUATIC FACILITY new construction or
SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION plan compliance shall be maintained in JCDHE AQUATIC FACILITY files.
4.1.5 Construction Permits
4.1.5.1 Building Permit for Construction Applicable construction permits shall be obtained
before any AQUATIC FACILITY may be constructed.
4.1.5.2 Remodeling Building Permit A construction permit or other applicable permits may
be required from the AHJ before SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION of an AQUATIC FACILITY.
4.1.5.3 Permit Issuance JCDHE shall issue a permit to the owner to operate the AQUATIC FACILITY:
1) After receiving a certificate of completion from the DESIGN PROFESSIONAL verifying information
submitted and
2) When new construction, SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATIONS, or annual renewal requirements of this CODE have
been met.
4.1.5.4 Permit Denial The permit (license) to operate may be withheld, revoked, or denied by
JCDHE noncompliance of the AQUATIC FACILITY with the requirements of this CODE, and the owner will be
provided:
1) Specific reasons for disapproval and procedure for resubmittal;
2) Notice of the rights to appeal this denial and procedures for requesting an appeal; and
3) Reviewer’s name, signature, and date of review and denial.
4.1.5.5 Documentation Documentation of AQUATIC FACILITY permit renewal or denial shall
be maintained in JCDHE’s AQUATIC FACILITY files.
4.1.5.6 Suspension or Revocation of Construction Permit JCDHE shall revoke a permit or
approval issued under the provisions of this CODE in case of any false statement or misrepresentation of fact
in the application or on the construction documents on which the approval was based.
4.1.5.7 Stop Work Orders Upon notice from JCDHE, work on any system that is being performed
contrary to the provisions of this CODE or in a dangerous or unsafe manner shall immediately cease. Such
notice shall be in writing and shall be given to the owner of the property, the owner's authorized agent, or to
the person performing the work. The notice shall state the condition under which work is authorized to
35
resume.
4.1.5.7.1 Emergency Stop Work Orders When an emergency exists, JCDHE shall not be required to
give a written notice prior to stopping the work.
4.2 Materials
4.2.1 Aquatic Venues
4.2.1.1 Construction Material AQUATIC VENUES shall be constructed of reinforced concrete or
impervious and structurally sound material(s), which provide a smooth, easily cleaned, watertight structure
capable of withstanding the anticipated stresses/loads for full and empty conditions taking into consideration
climatic, hydrostatic, seismic, and the integration of the AQUATIC VENUE with other structural conditions and
as required by applicable CODES.
4.2.1.2 Durability All materials shall be inert, non-toxic, resistant to corrosion, impervious,
enduring, and resistant to damages related to environmental conditions of the installation region.
4.2.1.3 Areas Subject to Freezing Where located in areas subject to freezing, AQUATIC VENUES
and appurtenances shall be designed to protect against damage due to freezing.
4.2.1.4 Competitive Pools Competitive or lap POOLS may have lane markings and end wall
targets installed in accordance with FINA, NCAA, USA Swimming, NFHS, or other recognized
STANDARD.
4.2.1.5A Design Parameters Any graphics, color, or finish incorporated into the construction of a
POOL or painted on the floor or walls shall not prevent the detection of a BATHER in distress, algae, sediment,
or other objects in the AQUATIC VENUE.
4.2.1.6 Watertight POOLS shall be designed in such a way to maintain their ability to retain
the designed amount of water.
4.2.1.7A Smooth Finish All vertical walls shall have a durable finish suitable for regular scrubbing
and cleaning at the waterline.
4.2.1.7.1 Daily Cleaning The finish shall be able to withstand daily brushing, scrubbing, and
cleaning of the surface in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
4.2.1.7.2 Skimmer Pools SKIMMER POOLS shall have a 6 inch (152 mm) to 12 inch (305 mm) high
waterline finish that meets the requirements of JCAHC 4.2.1.7 and 4.2.1.7.1.
4.2.1.7.3 Gutter / Perimeter Overflow Systems Gutter or perimeter overflow systems shall have a
minimum finish height of 2 inches (51 mm) that meets the requirements of JCAHC 4.2.1.7 and 4.2.1.7.1.
4.2.1.7.4 Dark Colors If dark colors in excess of what is required in JCAHC 4.5.11 of this CODE
are used for the POOL finish, these colors shall not extend more than 12 inches (305 mm) below the waterline.
4.2.1.8 A Slip Resistant POOL floors in areas less than 3 feet (0.9 m) deep shall have a SLIP-RESISTANT
finish.
4.2.1.9 Stainless Steel, Vinyl, PVC-P or PVC Pools Stainless steel, vinyl, PVC-P, or PVC
panel and liner POOL finish systems shall be acceptable provided that the system is installed on top of
approved materials and design requirements as listed within this section.
4.2.1.9.1 Damaged If at any time the liner system is damaged or cut in such a way that its
integrity is compromised, the POOL shall be shut down until the system is fully repaired.
36
4.2.1.10 Not Permitted Wood, sand, or earth shall not be permitted as an interior finish.
4.2.2 Indoor Aquatic Facility
4.2.2.1 Interior Finish
4.2.2.1.1 Relative Humidity The interior finish of an INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY shall be
designed for an indoor relative humidity as not less than 80%.
4.2.2.2 A Condensation Prevention
4.2.2.2.1 A Cold Weather INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY building envelope construction shall include a
vapor-retarder/insulation arrangement to assist in preventing the condensation of water on inside POOL room
envelope building surfaces and within any wall, ceiling, glass, or floor structure under the coldest outdoor
conditions based on the ASHRAE climate data for the project locale or nearest reporting city and the highest
design indoor relative humidity.
4.2.2.2.1.1 Weather Data The ASHRAE dehumidification weather data for the facility geographical
location shall be used when calculating the effects of the ventilation air to the space it is being introduced.
This shall be added to the evaporation load of all water surfaces, and occupant (includes spectators,
swimmers, and non-swimmers on the DECK) latent moisture when sizing the climate control equipment.
4.2.2.2.2 A Paint or Coating Where a paint or coating serves as the vapor retarder of an INDOOR
AQUATIC FACILITY, the paint or coating shall be applied so as to produce a permeability rating of 0.2 U.S.
perm (11.4 ng·s−1·m−2·Pa−1) or less. All paints and coatings applied inside the air barrier of a facility shall
meet the requirements of UL 2818-2013 through testing of products to CDPH/EHLB/Standard Method v1.1
or UL 2818-2013.
4.2.2.2.2.1 Application The paint or coating shall be applied according to the manufacturer’s
recommendations for use as a vapor retarder.
4.2.2.2.3 Perforated Interior-Finish Material Where a perforated interior-finish material is used in
an INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY, as for acoustic effects, the perforated material shall not be considered to be a
vapor retarder unless it has a listed permeability rating less than 0.2 U.S. perm (11.4 ng·s−1·m−2·Pa−1).
4.2.2.3 Mechanical Systems
4.2.2.3.1 Equipment Rooms For EQUIPMENT ROOMS, see JCAHC 4.9.1.
4.2.2.3.2 Chemical Storage Spaces For chemical storage spaces, see JCAHC 4.9.2.
4.2.2.3.3 A Indoor Aquatic Facility Air Pressure INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY air pressure shall be
relative to the areas external to it (such as adjacent indoor spaces or adjacent outdoor spaces.) The
AQUATIC FACILITY AIR HANDLING SYSTEM design, construction, and installation shall comply with the
ASHRAE 2019 negative pressure recommendations as outlined in the ASHRAE Applications Handbook on
Indoor Pool Design and the ASHRAE Standard 62.1, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality, and all
applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws and additional requirements as stated in section
4.6.2.
4.2.2.3.3.1 Chemical Storage Space Air Pressure AIR HANDLING SYSTEM design for CHEMICAL
STORAGE SPACES shall conform to the International Mechanical Code or Uniform Mechanical Code, and
either the International Fire Code or the NFPA 1 Fire Code, and all applicable local, state, territorial,
federal, and tribal laws.
4.2.2.3.3.1.1 Not Interconnected This CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE AIR HANDLING
SYSTEM shall not be interconnected with the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY’S CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM.
4.2.2.3.4 A Air Ducts Where air ducts are required, they shall be resistant to corrosion from the
airborne chemicals.
37
4.2.2.3.4.1 A Insulated Duct Any system duct work located in an area not being conditioned shall be
insulated on the exterior of the duct with a mold-resistant material where the surface temperature of the duct
is capable of being less than the airstream temperature within the duct.
4.2.2.3.5 Filters Filters for outdoor-air intake shall be rated moisture resistant.
4.2.2.4 A Indoor Aquatic Facility Doors
4.2.2.4.1 Corrosion Resistant INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY doors shall either be constructed of
corrosion-resistant materials or have a covering or coating to withstand humid and corrosive environments
which is acceptable to JCDHE.
4.2.2.4.2 Uncontrolled Condensation INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY doors which may be exposed to
temperatures below INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY-air dew point shall have thermal breaks, insulation, and/or
glazing as necessary to minimize the risk of uncontrolled condensation.
4.2.2.4.2.1 Heating Systems Exception: Other doors shall be acceptable, subject to approval by JCDHE,
where heating systems are so arranged as to maintain such doors above the maximum design dew point of
the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY air.
4.2.2.4.3 Biological Contaminants INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY doors and door-frame
construction shall not contribute to the growth of biological CONTAMINANTS.
4.2.2.4.4 Air Leakage INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY doors and/or door frames shall be equipped with
seals and/or gaskets to minimize air leakage when the door is closed.
4.2.2.4.5 A Automatic Door Closer All pedestrian doors around the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY
perimeter shall be equipped with an automatic door closer capable of closing the door completely without
human assistance and a self-latching device designed to engage and keep the door closed without human
assistance.
4.2.2.4.5.1 Difference in Air Pressure Door closers shall be able to close the door against the specified
difference in air pressure between the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY and other INTERIOR SPACES.
4.2.2.5 A Indoor Aquatic Facility Windows
4.2.2.5.1 Frames INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY window frames shall be constructed of suitable
materials or shall have a suitable covering or coating to withstand the expected atmosphere.
4.2.2.5.2 Biological Contaminants INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY window frames shall be
constructed of materials that do not contribute to the growth of biological CONTAMINANTS.
4.2.2.5.3 Thermal Breaks INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY window frames shall have thermal breaks or be
otherwise constructed to minimize the risk of uncontrolled condensation.
4.2.2.6 Indoor Aquatic Facility Electrical Systems and Components Refer to JCAHC 4.6.3
4.3 Equipment Standards
4.3.1 Accredited Standards Where applicable, all equipment used or proposed for use in
AQUATIC FACILITIES governed under this CODE shall be:
1) Of a proven design and construction and
2) CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to a specific STANDARD for the specified equipment use by an ANSI-
accredited certification organization.
4.3.2 No Standards Where STANDARDS do not exist, technical documentation shall be submitted
JCDHE to demonstrate acceptability for use in AQUATIC FACILITIES.
4.3.3 Suitable for Intent All equipment and materials used or proposed for use in AQUATIC FACILITIES
shall be suitable for their intended use and be installed in accordance with this CODE, as CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND
38
LABELED to a specific STANDARD by an ANSI-accredited certification organization where applicable, and as
specified by the manufacturer.
4.3.3.1 Proof of Acceptability JCDHE shall have the authority to require tests, as proof of
acceptability.
4.4 Aquatic Facility and Venue Operation and Maintenance [N/A]
4.5 Aquatic Venue Structure
4.5.1 A Design for Risk Management
Design of AQUATIC FACILITIES and/or AQUATIC VENUE(s) shall include consultation with and input by the owner and/or
an aquatic risk management consultant and address operational considerations such as the layout of zones of PATRON
surveillance.
4.5.1.1 Basic Requirements The AQUATIC VENUE shape shall provide for the SAFETY of swimmers,
the thorough and complete circulation of the water, the ability to clean and maintain the AQUATIC VENUE, and
be considered when planning for effective supervision and surveillance of BATHERS and PATRONS using the
AQUATIC VENUE.
4.5.1.2 Water Clarity Main suction outlets or a permanent tile used as a reference to test for
or observe water clarity shall be installed according to JCAHC 4.5.1.2.1 through 4.5.1.2.4.
4.5.1.2.1 Pools Ten Feet Deep or Less For POOLS 10 feet deep (3.0 m) or less, a 4 inch x 4 inch
square (10.2 cm x 10.2 cm) reference tile in a contrasting color to the POOL floor or main suction outlet shall
be located at the deepest part of the POOL.
4.5.1.2.2 Pools Over Ten Feet Deep For POOLS over 10 feet deep (3.0 m) an 8 inch by 8 inch
square (20.3 cm x 20.3 cm) reference tile in a contrasting color to the POOL floor or main suction outlet shall
be located at the deepest part of the POOL.
4.5.1.2.3 Visible This reference tile shall be clearly visible at all times at any point on the DECK up to
30 feet (9.1 m) away in a direct line of sight from the tile or main drain.
4.5.1.2.4 Spas For SPAS, this test shall be performed when the water is in a non-turbulent state and
bubbles have been allowed to dissipate.
4.5.1.2.5 Reference Tile Alternative Where main suction outlets are not provided for or where
finish materials do not allow for the installation of a water clarity reference tile, an alternate means of
achieving the goal of observing water clarity shall be provided.
4.5.2 Bottom Slope
4.5.2.1 A Under Five Feet In water depths under 5 feet (1.5 m), the slope of the floor of all POOLS
shall not exceed 1 foot (30.5 cm) vertical drop for every 12 feet (3.7 m) horizontal.
4.5.2.2 Five Feet or Over In water depths 5 foot (1.5 m) and greater, the slope of the floors of all
POOLS shall not exceed 1 foot (30.5 cm) vertical to 3 feet (0.9 m) horizontal. Exception: POOLS designed and
used for competitive diving shall be designed to meet the STANDARDS of the sanctioning organization (such
as NFHS, NCAA, USA Diving, or FINA).
4.5.2.3 A Drain POOLS shall be designed so that they drain without leaving puddles or trapped standing
water.
4.5.3 Pool Access / Egress
4.5.3.1 A Accessibility Each POOL shall have a minimum of two means of access and egress, with one
located within 10 feet (3.0 m) of the shallowest end, and one located within 10 feet of the deepest end of the
POOL, where applicable, with the exception of:
1) Waterslide landing pools,
39
2) Waterslide runouts, and
3) Wave pools.
4.5.3.2 Acceptable Means Acceptable means of access / egress shall include stairs / handrails,
grab rails / RECESSED STEPS, ladders, ramps, and zero-depth entries.
4.5.3.3 Large Venues For POOLS wider than 30 feet (9.1 m), such means of access / egress shall
be provided on each side of the POOL.
4.5.3.3.1 Distance Apart For POOLS wider than 30 feet (9.1 m), such means of access / egress shall
not be more than 75 feet (22.9 m) apart.
4.5.4 Stairs
4.5.4.1 Slip Resistant Where provided, stairs shall be constructed with SLIP-RESISTANT materials.
4.5.4.2 Outlined Edges The leading horizontal and vertical edges of stair treads shall be outlined
with a continuous SLIP-RESISTANT, contrasting tile or other permanent marking of 2” (50.8 mm).
4.5.4.3 A Deep Water Where stairs are provided in POOL water depths greater than 5 feet (1.5 m),
they shall be recessed and not protrude into the swimming area of the POOL.
4.5.4.3.1 Lowest Tread Where stairs are provided in POOL water depths greater than 5 feet (1.5 m),
the lowest tread shall be not less than 4 feet (1.2 m) below normal water elevation.
4.5.4.4 Stairs Stairs shall have a minimum uniform horizontal tread depth of 12 inches (30.5 cm),
and a minimum unobstructed tread width of 24 inches (61.0 cm).
4.5.4.5 Dimensions Dimensions of stair treads for other types of stairs shall conform to
requirements of:
1) JCAHC Table 4.5.4.5,
2) JCAHC Figure 4.5.4.5.1, and
3) JCAHC Figure 4.5.4.5.2
Table 4.5.4.5: Required Dimensions for Stair Treads and Risers
Dimensions T-1 Standard T-2 W-1 H-1
Minimum
12 inches
(30.5 cm)
T-1
24 inches
(61.0 cm)
6 inches
(15.2 cm)
Maximum
18 inches
(45.7 cm)
T-1 N/A
12 inches
(30.5 cm)
40
Figure 4.5.4.5.1: Stair Treads and Risers: Side View
Figure 4.5.4.5.2: Stair Treads: Front View
4.5.4.6 Stair Risers Stair risers shall have a minimum uniform height of 6 inches (15.2 cm) and
a maximum height of 12 inches (30.5 cm), with a tolerance of ½ inches (12.7 mm) between adjacent
risers.
4.5.4.6.1 Transitional Areas Stairs shall not be used underwater to transition between two sections of
POOL of different depths. The bottom riser may vary due to potential cross slopes with the POOL floor;
however, the bottom step riser may not exceed the maximum allowable height required by this section.
4.5.4.7 Top Surface The top surface of the uppermost stair tread shall be located not more than
12 inches (30.5 cm) below the POOL coping or DECK.
4.5.4.8 A Perimeter Gutter Systems For POOLS with PERIMETER GUTTER SYSTEMS, the gutter may
serve as a step, provided that the gutter is provided with a grating or cover and conforms to all construction
and dimensional requirements herein specified.
4.5.5 Handrails
4.5.5.1 Provided Handrail(s) shall be provided for each set of stairs.
4.5.5.2 Corrosion Resistant Handrails shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant materials and
anchored securely.
4.5.5.3 A Upper Railing The upper railing surface of handrails shall extend above the POOL coping or
DECK a minimum of 28 inches (71.1 cm).
4.5.5.4 Wider Than Five Feet Stairs wider than 5 feet (1.5 m) shall have handrails at either side and
41
spaced not more than every 12 feet (3.7 m) apart across the entire stair width.
4.5.5.5 A ADAAG Accessibility Handrail outside dimensions intended to serve as a means of
ADAAG accessibility shall conform to requirements of JCAHC 4.5.5.6.
4.5.5.6 Support Handrails shall be designed to resist a load of 50 pounds (22.7 kg) per linear foot
applied in any direction and independently a single concentrated load of 200 pounds (90.7 kg) applied in any
direction at any location.
4.5.5.6.1 Transfer Loads Handrails shall be designed to transfer these loads through the supports to
the POOL or DECK structure.
4.5.5.7A Dimensions Dimensions of handrails shall conform to requirements of JCAHC Table 4.5.5.7
and JCAHC Figure 4.5.5.7.1.
Table 4.5.5.7: Stair Handrail Dimensions
Dimensions T-1 H-1
Minimum 3 inches
(7.6 cm)
34 inches
(86.4 cm)
Maximum N/A 38 inches
(96.5 cm)
Figure 4.5.5.7.1: Stair Handrails: Side View
4.5.6 Grab Rails
4.5.6.1 Corrosion Resistant Where grab rails are provided, they shall be constructed of
corrosion- resistant materials.
4.5.6.2 Anchored Grab rails shall be anchored securely.
4.5.6.3 Provided Grab rails shall be provided at both sides of RECESSED STEPS.
4.5.6.4 Clear Space The horizontal clear space between grab rails shall be not less than 18 inches
(45.7 cm) and not more than 24 inches (61.0 cm).
4.5.6.5 Upper Railing The upper railing surface of grab rails shall extend above the POOL coping or
DECK a minimum of 28 inches (71.1 cm).
4.5.6.6 Support Grab rails shall be designed to resist a load of 50 pounds (22.7 kg) per linear foot
applied in any direction and independently a single concentrated load of 200 pounds (90.7 kg) applied in any
42
direction at any location.
4.5.6.6.1 Transfer Loads Grab rails shall be designed to transfer these loads through the supports to
the POOL or DECK structure.
4.5.7 Recessed Steps
4.5.7.1 Slip Resistant Recessed steps shall be SLIP RESISTANT.
4.5.7.2 Easily Cleaned RECESSED STEPS shall be designed to be easily cleaned.
4.5.7.3 Drain RECESSED STEPS shall drain into the POOL.
4.5.7.4 Dimensions Dimensions of RECESSED STEPS shall conform to requirements of:
1) JCAHC Table 4.5.7.4,
2) JCAHC Figure 4.5.7.4.1, and
3) JCAHC Figure 4.5.7.4.2.
Table 4.5.7.4: Recessed Step Dimensions
Dimensions H-1 H-2 W-1 D-1 D-2
Minimum
6 inches
(15.2 cm)
5 inches
(12.7 cm)
12 inches
(30.5 cm)
5 inches
(12.7 cm)
N/A
Maximum
12 inches
(30.5 cm)
N/A N/A N/A
2.5 inches
(6.5 cm)
Figure 4.5.7.4.1: Recessed Step Dimensions: Side View
43
Figure 4.5.7.4.2: Recessed Step Dimensions: Front View
4.5.7.5 Uniformly Spaced RECESSED STEPS shall be uniformly spaced not less than 6 inches (15.2
cm) and not more than 12 inches (30.5 cm) vertically along the POOL wall.
4.5.7.6 Uppermost Step The top surface of the uppermost RECESSED STEP shall be located not
more than 12 inches (30.5 cm) below the POOL coping or DECK.
4.5.7.7 Perimeter Gutter Systems For POOLS with PERIMETER GUTTER SYSTEMS, the gutter may
serve as a step, provided that the gutter is provided with a grating or cover and conforms to all construction
and dimensional requirements herein specified.
4.5.8 Ladders
4.5.8.1 General Guidance for Ladders
4.5.8.1.1 Corrosion Resistant Where provided, ladders shall be constructed of corrosion-
resistant materials.
4.5.8.1.2 Anchored Ladders shall be anchored securely to the DECK.
4.5.8.2 A Ladder Handrails
4.5.8.2.1 Two Handrails Provided Ladders shall have two handrails.
4.5.8.2.2 Clear Space The horizontal clear space between handrails shall be not less than 17
inches (43.2 cm) and not more than 24 inches (61.0 cm).
4.5.8.2.3 Upper Railing The upper railing surface of handrails shall extend above the POOL
coping or DECK a minimum of 28 inches (71.7 cm).
4.5.8.2.4 A Pool Wall The clear space between handrails and the POOL wall shall be not less than 3 inches
(7.6 cm) and not more than 4 inches (10.2 cm) between the POOL wall and the ladder.
4.5.8.2.5 A Support Ladders shall be designed to resist a load of 50 pounds (22.7 kg) per linear foot applied
in any direction and independently a single concentrated load of 200 pounds (90.7 kg) applied in any direction
at any location.
4.5.8.2.5.1 Transfer Loads Ladders shall be designed to transfer these loads through the supports
to the POOL or DECK structure.
4.5.8.3 Ladder Treads
4.5.8.3.1 Slip Resistant Ladder treads shall be SLIP RESISTANT.
4.5.8.3.2 Tread Depth Ladder treads shall have a minimum horizontal tread depth of 1.5 inches (3.8 cm).
44
4.5.8.3.2.1 Distance Between Tread and Pool Wall The distance between the horizontal tread and the
POOL wall shall not be greater than 4 inches (10.2 cm).
4.5.8.3.3 Uniformly Spaced Ladder treads shall be uniformly spaced not less than 7 inches (17.8 cm)
and not more than 12 inches (30.5 cm) vertically at the handrails.
4.5.8.3.4 Upmost Ladder Tread The top surface of the upmost ladder tread shall be located not more
than 12 inches (30.5 cm) below the POOL coping, gutter, or DECK.
4.5.9 Zero Depth (Sloped) Entries
4.5.9.1 Slip Resistant Where ZERO DEPTH ENTRIES are provided, they shall be constructed with
SLIP- RESISTANT materials.
4.5.9.2 Maximum Floor Slope ZERO DEPTH ENTRIES shall have a maximum floor slope of
1:12, consistent with the requirements of section 4.5.2.1.
4.5.9.2.1 Slope Changes Changes in floor slope shall be permitted.
4.5.9.3 Trench Drains Trench drains shall be used along ZERO DEPTH ENTRIES at the waterline
to facilitate surface skimming.
4.5.9.3.1 Flat or Follow Slope The trenches may be flat or follow the slope of the ZERO DEPTH
ENTRY.
4.5.9.3.2 Handholds Any handholds that present a trip hazard shall not be continuous along the
ZERO DEPTH ENTRY.
4.5.9.4 Rope and Float Line Where the bottom of a POOL slopes from a ZERO DEPTH ENTRY to
water depths greater than 3 feet (0.9 m) and includes an area for young non-swimmers to wade and play, a
ROPE AND FLOAT LINE shall be installed at the 3 feet (0.9 m) depth to provide a visual and physical separation
between the area for toddlers and young non-swimmers and the deeper areas of the POOL. ROPE AND FLOAT
LINE are not required for existing Class C pools when depth markers and transitions lines are installed as
required.
4.5.9.4.1 Exceptions An exception shall be made for WAVE POOLS, SURF POOLS, and
WATERSLIDE LANDING POOLS.
4.5.10 Disabled Access
4.5.10.1 A Conform to ADA Standards Access for disabled persons shall conform to
ADA STANDARDS as approved by the Department of Justice.
4.5.10.2 Pool Lifts All POOL lifts shall be CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED in accordance with UL
60335-2-1000, and be installed and used in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and
ICC/ANSI A117.1.
4.5.11 Color and Finish
4.5.11.1 A White, Light Gray, or Light Blue Floors and walls below the water line shall be white,
light gray, or light blue in color such that from the POOL DECK a BATHER is visible on the POOL floor and the
following items can be identified:
1) Algae growth, debris, or dirt within the POOL;
2) CRACKS in the surface finish of the POOL; and
3) Reference tiles defined in section 4.5.1.2.
4.5.11.1.1 A Munsell Color Value Not applicable to this JCDHE Aquatic Code
4.5.11.1.2 Exceptions An exception shall be made for the following AQUATIC VENUE components:
1) Competitive lane markings,
2) Dedicated competitive diving well floors,
45
3) Step or bench edge markings,
4) POOLS shallower than 24 inches (61.0 cm),
5) Water line tiles, or
6) WAVE POOL and SURF POOL depth change indicator tiles.
4.5.11.1.3 Darker Colors Darker colors shall not be allowed for a painted pool shell, liner, or plaster color
except as allowed in 4.5.11.1.2.
4.5.12 Walls
4.5.12.1 Plumb POOL walls shall be plumb within a +/- 3 degree tolerance to a water depth of at least
5 feet (1.5 m) unless the wall design requires structural support ledges and slopes below to support the upper
wall. Refer to JCAHC Figure 4.5.12.1.
Figure 4.5.12.1: Plumb Pool Walls: Cross-Section
4.5.12.2 Contrasting Color A contrasting color shall be provided on the edges of any support ledge
to draw attention to the ledge for BATHER SAFETY.
4.5.12.3 Rounded Corners All corners created by adjoining walls shall be rounded or have a radius
in both the vertical and horizontal dimensions to eliminate sharp corners.
4.5.12.4 A No Protrusions, Extensions, Means of Entanglement, or Obstructions There shall
be no protrusions, extension, means of entanglement, or other obstructions in the AQUATIC VENUE that may
cause the entrapment or injury of the user or interfere with proper POOL operation.
4.5.12.5 Transitional Point Where walls join the floor, the transitional point or profile shall
comply with the following:
4.5.12.5.1 Intersect Walls may intersect with the floor at an angle or a transition profile.
4.5.12.5.2 Depths 3–5 Feet At water depths 3–5 ft (91–152 cm), the maximum radius shall be 2 ft 3 in
(69 cm).
4.5.12.5.3 Depths Less Than Three Feet At water depths 3 ft (91 cm) or less, a transitional radius
shall not exceed 6 in (15 cm) and shall be tangent to the wall and may be tangent to or intersecting the floor.
4.5.12.5.4 Depths Greater Than Three Feet At water depths greater than 3 ft (91 cm), a transitional
radius shall be tangent to the wall at a point no less than 2 ft 6 in (76 cm) below the water surface and may
progressively increase from 6 in (15 cm) to a value capable of being tangent to or intersecting the floor.
46
4.5.13 A Structural Stability
4.5.13.1 Withstand Loads POOLS shall be designed to withstand the reasonably anticipated
loads imposed by POOL water, BATHERS, and adjacent soils or structures.
4.5.13.2 Hydrostatic Relief Valve A hydrostatic relief valve and/or suitable under drain system
shall be provided where the water table exerts hydrostatic pressure to uplift the POOL when empty or drained.
4.5.13.3 Freezing POOLS and related circulation piping shall be designed with a winterizing
strategy when in an area subject to freeze/thaw cycles.
4.5.14 A Handholds
4.5.14.1 Handholds Provided Where not otherwise exempted, every POOL shall be provided with
handholds (PERIMETER GUTTER SYSTEM, coping, horizontal bars, recessed handholds, cantilevered DECKING)
around the perimeter of the POOL where the water depth at the wall exceeds 24 inches (61.0 cm).
4.5.14.1.1 Installed These handholds shall be installed not greater than 9 inches (22.9 cm) above, or 3
inches (7.6 cm) below static water level.
4.5.14.2 Horizontal Recesses Horizontal recesses may be used for handholds provided they are a
minimum of 24 inches (61.0 cm) long, a minimum of 4 inches (10.2 cm) high and between 2 inches (5.1 cm)
and 3 inches (7.6 cm) deep.
4.5.14.2.1 Drain Horizontal recesses shall drain into the POOL.
4.5.14.2.2 Consecutive Recesses Horizontal recesses need not be continuous, but consecutive
recesses shall be separated by no more than 12 inches (30.5 cm) of wall.
4.5.14.3 Decking Where PERIMETER GUTTER SYSTEMS are not provided, a coping or
cantilevered DECKING of reinforced concrete or material equivalent in strength and durability, with
rounded, SLIP- RESISTANT edges shall be provided.
4.5.14.4 Coping Dimensions The horizontal overhang for coping or cantilevered DECKING shall
not be greater than 2 inches (5.1 cm) from the vertical plane of the POOL wall, nor less than 1 inch (2.5 cm).
4.5.14.5 Coping Thickness The vertical thickness of the coping or cantilevered DECKING shall
not exceed 2.5 inches (6.4 cm) for the horizontal overhang.
4.5.15 Infinity Edges
4.5.15.1 A Perimeter Restrictions Not more than fifty percent (50%) of the POOL perimeter shall
incorporate an INFINITY EDGE detail, unless an adjacent and PATRON accessible DECK space conforming to
JCAHC 4.8.1 is provided.
4.5.15.2 Length The length of an INFINITY EDGE shall be no more than 30 feet (9.1 m) long when
in water depths greater than 5 feet (1.5 m).
4.5.15.2.1 Shallow Water No maximum distance is enforced for the length of INFINITY EDGES in
shallow water 5 feet (1.5 m) and less.
4.5.15.3 A Handholds Handholds conforming to the requirements of section 4.5.14 shall be provided for
INFINITY EDGES, which may be separate from, or incorporated as part of the INFINITY EDGE detail.
4.5.15.4 Construction Guidance Where INFINITY EDGES are provided, they shall be constructed of
reinforced concrete or other impervious and structurally rigid material(s) and designed to withstand the loads
imposed by POOL water, BATHERS, and adjacent soils or structures.
4.5.15.5 Overflow Basins Troughs, basins, or capture drains designed to receive the overflow from
47
INFINITY EDGES shall be watertight and free from STRUCTURAL CRACKS.
4.5.15.5.1 Finish Troughs, basins, or capture drains designed to receive the overflow from
INFINITY EDGES shall have a non-toxic, smooth, and SLIP-RESISTANT finish.
4.5.15.6 A Maximum Height The maximum height of the wall outside of the INFINITY EDGE shall not
exceed 30 inches (76.2 cm) to the adjacent grade and capture drain.
4.5.16 A Underwater Benches
4.5.16.1A Slip Resistant Where provided, UNDERWATER BENCHES shall be constructed with
SLIP- RESISTANT materials.
4.5.16.2 Outlined Edges The leading horizontal and vertical edges of UNDERWATER BENCHES shall
be outlined with a continuous slip-resistant, color-contrasting tile or other permanent marking of 2 inches
(5.1 cm).
4.5.16.3 A Maximum Water Depth UNDERWATER BENCHES may be installed in areas of varying
depths, but the maximum POOL water depth in that area shall not exceed 5 feet (1.5 m).
4.5.16.4 Maximum Seat Depth The maximum submerged depth of any seat or sitting bench shall
be 20 inches (50.8 cm) measured from the water line.
4.5.17 Underwater Ledges
4.5.17.1 A Slip Resistant Where UNDERWATER TOE LEDGES are provided to enable swimmers to rest or
to provide structural support for an upper wall, they shall be constructed with SLIP-RESISTANT materials.
4.5.17.2 Protrude UNDERWATER TOE LEDGES for resting that are recessed or protrude beyond the
vertical plane of the POOL wall shall meet the criteria for SLIP RESISTANT and tread depth outlined in this
section.
4.5.17.3 A Five Feet or Greater UNDERWATER TOE LEDGES for resting shall only be provided within
areas of a POOL with water depths of 5 feet (1.5 m) or greater.
4.5.17.3.1 Underwater Toe Ledge UNDERWATER TOE LEDGES shall start no earlier than 4 lineal feet
(1.2 m) to the deep side of the 5 foot (1.5 m) slope break.
4.5.17.3.2 Below Water Level UNDERWATER TOE LEDGES shall be at least 4 feet (1.2 m) below static
water level.
4.5.17.4 A Structural Support UNDERWATER LEDGES for structural support of upper walls shall
be allowed.
Figure 4.5.17.4: Structural Support Ledges
(A) Structural support ledge all within
1 in 5 slope.
(B) Underwater ledge for support of upper wall.
48
4.5.17.4.1 Ledge Slope All structural support ledges and slopes of the wall below shall fall within a plane
sloped at a maximum of 1 horizontally in 5 vertically or 11 degrees from the water line down to a water depth
of 5 feet (1.5 m). Refer to JCAHC Figure 4.5.17.4.
4.5.17.4.2 Ledge Depth A structural support ledge shall be installed at a water depth of 3 feet (0.9 m) or
deeper.
4.5.17.5 Outlined The edges of UNDERWATER TOE LEDGES and underwater structural support ledges
shall be outlined with a continuous SLIP-RESISTANT, color-contrasting tile or other permanent marking of 2
inches (5.1 cm).
4.5.17.5.1 Visible If they project past the plane of the POOL wall, the edges of UNDERWATER TOE
LEDGES and underwater structural support ledges shall be clearly visible from the DECK.
4.5.17.6 Tread Depths UNDERWATER TOE LEDGES and underwater structural support ledges shall
have a maximum uniform horizontal tread depth of 4 inches (10.2 cm). See JCAHC Figure 4.5.17.4.
4.5.18 A Underwater Shelves
4.5.18.1 Immediately Adjacent UNDERWATER SHELVES may be constructed immediately adjacent
to water 3 feet 6 inches (1.1 m) or shallower.
4.5.18.2 Nosing UNDERWATER SHELVES shall have a SLIP-RESISTANT, color-contrasting nosing at the
leading horizontal and vertical edges on both the top of horizontal edges and leading vertical edges and should
be clearly visible from the DECK or from underwater.
4.5.18.3 Maximum Depth UNDERWATER SHELVES shall have a maximum depth of 24 inches
(61.0 cm).
4.5.18.4 Depth Markings Depth markings required at the same spacing as required by section
4.5.19 and are in addition to the depth marking locations on the deck as required by section 4.5.19.
4.5.19 Depth Markers and Markings
4.5.19.1 Location
4.5.19.1.1 Markings POOL water depths shall be clearly and permanently marked at the following
locations:
1) Minimum depth,
2) Maximum depth,
3) On both sides and at each end of the POOL,
4) At the break in the floor slope between the shallow and deep portions of the POOL, and
5) The horizontal and vertical edge of any underwater shelf within 2 to 4 inches of the outlined edge.
4.5.19.1.2 A Depth Measurements Depth markers shall be located on the vertical POOL wall and
positioned to be read from within the POOL.
4.5.19.1.3 A Below Handhold Where depth markings cannot be placed on the vertical wall above the water
level, other means shall be used so that the markings will be plainly visible to persons in the POOL.
4.5.19.1.4 Coping or Deck Depth markers shall also be located on the POOL coping or DECK within 18
inches (45.7 cm) of the POOL structural wall or perimeter gutter.
4.5.19.1.5 Read on Deck Depth markers shall be positioned to be read while standing on the DECK
facing the POOL.
4.5.19.1.6 Twenty-Five Foot Intervals Depth markers shall be installed at not more than 25 (7.6 m)-
foot intervals around the POOL perimeter edge and according to the requirements of this section.
49
4.5.19.1.6.1 Five Feet or Less For water less than 5 feet (1.5 m) in depth, the depth shall be marked
at 1 foot (30.5 cm) depth intervals.
4.5.19.2 Construction / Size
4.5.19.2.1 Durable Depth markers shall be constructed of a durable material resistant to local
weather conditions.
4.5.19.2.2 Slip Resistant Depth markers shall be SLIP RESISTANT when they are located on
horizontal surfaces.
4.5.19.2.3 A Color and Height Depth markers shall have letters and numbers with a minimum
height of 4 inches (10.2 cm) of a color contrasting with background.
4.5.19.2.4 A Feet and Inches Depth markers shall be marked in units of feet and inches.
4.5.19.2.4.1 Abbreviations Abbreviations of “FT” and “IN” may be used in lieu of “FEET” and “INCHES.”
4.5.19.2.4.1.1 Abbreviations Symbols for feet (‘) and inches (“) shall not be permitted on water depth
signs.
4.5.19.2.4.2 Metric Metric units may be provided in addition to—but not in lieu of—units of feet and
inches.
4.5.19.3 Tolerance Depth markers shall be located to indicate water depth to the nearest 3 inches
(7.6 cm), as measured from the POOL floor 3 feet (0.9 m) out from the POOL wall to the gutter lip, mid-point
of surface SKIMMER(S), or surge weir(s).
4.5.19.4 No Diving Markers
4.5.19.4.1 A Depths For POOL water depths 5 feet (1.5 m) or shallower, all DECK depth markers
required by section 4.5.19 shall be provided with “NO DIVING” warning signs along with the universal
international symbol for “NO DIVING.”
4.5.19.4.1.1 Spacing “NO DIVING” warning signs and symbols shall be spaced at no more than 25 foot
(7.6 m) intervals around the POOL perimeter edge.
4.5.19.4.2 Durable “NO DIVING” MARKERS shall be constructed of a durable material resistant to local
weather conditions.
4.5.19.4.3 Slip Resistant “NO DIVING” MARKERS shall be SLIP RESISTANT when they are located
on horizontal surfaces.
4.5.19.4.4 At Least Four Inches All lettering and symbols shall be at least 4 inches (10.2 cm) in
height.
4.5.19.5 A Depth Marking At Break in Floor Slope
4.5.19.5.1 Over Five Feet For POOLS deeper than 5 feet (1.5 m), a line of contrasting color, not less
than 2 inches (5.1 cm) and not more than 6 inches (15.2 cm) in width, shall be clearly and permanently
installed on the POOL floor at the shallow side of the break in the floor slope, and extend up the POOL walls to
the waterline.
4.5.19.5.2 Durable Depth marking at break in floor slope shall be constructed of a durable material
resistant to local weather conditions and be SLIP RESISTANT.
4.5.19.5.3 Rope and Float Line One foot (30.5 cm) to the shallower side of the break in floor slope
and contrasting band, a ROPE AND FLOAT LINE shall extend across the POOL surface with the exception of
WAVE POOLS, SURF POOLS, and WATERSLIDE LANDING POOLS. ROPE AND FLOAT LINES are not required for
existing Class C Pools when depth markers and transitions lines are installed as required and depths do not
exceed 6 feet.
4.5.19.6 A Dual Marking System Symmetrical AQUATIC VENUE designs with the deep point at the
center may be allowed by providing a dual depth marking system which indicates the depth at the wall as
measured in section 4.5.19.3 and at the deep point.
50
4.5.19.7 Non-Traditional Aquatic Venues Controlled-access AQUATIC VENUES (such as
ACTIVITY POOLS, LAZY RIVERS, and other AQUATIC VENUES with limited access) shall only require depth
markers on a sign at points of entry. If patrons have access along the path of the LAZY RIVER, depth
markers & no diving markers shall be required as listed in other Sections and Paragraphs of Subpart
4.5.19.
4.5.19.7.1 Clearly Visible Depth marker signs shall be clearly visible to PATRONS entering the
VENUE.
4.5.19.7.2 Lettering and Symbols All lettering and symbols shall be as required for other types of depth
markers.
4.5.19.8 A Wading Pool Depth Markers AQUATIC VENUES where the maximum water depth is 6
inches (15.2 cm) of water or less (such as WADING POOLS and ACTIVITY POOL areas) shall not be required to
have depth markings or “NO DIVING” signage.
4.5.19.9 Movable Floor Depth Markers For AQUATIC VENUES with movable floors, a sign
indicating movable floor and/or varied water depth shall be provided and clearly visible from the DECK.
4.5.19.9.1 Vertical Measurement The posted water depth shall be the water level to the floor of the
AQUATIC VENUE according to a vertical measurement taken 3 feet (0.9 m) from the AQUATIC VENUE wall.
4.5.19.9.2 Signage A sign shall be posted to inform the public that the AQUATIC VENUE has a
varied depth and refer to the sign showing the current depth.
4.5.19.10 Spas A minimum of two depth markers shall be provided regardless of the shape or size of the
SPA as per JCAHC 4.12.1.6.
4.5.20 Aquatic Venue Shell Maintenance [N/A]
4.5.21 A Special Use Aquatic Venues
4.5.21.1 Adequately Support The DESIGN PROFESSIONAL shall provide information to adequately
support why the SPECIAL USE AQUATIC VENUE does not meet the definition and use characteristics of other
categories of AQUATIC VENUES or POOLS listed in the CODE.
4.5.21.2 Justification The DESIGN PROFESSIONAL shall provide justification to support
variance requests in accordance with 5.2.3 for design parameters that do not meet the design
STANDARDS and construction requirements listed in JCAHC 4.0.
4.6 Indoor / Outdoor Environment
4.6.1 Lighting
4.6.1.1 General Requirements
4.6.1.1.1 Outdoor Aquatic Venues Lighting as described in this subsection shall be provided for all
outdoor AQUATIC VENUES open for use from 30 minutes before sunset to 30 minutes after sunrise, or during
periods of natural illumination below the levels required in section 4.6.1.3.1.
4.6.1.1.2 Accessible No lighting controls shall be accessible to PATRONS or BATHERS.
4.6.1.2 A Windows / Natural Light Where natural lighting methods are used to meet the light level
requirements of JCAHC 4.6.1.3 during portions of the day when adequate natural lighting is available, one of
the following methods shall be used to ensure that lights are turned on when natural lighting no longer meets
these requirements:
1) Automatic lighting controls based on light levels or time of day or
2) Written operations procedures where manual controls are used.
4.6.1.3 A Light Levels POOL water surface and DECK light levels shall meet the following minimum
maintained light levels:
51
1) Indoor Water Surface: 30 horizontal footcandles (323 lux).
2) Outdoor Water Surface: 10 horizontal footcandles (108 lux).
3) DECK: 10 horizontal footcandles (108 lux).
4.6.1.3.1 Minimum Light Levels Maintained Where overhead lighting is adjustable to accommodate
higher lighting levels for different activities, the minimum lighting level setting must ensure the minimum
lighting levels are maintained as required at the POOL water surface and DECK whenever the lighting is on.
4.6.1.4 A Overhead Lighting
4.6.1.4.1 A Artificial Lighting Artificial lighting shall be provided at all AQUATIC VENUES which are
to be used at night or which do not have adequate natural lighting.
4.6.1.4.2 Aquatic Venue Floor Lighting shall illuminate all parts of the floor of the AQUATIC
VENUE to enable a QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD or other person to determine whether a BATHER is on the floor of
the AQUATIC VENUE.
4.6.1.4.3 Aquatic Venue Illumination Lighting shall illuminate all parts of the AQUATIC VENUE
including the water, the depth markers, signs, entrances, restrooms, safety equipment, and the required DECK
area and walkways.
4.6.1.5 A Underwater Lighting
4.6.1.5.1 A Minimum Requirements Underwater lighting, where provided, shall be not less than eight
initial rated lumens per square foot of POOL water surface area.
4.6.1.5.1.1 Location Such underwater lights, in conjunction with overhead or equivalent DECK lighting,
shall be located to provide illumination so that all portions of the AQUATIC VENUE, including the AQUATIC
VENUE bottom and drain(s), may be readily seen.
4.6.1.5.1.2 Higher Light Levels Higher underwater light levels shall be considered for deeper water to
achieve this outcome.
4.6.1.5.2 Dimmable Lighting Dimmable lighting shall not be used for underwater lighting.
4.6.1.6 A Night Swimming with No Underwater Lighting
4.6.1.6.1 Minimum Requirements Where outdoor POOLS are open for use from 30 minutes before
sunset to 30 minutes after sunrise, or during periods of low illumination, underwater lighting may be
excluded where:
1) Maintained POOL surface lighting levels are a minimum of 15 horizontal footcandles (161 lux), and
2) All portions of the POOL, including the bottom and drain(s), are readily visible as required in section
5.7.6.1.
4.6.1.7 A Emergency Lighting
4.6.1.7.1 Emergency Egress Lighting POOL areas requiring lighting shall be provided with
emergency egress lighting in compliance with the applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal
building CODES.
4.6.1.7.2 Footcandles The path of egress shall be illuminated to at least a value of 0.5 footcandles
(5.4 lux).
4.6.1.8 A Glare Windows and any other features providing natural light into the POOL space and
overhead or equivalent DECK lighting shall be designed or arranged to inhibit or reduce glare on the POOL
water surface that would prevent seeing objects on the POOL bottom.
4.6.2 A Indoor Aquatic Facility Ventilation
4.6.2.1 A Purpose INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS shall be designed, constructed,
and installed to support the health and SAFETY of the building’s PATRONS.
52
4.6.2.2A Exemptions INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY AIR HANDLING SYSTEM design requirements do not
apply to AQUATIC FACILITIES that do not meet the definition of a “Building” in the IBC 2012.
4.6.2.3 Indoor Aquatic Facility AIR HANDLING SYSTEM design requirements shall apply to new or
SUBSTANTIALLY ALTERED INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITIES including the area of the building’s AQUATIC VENUES
and the surrounding BATHER and spectator/STADIUM SEATING areas.
4.6.2.4 Mechanical Code INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY AIR HANDLING SYSTEM design,
construction, and installation shall comply with all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal
laws.
4.6.2.5 A ASHRAE 62.1 Compliance INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY AIR HANDLING SYSTEM design,
construction, and installation shall comply with ASHRAE Standard 62.1 2019, Ventilation for Acceptable
Indoor Air Quality, and all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws with additional
requirements as stated in JCAHC 4.6.2.6.
4.6.2.5.1 Weather Data The ASHRAE dehumidification weather data for the facility geographical
location shall be used when calculating the effects of the ventilation air to the space it is being introduced.
This shall be added to the evaporation load of all water surfaces when sizing the climate control equipment.
4.6.2.6 Temperature and Humidity Control
4.6.2.6.1 Mechanical Systems Ventilation shall be provided through mechanical systems and/or
engineered openings for natural ventilation.
4.6.2.6.2 A Design Factors and Performance Requirements The AIR HANDLING SYSTEM design
engineer shall provide plan drawings and documentation with the following components showing the design
meets the performance requirements per JCAHC 4.6.2.7:
1) Building layout identifying the geographic location of the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY;
2) INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY size including area in square feet and height;
3) The surface area for DRY DECK, PERIMETER DECK, POOL DECK, POOL water surface, and for STADIUM
SEATING sections;
4) Theoretical peak occupancy per aquatic venue, spectator, and deck spaces;
5) Placement of AIR HANDLING SYSTEM and other building outdoor air intakes exterior to the building;
6) Placement of AIR HANDLING SYSTEM and other building exhaust vents exterior to the building;
7) Placement of return air intakes within the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY;
8) Placement of supply air locations within the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY;
9) Identify system capabilities, if provided, to automatically or manually modulate the amount of outdoor air
for the purposes of reducing the number of cfm of outdoor air when occupancy in STADIUM SEATING
sections is lower than THEORETICAL PEAK OCCUPANCY;
10) Identify system design to maintain negative air pressure in the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY relative to the
indoor areas external to it, or to the outside of the facility; and
11) Heating, cooling, and dehumidification load calculations including design envelope sensible cooling
loads, envelope heating loads, ventilation sensible and latent loads, spectator sensible and latent loads (if
applicable) and POOL evaporation loads.
4.6.2.6.3 A Other Air Handling Systems AIR HANDLING SYSTEM design for CHEMICAL STORAGE
SPACES, mechanical, toilet, SHOWER, and dressing rooms are not included in the scope of this section of the
CODE, but shall be considered for their effects on the performance requirements of JCAHC 4.6.2.7 such as
maintaining negative pressure, temperature differences, and contribution to the air volume of the INDOOR
AQUATIC FACILITY.
4.6.2.6.4 High Volume, Low Speed Fans AIR HANDLING SYSTEM design may not consider
mechanical fans used to push air within the space as part of the outdoor air calculations for the INDOOR
53
AQUATIC FACILITY as defined in JCAHC 4.6.2.7.
4.6.2.6.4.1 Air Delivery Rate Mechanical fans used to push air within the space may be used in the
calculation for AIR DELIVERY RATE per JCAHC 4.6.2.7.5.
4.6.2.6.5 Occupied and Open All Seasons AIR HANDLING SYSTEM design may include natural
ventilation calculated in accordance with the ASHRAE Handbooks to substitute the corresponding portion of
mechanical ventilation only if all the calculated exterior openings will be continuously controlled open during
all times the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY is occupied, regardless of season.
4.6.2.6.6 Air Distribution Design The design of the distribution of supply air and distribution of
exhaust or return air shall consider obstacles such as support columns, architectural structures, and AQUATIC
FEATURES.
4.6.2.7 Performance Requirements for Air Handling Systems
4.6.2.7.1 A Designed to Maintain The AIR HANDLING SYSTEM shall be designed to maintain the space
temperature, relative humidity and dewpoint as defined in Section 4.6.2.7. The design shall achieve the
following objectives:
1) Maintaining homogeneous air quality, space temperature, relative humidity, and negative space pressure.
2) Delivering outside air to the breathing zone of swimmers, people on the DECK, and spectators.
3) Provide low velocity airflow low across water surfaces to prevent build-up of DBPs. If the air velocity is
greater than 30 fpm (0.15 meters per second) across the water surface, the empirical Equation 1
Evaporation Formula as listed in the ASHRAE 2019 Applications Handbook (Indoor Pool Chapter) must
be used.
4) Assist in removing DBPs from the space.
5) Provide a comfortable environment for occupants in all zones of the AQUATIC FACILITY (with an
emphasis on BATHERS).
4.6.2.7.2 A Minimum Outdoor Air Requirements The AIR HANDLING SYSTEM shall have a design
capability to supply no less than the minimum outdoor air requirements using ASHRAE Standard 62.1 2016,
Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality.
4.6.2.7.2.1 May Be Higher The minimum outdoor air requirements may be higher than the amount
calculated using ASHRAE Standard 62.1 2019 Table 6.2.2.1 (i.e., for high occupancy public POOLS and
waterparks) as determined by the DESIGN PROFESSIONAL.
4.6.2.7.3 A System Alarm The AIR HANDLING SYSTEM design shall provide system features to notify
the operator if the outdoor air flow rate entering the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY is below 0.48 cfm/ft2 (1.8
m3/h) or the minimum amount as designated by the DESIGN PROFESSIONAL for each applicable mode of
operation (e.g., occupied normal mode, occupied meet mode, unoccupied mode).
4.6.2.7.4 Outdoor Air Rate Design of the AIR HANDLING SYSTEM for STADIUM SEATING areas shall
meet the requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2019 for the Area Outdoor Air Rate (0.06 cfm/ft2) and the People
Outdoor Air Rate (7.5 cfm/person) based on the THEORETICAL PEAK OCCUPANCY of the STADIUM SEATING
area. Design of the AIR HANDLING SYSTEM for all other areas of the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY shall meet the
requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2019 for the Area Outdoor Air Rate for POOL and DECK areas (0.48 cfm/ft2).
4.6.2.7.4.1 Method to Determine If a method to determine real-time actual occupancy is available for
STADIUM SEATING areas, then the system may modulate to reduce outdoor air cfm to meet the requirement
for the actual occupancy in those areas for the associated time frame.
4.6.2.7.5 Air Delivery Rate The AIR HANDLING SYSTEM shall supply an AIR DELIVERY RATE as
defined in ASHRAE Handbook – HVAC Applications 2019, Indoor Pool Design.
4.6.2.7.5.1 Latent and Sensible The AIR DELIVERY RATE shall be sufficient to meet the latent and
sensible cooling loads and the heating loads of the space and to meet the requirements of the air
distribution system defined in JCAHC 4.6.2.7.6 through 4.6.2.7.9
4.6.2.7.6 Constant Air Flow INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY AIR HANDLING SYSTEM shall be
54
designed to provide constant air flow through all parts of the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY to minimize any
stagnant areas, stratification of temperature and humidity, and provide homogeneous air quality, space
temperature, relative humidity, and pressure throughout the space.
4.6.2.7.7 A Relative Humidity The AIR HANDLING SYSTEM shall maintain the relative humidity in the
space as defined in ASHRAE Handbook: HVAC Applications, 2019, Chapter 6 .
4.6.2.7.7.1 Dew Point The AIR HANDLING SYSTEM shall be designed to maintain the dew point as
defined in Technical Details section 4.6.2.6.2. The DESIGN PROFESSIONAL shall design the ENCLOSURE to
limit condensation on surfaces of the INTERIOR SPACE as prescribed by the DESIGN PROFESSIONAL to ensure
condensation is avoided on wall, ceiling, glass, and floor interior surface as well as the interior structure of
these building components at all times so as to prevent damage to structural members and to prevent
biological growth on walls.
4.6.2.7.7.2 Condensation & Mold Control The AIR HANDLING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM shall be designed
to inhibit condensation and mold by:
1) Maintaining homogeneous space conditions and
2) Flushing the outside walls and windows, which can have the lowest surface temperature and therefore the
greatest chance for condensation.
4.6.2.7.8 Negative Air Pressure AIR HANDLING SYSTEM air flow shall be designed to maintain
negative air pressure in the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY relative to the areas external to it (such as adjacent
indoor spaces and outdoor ambient space).
4.6.2.7.9 A Disinfection By-Product Removal Sufficient return/exhaust air intakes shall be placed near
AQUATIC VENUE surfaces such that they remove the highest concentration of airborne DBPs.
4.6.2.7.9.1 Airflow Across Water Surface The AIR HANDLING SYSTEM shall be designed
considering airflow across the water surface to promote removal of DBPS.
4.6.2.7.9.1.1 Sufficient Return Air Intakes Sufficient return air intakes shall be placed low in the space
near AQUATIC VENUE surfaces such that they draw air across the water surfaces and pull in the highest
concentration of airborne DBPs.
4.6.2.7.9.1.2 Source Capture Provided Where a source capture exhaust system is provided, the AIR
HANDLING SYSTEM shall be designed to help move the air on the water surface towards the exhaust. This
exhaust air should not be allowed to mix with any return airflow in the AIR HANDLING SYSTEM.
4.6.2.7.9.1.3 Air Velocities Air velocities shall not exceed 30 fpm (0.15 meters per second) so as not to
increase the evaporation rate and dehumidification requirement unless adjustments are made to the
evaporation rate as stated in section 4.6.2.7.1.
4.6.2.7.10 Re-Entrainment of Exhaust and Contaminants AIR HANDLING SYSTEM outdoor air
intakes shall be located to avoid RE-ENTRAINMENT of exhaust air and contaminants from building systems
including AIR HANDLING SYSTEM exhaust back into the facility.
4.6.2.7.10.1 System Exhaust AIR HANDLING SYSTEM exhaust from CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACES,
mechanical, toilet, SHOWER, and dressing rooms shall not be directed into the AQUATIC FACILITY.
4.6.2.7.11 Access Control The AIR HANDLING SYSTEM shall be designed to provide a means to limit
physical or electronic access to system control to the operator and anyone the operator deems to have access.
4.6.2.7.12 A Purge The AIR HANDLING SYSTEM shall have the capability to periodically PURGE
air for air quality maintenance or for emergency situations.
4.6.2.7.12.1 Purge Capacity The AIR HANDLING SYSTEM shall have a PURGE capacity equal or greater
than two times the ASHRAE Standard 62.1 2019 level.
4.6.2.7.12.1.1 Manual Activation This PURGE shall be capable of being manually activated.
4.6.2.7.12.2 Outdoor Air If a system is designed with a purge mode, the outdoor air delivered during
PURGE shall be heated or conditioned to a temperature and humidity established by the HVAC design
engineer to address any condensation in the duct system, the AIR HANDLING SYSTEM, and the building
55
surfaces.
4.6.2.7.13 A Air Handling System Filters The AIR HANDLING SYSTEM design shall include filters for
outdoor air and recirculated air with a MERV rating of 8.
4.6.2.8 Air Handling System Installation
4.6.2.8.1 Air Handling System Operation and Maintenance Manual The contractor installing
the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY AIR HANDLING SYSTEM shall provide the AQUATIC FACILITY owner with an
operations and maintenance manual. Information to be included:
1) Mechanical drawing and specifications;
2) All manufacturers’ operation and maintenance manuals;
3) All equipment startup and shutdown procedures;
4) PURGING and other SAFETY procedures;
5) Cleaning procedures;
6) General maintenance requirements with STANDARD replaceable parts listings and frequency of
maintenance (e.g., filter cleaning frequencies, motor bearing maintenance);
7) Pressure differential specifications for filter replacement, filter replacement type, and frequency of
cleaning or replacement;
8) Troubleshooting processes;
9) Frequency of required calibration of equipment;
10) Descriptions of general operating schemes; and
11) Contact information for all air handling manufacturers and their local representatives or authorized
service companies.
4.6.2.9 Air Handling System Commissioning
4.6.2.9.1 System Commissioning A qualified, licensed professional shall commission the AIR
HANDLING SYSTEM to verify that the installed system is operating properly in accordance with the system
design.
4.6.2.9.2 Written Statement A written statement of commissioning shall be provided to the
AQUATIC FACILITY owner including but not limited to:
1) The cfm outdoor air flowing into the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY during all modes of operation shall be
verified at the time of commissioning,
2) The exhaust air cfm flowing through the system during all modes of operation shall be verified at the time
of commissioning,
3) The supply air cfm flowing into the space and resulting air changes per hour during all modes of
operation shall be verified at the time of commissioning, and
4) Air velocity measurements at 6 different locations around the POOL DECK area at 12 inches above the
DECK surface.
4.6.3 A Indoor/Outdoor Aquatic Facility Electrical Systems and Components
4.6.3.1 A General Guidance
4.6.3.1.1 NEC Requirements Electrical wiring and systems shall comply with the requirements of
the NEC.
4.6.3.1.1.1 Providing Relief Nothing in this CODE shall be construed as providing relief from any
applicable requirements of the NEC or other applicable CODE.
4.6.3.1.2 A Indoor Aquatic Facilities An INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY shall be considered a wet and
56
corrosive environment.
4.6.3.2 A Electrical Equipment in Interior Chemical Storage Spaces
4.6.3.2.1 A Wet and Corrosive CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACES shall be considered wet and corrosive
environments.
4.6.3.2.2 A Electrical Conduit Electrical conduit shall not enter or pass through an interior CHEMICAL
STORAGE SPACE, except as required to service devices integral to the function of the room, such as pumps,
vessels, controls, lighting and safety devices, or if allowed by the NEC.
4.6.3.2.2.1 Sealed and Inert Where required, the electrical conduit in an interior CHEMICAL
STORAGE SPACE shall be sealed and made of materials that will not interact with any chemicals in the
CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE.
4.6.3.2.3 A Electrical Devices Electrical devices or equipment shall not occupy an interior CHEMICAL
STORAGE SPACE, except as required to service devices integral to the function of the room, such as pumps,
vessels, controls, lighting, and safety devices.
4.6.3.2.4 A Protected Against Breakage Lamps, including fluorescent tubes, installed in interior
CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACES shall be protected against breakage with a lens or other cover, or be otherwise
protected against the accidental release of hot materials.
4.6.4 A Pool Water Heating
4.6.4.1 A High Temperature When designing POOL heating equipment, measures shall be taken
to prevent BATHER exposure to water temperatures in excess of 104°F (40°C).
4.6.4.2 Pressure Relief Device A listed pressure-relief device shall be installed to limit the
pressure on the heating equipment to no more than the maximum value specified by the heating-equipment
manufacturer and applicable CODES.
4.6.4.3 Code Compliance POOL-water heating equipment shall be selected and installed to preserve
compliance with the applicable CODES, the terms of listing and labeling of equipment, and with the equipment
manufacturer’s installation instructions and applicable CODES.
4.6.4.4A Equipment Room Requirements Where POOL water heaters use COMBUSTION and are
located inside a building, the space in which the heater is located shall be considered to be an EQUIPMENT
ROOM, and the requirements of JCAHC 4.9.1 shall apply.
4.6.4.4.1 Carbon Monoxide Detector A carbon monoxide detector with local alarming,
CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED in accordance with UL 2075, shall be installed in all such EQUIPMENT
ROOMS.
4.6.4.4.2 Adjacent Rooms All rooms that are immediately adjacent to spaces containing fuel burning
equipment or vents carrying the products of combustion shall also be provided with locally alarming carbon
monoxide detectors.
4.6.4.5 Exception Heaters CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED for the atmosphere shall be
acceptable without isolation from chemical fumes and vapors.
4.6.5 First Aid Area
4.6.5.1 A Station Design Design and construction of new AQUATIC FACILITIES shall include an area
designated for first aid equipment and/or treatment.
4.6.6 Emergency Exit
4.6.6.1 Labeling Gates and/or doors which will allow egress without a key shall be clearly
and conspicuously labeled in letters at least 4 inches (10.2 cm) high "EMERGENCY EXIT."
4.6.7 Drinking Fountains
4.6.7.1 A Provided A drinking fountain shall be provided inside an AQUATIC FACILITY and shall be
57
CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to NSF/ANSI 61-2020 and, if electric, UL 399.
4.6.7.1.1 Alternative Alternate locations or the use of bottled water shall be evaluated by JCDHE.
4.6.7.1.2 Common Use Area If the drinking fountain cannot be provided inside the AQUATIC
FACILITY, it shall be provided in a common use building or area adjacent to the AQUATIC FACILITY entrance
and on the normal path of BATHERS going to the AQUATIC FACILITY entrance.
4.6.7.2 Readily Accessible The drinking fountain shall be located where it is readily accessible
and not a hazard to BATHERS per JCAHC 4.10.2.
4.6.7.2.1 Not Located The drinking fountain shall not be located in a SHOWER area or toilet area.
4.6.7.3 Single Fountain A single drinking fountain shall be allowed for one or more
AQUATIC VENUES within an AQUATIC FACILITY.
4.6.7.4 Angle Jet Type The drinking fountain shall be an angle jet type installed according
to applicable plumbing CODES.
4.6.7.5 Potable Water Supply The drinking fountain shall be supplied with water from an approved
potable water supply.
4.6.7.6 Wastewater The wastewater discharged from a drinking fountain shall be routed to an
approved sanitary sewer system or other approved disposal area according to applicable plumbing CODES.
4.6.8 Garbage Receptacles
4.6.8.1 Sufficient Number Receptacles shall be provided within an AQUATIC FACILITY to ensure
that garbage and refuse can be disposed of properly to maintain safe and sanitary conditions.
4.6.8.2 Number and Location The number and location of receptacles shall be at the discretion
of the AQUATIC FACILITY manager.
4.6.8.3 Closable Receptacles shall be designed to be closed with a lid or other cover so they
remain closed until intentionally opened.
4.6.9 Food and Drink Concessions
4.6.9.1 Meet AHJ Requirements Concessions for food and drink in an AQUATIC FACILITY
shall meet all AHJ requirements.
4.6.10 Spectator Areas
4.6.10.1 Within Aquatic Facility Enclosure An area designed for use by spectators may be
located within an AQUATIC FACILITY ENCLOSURE.
4.6.10.2 Deck When a spectator area or an access to a spectator area is located within the AQUATIC
FACILITY ENCLOSURE, the DECK adjacent to the area or access shall provide egress width for the spectators in
addition to the width required by JCAHC 4.8.1.5.
4.6.10.2.1 Additional Width The additional width shall be based on the egress requirements in the
applicable building CODE based on the THEORETICAL PEAK OCCUPANCY of the AQUATIC FACILITY served with
a minimum width of 4 feet (1.2 m) and have either of the following qualities outlined in JCAHC 4.6.10.2.1.1 or
JCAHC 4.6.10.2.1.2.
4.6.10.2.1.1 Barrier A BARRIER as defined in JCAHC 4.8.6.1 located on the DECK to separate the
DECK used by spectators from the PERIMETER DECK used by BATHERS.
4.6.10.2.1.1.1 Openings The BARRIER may have one or more openings directly into the
BATHER areas.
4.6.10.2.1.2 Demarcation Line A demarcation line on the DECK that shows the separation between
the DECK used by spectators and the PERIMETER DECK used by BATHERS.
4.6.10.3 A Balcony A spectator or other area located in a balcony within 10 feet (3.0 m) of or
58
overhanging any portion of an AQUATIC VENUE shall be designed to prevent jumping or diving into the
AQUATIC VENUE.
4.6.10.4 A Bleachers Bleachers in a spectator area shall be designed according to the ICC’s most
recent version of the 300 Standard or another applicable CODE.
4.6.11 Indoor Aquatic Facility Acoustics
4.6.11.1 A Acoustic Design Criteria Acoustic design requirements shall apply to a new
INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY or one that undergoes SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION.
4.6.11.2 A Sound Absorption INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITIES shall be designed, constructed, and
installed with an AVERAGE SOUND ABSORPTION COEFFICIENT (ALPHA BAR) of 0.20 or greater.
4.6.11.2.1 A Facilities Used Primarily by Specific Hearing Populations An ALPHA BAR of 0.25 or
greater shall be used for INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITIES designed primarily for use by children, the elderly, or
persons with hearing difficulties.
4.6.11.3 A Noise INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITIES shall be designed, constructed, and installed so that the
noise generated by the AIR HANDLING SYSTEM does not exceed a NOISE CRITERION level of 50 (NC-50) or 55
dBA at any time while the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY is open for use.
4.6.11.4A Sound Absorbing Materials When part of the interior finish, acoustical materials or
finishes used for SOUND ABSORPTION shall meet the design requirements of JCAHC 4.2.2.1.1 and 4.2.2.2.3.
4.6.11.5 A Concave Room Surfaces The design of INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITIES with a domed roof,
gable roof, or other shape that may cause sound focusing, irrespective of the ALPHA BAR, shall address sound
focusing, REVERBERATION, and echoes that would interfere with speech intelligibility.
4.7 Recirculation and Water Treatment
4.7.1 Recirculation Systems and Equipment
4.7.1.1 A General
4.7.1.1.1 Equipped and Operated All AQUATIC VENUES shall be equipped and operated with a
recirculation and filtration system capable of meeting the provisions outlined in JCAHC 4.7.
4.7.1.1.2 Component Installation The installation of the recirculation and the filtration system
components shall be performed in accordance with the designer’s and manufacturer’s instructions.
4.7.1.1.3 Recirculation System A water RECIRCULATION SYSTEM consisting of one or more pumps,
pipes, return INLETS, suction outlets, tanks, filters, and other necessary equipment shall be provided.
4.7.1.2 A Combined Aquatic Venue Treatment
4.7.1.2.1 Maintain and Measure When treatment systems of multiple AQUATIC VENUES are
combined, the design shall include all appurtenances to maintain and measure the required water
characteristics including but not limited to flow rate, pH, and disinfectant concentration in each AQUATIC
VENUE or AQUATIC FEATURE.
4.7.1.2.2 Secondary Treatment If SECONDARY TREATMENT is required for an INCREASED RISK
AQUATIC VENUE as per JCAHC 4.7.3.3.1.2, then SECONDARY TREATMENT shall be required for all treatment
systems that are combined with the INCREASED RISK AQUATIC VENUE.
4.7.1.2.3 Isolate When multiple AQUATIC VENUES are combined in one treatment system, each
AQUATIC VENUE shall be capable of being isolated for maintenance purposes.
4.7.1.3 Inlets
4.7.1.3.1 A General
4.7.1.3.1.1 Hydraulically Balanced The RECIRCULATION SYSTEM shall be designed with sufficient
flexibility to achieve a hydraulic apportionment that will ensure the following:
59
1) Effective distribution of treated water and
2) Maintenance of a uniform disinfectant residual and pH throughout the AQUATIC VENUE.
4.7.1.3.1.1.1 A Alternative Design Justification Alternative designs shall be allowed based on adequate
engineering justification which may include utilizing a computation fluid dynamics (CFD) model of the POOL
design that documents in-POOL circulation without any dead zones.
4.7.1.3.1.2 Inlets Effective distribution of treated water shall be accomplished by either a continuous
perimeter overflow system with integral INLETS or by means of directionally adjustable INLETS adequate in
design, number, and location.
4.7.1.3.1.3 Adequate Mixing POOLS shall use wall and/or floor INLETS to provide adequate mixing.
4.7.1.3.1.3.1 Greater Than Fifty Feet Wide For POOLS greater than 50 feet wide (15.2 m), floor INLETS
shall be required.
4.7.1.3.1.4 Other Inlet Types All other types of INLET systems not covered in this section shall be
subject to approval by JCDHE with proper engineering justification to support a variance request under
JCAHC 5.2.3.
4.7.1.3.1.5 Hydraulically Sized INLETS shall be hydraulically sized to provide the design flow rates for
each POOL area of multi-zone POOLS based on the required design TURNOVER RATE for each zone.
4.7.1.3.2 A Floor Inlets
4.7.1.3.2.1 Uniformly Spaced Floor INLETS shall be spaced to effectively distribute the treated water
throughout the POOL.
4.7.1.3.2.2 Flush with Bottom Floor INLETS shall be flush with the bottom of the POOL.
4.7.1.3.2.2.1 Distance Distance between floor INLETS shall be no greater than 20 feet (6.1 m).
4.7.1.3.2.2.2 Row A row of floor INLETS shall be located within 15 feet (4.6 m) of each side wall.
4.7.1.3.2.3 Spaced Floor INLETS, used in combination with wall INLETS, shall be spaced no greater
than 25 feet (7.6 m) from nearest side walls.
4.7.1.3.3 Wall Inlets
4.7.1.3.3.1 A Effective Mixing Wall INLET velocity shall mix the water effectively.
4.7.1.3.3.2 Adjustable INLETS shall be directionally adjustable to provide effective distribution of water.
4.7.1.3.3.3 A Inlet Spacing Wall INLETS shall be spaced no greater than 20 feet (6.1 m) apart.
4.7.1.3.3.3.1 Corner INLETS shall be placed within 5 feet (1.5 m) of each corner of the
POOL.
4.7.1.3.3.3.2 Skimmers INLETS shall be placed at least 5 feet (1.5 m) from a SKIMMER.
4.7.1.3.3.3.3 Isolated INLETS shall be placed in each recessed or isolated area of the POOL.
4.7.1.3.3.4 Directional Flow Wall INLETS shall not require design to provide directional flow if part of a
manufactured gutter system in which the filtered return water conduit is contained within the gutter structure.
4.7.1.3.3.5 A Dye Testing JCDHE may require dye testing to evaluate the mixing characteristics of the
RECIRCULATION SYSTEM.
4.7.1.3.3.5.1 Failed Test If dye test reveals inadequate mixing in the POOL after 20 minutes, the
RECIRCULATION SYSTEM shall be adjusted or modified to assure adequate mixing.
4.7.1.4 Perimeter Overflow Systems/Gutters
4.7.1.4.1 General
4.7.1.4.1.1 A Skimming All POOLS shall be designed to provide SKIMMING for the entire POOL
60
surface area with engineering rationale provided by the DESIGN PROFESSIONAL.
4.7.1.4.1.1.1 Around Entire Pool For POOLS that require a perimeter overflow system, the perimeter
overflow system shall extend around the entire POOL perimeter except where noted in this CODE.
4.7.1.4.1.1.2 A Novel Perimeter Overflow Systems Novel perimeter overflow system designs that do not
extend around the entire POOL perimeter shall be permitted with proper engineering justification.
4.7.1.4.1.2 Zero Depth Entry ZERO DEPTH ENTRY POOLS shall have a continuous overflow trench
that terminates as close to the side walls as practical including any zero-depth portion of the POOL
perimeter.
4.7.1.4.1.2.1 Ends Where a perimeter overflow system cannot be continuous, the ends of each section shall
terminate as close as practical to each other.
4.7.1.4.2 A Perimeter Overflow System Size and Shape
4.7.1.4.2.1 Continuous Water Removal The gutter system shall be designed to allow continuous
removal of water from the POOL’S upper surface at a rate of at least 125 percent of the total design
recirculation flow rate.
4.7.1.4.2.2 Inspection Gutters shall permit ready inspection, cleaning, and repair.
4.7.1.4.3 A Gutter Outlets Drop boxes, converters, return piping, or FLUMES used to convey water from
the gutter shall be designed to:
1) Prevent flooding and BACKFLOW of skimmed water into the POOL and
2) Handle at least 125 percent of the total design recirculation flow rate.
4.7.1.4.4 Surge Tank Capacity
4.7.1.4.4.1 A Net Surge Capacity All perimeter overflow systems shall be designed with an effective
net surge capacity of not less than one gallon for each square foot (40.7 L/m2) of POOL surface area.
4.7.1.4.4.1.1 Surge Components Surge shall be provided within a surge tank, or the gutter or filter
above the normal operating level, or elsewhere in the system.
4.7.1.4.4.2 Tank Capacity The tank capacity specified shall be the net capacity.
4.7.1.4.4.3 Tank Levels The DESIGN PROFESSIONAL shall define the minimum, maximum, and normal
POOL operating water levels in the surge tank.
4.7.1.4.4.3.1 Marked The surge tank’s minimum, maximum, and normal POOL operating water levels shall
be marked on the tank so as to be readily visible for inspection.
4.7.1.4.4.4 Overflow Pipes Surge tanks shall have overflow pipes to convey excess water to waste via
an air gap or other approved BACKFLOW prevention device.
4.7.1.4.5 A Tolerances Gutters shall be level within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm)
around the perimeter of the AQUATIC VENUE.
4.7.1.4.6 A Makeup Water System
4.7.1.4.6.1 Automatic Makeup Automatic makeup water supply equipment shall be provided to
maintain continuous skimming of POOLS with Perimeter Overflow Systems.
4.7.1.4.6.2 Air Gap Makeup water shall be supplied through an air gap or other approved
BACKFLOW prevention device.
4.7.1.5 Skimmers and Alternative Gutter Technologies Using In-Pool Surge Capacity
4.7.1.5.1 General
4.7.1.5.1.1 Manufactured The use of manufactured direct suction SKIMMERS shall be in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
61
4.7.1.5.1.2 A Provided Where SKIMMERS are used, at least one surface SKIMMER shall be provided
for each 400 square feet (37.2 m2) of surface area or fraction thereof.
4.7.1.5.1.2.1 Conditions Additional SKIMMERS may be required to achieve effective skimming under
site-specific conditions such as outdoor POOLs affected by winds or heavy CONTAMINANT loading.
Chemical products (chlorine, bromine, other chemical tablets, etc.) shall not be placed in the SKIMMER(s) at
any time.
4.7.1.5.1.3 A Hybrid Systems Hybrid systems that incorporate surge weirs in the overflow gutters to
provide for in-POOL surge shall meet all of the requirements specified for overflow gutters—with the
exception of the requirements under 4.7.1.4.4 when the net surge capacity required by 4.7.1.4.4.1 is
alternatively met by the in-POOL surge capacity.
4.7.1.5.1.3.1 A Surge Weirs The number of surge weirs shall be based on the individual surge weir
capacity and the operational apportionment of the total design recirculation flow rate.
4.7.1.5.1.3.1.1 Locations The location of the required number of surge weirs shall be uniformly
spaced in the gutter sections.
4.7.1.5.1.4 A Design Capacity When used, the SKIMMER SYSTEM shall be designed to handle up to 100% of
the total design recirculation flow rate.
4.7.1.5.1.5 Pool Width Limitations POOLS using SKIMMERS shall not exceed 30 feet (9.1 m) in width.
4.7.1.5.2 Skimmer Location
4.7.1.5.2.1 Effective SKIMMERS shall be so located as to provide effective skimming of the entire
water surface.
4.7.1.5.2.2 Steps and Recessed Areas SKIMMERS shall be located so as not to be affected by restricted
flow in areas such as near steps and within small recesses.
4.7.1.5.2.3 Wind Direction Wind direction shall be considered in number and placement of
SKIMMERS.
4.7.1.5.3 A Skimmer Flow Rate The flow rate for the SKIMMERS shall comply with manufacturer data
plates or NSF/ANSI 50 including Annex K.
4.7.1.5.4 Control
4.7.1.5.4.1 Weir Each SKIMMER shall have a weir that adjusts automatically to variations in water
level over a minimum range of 4 inches (10.2 cm).
4.7.1.5.4.2 Trimmer Valve Each SKIMMER shall be equipped with a trimmer valve capable of
distributing the total flow between individual SKIMMERS.
4.7.1.5.5 Tolerances
4.7.1.5.5.1 Skimmer Base The base of each SKIMMER shall be level with all other SKIMMERS in the POOL
within a tolerance of plus or minus ¼ inch (6.4 mm).
4.7.1.6 A Submerged Suction Outlet
4.7.1.6.1 General Submerged suction outlet fitting assemblies (SOFAs), shall be CERTIFIED, LISTED,
AND LABELED to the requirements of ANSI/APSP/ICC-16 2017 and shall be installed in accordance with the
SOFA specific installation instructions, including minimum sump depth, pipe size(s), adapters frames,
structural supports, and fasteners.
4.7.1.6.2 Number and Location SOFAs labeled as blockable shall be installed with a minimum of
two fittings. SOFAs labeled unblockable shall be installed with one or more fittings, except for those
installed and used as ANSI/APSP/ICC-16 Maintenance Drains or Fire Suppression Source Outlets (ref.
¶1.2.2), which may be a single outlet.
4.7.1.6.2.1 Flow Ratings SOFA system flow ratings shall be calculated as follows:
1) Blockable SOFA systems: the sum of the installation specific SOFA flow ratings minus the flow rating of
62
a SOFA with the highest installed flow rating;
2) Unblockable SOFA systems: the sump of the installation specific flow rating(s).
4.7.1.6.2.1.1 Location SOFAs or outlets may be located on the bottom or side wall. Maintenance drains and
SOFAs used to drain the POOL shall be located on the bottom and at the deepest point to achieve the objective
of JCAHC 4.5.2.3.
4.7.1.6.2.1.2 Connected Multiple outlets shall be connected to a single main suction pipe by branch line
pipe that is not valved so as to be capable of operating independently.
4.7.1.6.2.2 Spaced Outlets shall be spaced within the minimum and maximum separation distances
specified by SOFA specific installation instructions and spaced as specified by the DESIGN
PROFESSIONAL for aesthetic and engineering reasons.
4.7.1.6.3 Tank Connection Where gravity outlets are used, the main drain outlet shall be
connected to a surge tank, collection tank, or balance tank/pipe.
4.7.1.6.4 A Flow Distribution and Control
4.7.1.6.4.1 Design Capacity The submerged suction outlet system piping shall be designed at a
minimum to handle the total design recirculation flow rate.
4.7.1.6.4.1.1 Two Main Drain Outlets Where there are two main drain outlets, the branch pipe from each
main drain outlet shall be designed to carry 100% of the total design recirculation flow rate.
4.7.1.6.4.1.2 Three or More Drains Where three or more main drain outlets are connected by branch
piping in accordance with JCAHC 4.7.1.6.2.1.1 through JCAHC 4.7.1.6.2.1.3, the design flow through each
branch pipe from each main drain outlet may be as follows:
1) Qmax for each drain= Q (total design recirculation flow rate) / (number of drains less one) and
2) Qmax=Qtotal / (N-1).
4.7.1.6.4.2 Proportioning Valve The single main drain suction pipe to the pump shall be equipped with
a proportioning valve(s) to adjust the flow distribution between the main drain piping and the surface
overflow system piping.
4.7.1.6.5 Flow Velocities
4.7.1.6.5.1 Standards Flow velocities shall meet ANSI/APSP-16 20171 based on 100% design flow
through each main drain cover.
4.7.1.7 Piping
4.7.1.7.1 Design
4.7.1.7.1.1 Materials Piping system components in contact with swimming POOL water shall be of non-
toxic material, resistant to corrosion, able to withstand operating pressures, chemicals, and temperatures.
4.7.1.7.1.2 Standards Piping and piping system component materials shall be suitable for potable
water contact.
4.7.1.7.1.2.1 Certified, Listed, and Labeled Piping and piping system component materials shall be
CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to NSF/ANSI 14, NSF/ANSI 50, and NSF/ANSI 61, as applicable.
4.7.1.7.1.2.2 Certified Piping and piping system component materials shall be CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND
LABELED to a specific STANDARD by an ANSI-accredited certification organization.
4.7.1.7.2 Velocity in Pipes
4.7.1.7.2.1 A Discharge Piping RECIRCULATION SYSTEM piping shall be designed so that water
velocities do not exceed 8 feet (2.4 m) per second on the discharge side of the recirculation pump unless
alternative values have proper engineering justification.
63
4.7.1.7.2.2 A Suction Piping Suction piping shall be sized so that the water velocity does not exceed 6
feet per second (1.8 m/s) unless alternative values have proper engineering justification.
4.7.1.7.2.3 A Additional Considerations Gravity piping shall be sized with consideration of available
system head or as demonstrated by detailed hydraulic calculations at the total design recirculation flow
rate.
4.7.1.7.3 A Drainage and Installation
4.7.1.7.3.1 Temperature Variations Provisions shall be made for expansion and contraction of pipes due
to temperature variations.
4.7.1.7.3.2 Drainage Provisions shall be made for complete drainage of all AQUATIC VENUE
piping.
4.7.1.7.3.3 Supported All piping shall be supported continuously or at sufficiently close intervals
to prevent sagging and settlement.
4.7.1.7.4 Piping and Component Identification
4.7.1.7.4.1 A Clearly Marked All exposed piping shall be clearly marked to indicate function.
4.7.1.7.4.2 Flow Direction and Source All piping shall be clearly marked to indicate type or source of
water and direction of flow with clear labeling and/or color coding.
4.7.1.7.4.3 Valves All valves shall be clearly marked to indicate function with clear labeling and/or
color coding.
4.7.1.7.4.4 Schematic Displayed A complete, easily readable schematic of the entire AQUATIC VENUE
RECIRCULATION SYSTEM shall be openly displayed in the mechanical room or available to maintenance and
inspection personnel.
4.7.1.7.5 Testing
4.7.1.7.5.1 Static Water Pressure Test Suction and supply POOL piping shall be subjected to a static
hydraulic water pressure test for the duration specified by the DESIGN PROFESSIONAL or AHJ.
4.7.1.7.5.2 Greater Suction and supply AQUATIC VENUE piping shall be able to maintain the greater
of the two following amounts of pressure:
1) 25% greater than the maximum design operating pressure of the system or
2) 25 psi (172 KPa).
4.7.1.8 Strainers and Pumps
4.7.1.8.1 Strainers
4.7.1.8.1.1 Strainer / Screen All filter recirculation pumps, except those for vacuum filter
installations, shall have a strainer/screen device on the suction side to protect the filtration and pumping
equipment. Sanitizer products (chlorine, bromine, etc.) shall not be placed in or under the strainer(s) at
any time.
4.7.1.8.1.2 Materials Strainers shall be CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to NSF/ANSI 50.
4.7.1.8.2 Pumping Equipment
4.7.1.8.2.1 A Variable Frequency Drives VFDs may be installed to control all recirculation and feature
pumps.
4.7.1.8.2.2 A Total Dynamic Head The recirculation pump(s) shall have adequate capacity to meet the
total design recirculation flow rate at the maximum TDH required by the entire RECIRCULATION SYSTEM
under the most extreme operating conditions (e.g., clogged filters in need of backwashing).
4.7.1.8.2.3 Required Flow Rate The pump shall be designed to maintain total design
recirculation flow rate under all conditions.
64
4.7.1.8.2.4 Vacuum Limit Switches Where vacuum filters are used, a vacuum limit switch shall be
provided on the pump suction line.
4.7.1.8.2.5 Maximum The vacuum limit switch shall be set for a maximum vacuum of 18 inches
(45.7 cm) of mercury.
4.7.1.8.2.6 Pump Priming All recirculation pumps shall be self-priming or flooded-suction.
4.7.1.8.2.7 Net Positive Suction Head Requirement All recirculation pumps shall meet the
minimum NPSH requirement for the system.
4.7.1.8.3 A Operating Gauges
4.7.1.8.3.1 Vacuum Gauge A compound vacuum-pressure gauge shall be installed on the pump suction
line as close to the pump as possible.
4.7.1.8.3.2 Suction Lift A vacuum gauge shall be used for pumps with suction lift.
4.7.1.8.3.3 Installed A pressure gauge shall be installed on the pump discharge line adjacent to the pump.
4.7.1.8.3.4 Easily Read Gauges shall be installed so they can be easily read.
4.7.1.8.3.5 Valves All gauges shall be equipped with valves to allow for servicing under operating
conditions.
4.7.1.9 Flow Measurement and Control
4.7.1.9.1 A Flow Meters A flow meter accurate to within +/- 5% of the actual design flow shall be
provided for each filtration system. Flow meters shall be installed/positioned so they can be easily read .
4.7.1.9.1.1 Certified, Listed, and Labeled Flow meters shall be CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED
to NSF/ANSI 50 by an ANSI-accredited certification organization.
4.7.1.9.2 Valves All pumps shall be installed with a manual adjustable discharge valve to provide a
backup means of flow control as well as for system isolation.
4.7.1.10 A Flow Rates / Turnover Times
Table 4.7.1.10: Aquatic Venue Maximum Allowable Turnover Times
Type of Pools Turnover Maximum
Activity Pools 2 hours or less
Diving Pools 8 hours or less
Interactive Water Play* 0.5 hours or less
Lazy River 2 hours or less
Plunge Pools 1 hour or less
Runout Slide 1 hour or less
Wading Pools* 1 hour or less
Wave Pools 2 hours or less
All Other Pools
(also known as
Standard Pools)
6 hours or less
All Other Existing Pools
(also known as Existing
Standard Pools)
8 hours or less
Surf Pools Submit engineering justification from equipment manufacturer
*Shall have secondary treatment
65
Aquatic Venue Maximum Allowable Turnover Times for Spa, Therapy*, & Exercise Pools
Temperatures Load Turnover Maximum
≤ 72⁰–93⁰F
(22⁰–34⁰C)
> 2,500 gals/person
(9.46 m3) 4 hours or less
≤ 72⁰–93⁰F
(22⁰–34⁰C)
> 450 gals/person
(1.7 m3) 2 hours or less
≤ 72⁰–93⁰F
(22⁰–34⁰C)
≤ 450 gals/person
(1.7 m3) 1 hour or less
≥ 93°–104⁰F
(34⁰–40⁰C)
All 0.5 hours or less
*Shall have secondary treatment
4.7.1.10.1 Maximum Allowable All AQUATIC VENUES shall comply with the above maximum
allowable TURNOVER TIMES shown in JCAHC Table 4.7.1.10.
4.7.1.10.2 A Calculated The TURNOVER TIME shall be calculated based on the total volume of water
divided by the total design recirculation flow rate through the filtration process.
4.7.1.10.2.1 A Unfiltered Water Unfiltered water such as water that may be withdrawn from and returned to
the AQUATIC VENUE for such AQUATIC FEATURES as SLIDES by a pump separate from the filtration system,
shall not factor into TURNOVER TIME.
4.7.1.10.3 A Turnover Times TURNOVER TIMES shall be calculated based solely on the flow rate
through the filtration system.
4.7.1.10.3.1 Required The required TURNOVER TIME shall be the lesser of the following options:
1) The specified time in JCAHC Table 4.7.1.10 or
2) The time required for individual components (e.g., three SKIMMERS with flow rates set by the
manufacturer and an additional 20% for the main drains could exceed the minimum value in the table).
4.7.1.10.3.2 Total Volume The total volume of the AQUATIC VENUE system shall include the
AQUATIC VENUE and any surge/balance tank.
4.7.1.10.3.3 Supply Water Where water is drawn from the AQUATIC VENUE to supply water to AQUATIC
FEATURES (e.g., SLIDES, tube rides), the water may be reused prior to filtration provided the disinfectant
concentration and pH of the supply water are maintained at required levels.
4.7.1.10.4 A Reuse Ratio The ratio of INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY AQUATIC VENUE FEATURE water to
filtered water shall be no greater than 3:1 in order to maintain the efficiency of the FILTRATION SYSTEM.
4.7.1.10.5 A Flow Turndown System For AQUATIC FACILITIES that intend to reduce the recirculation
flow rate below the minimum required design values when the POOL is unoccupied, the flow turndown
system shall be designed as follows in JCAHC 4.7.1.10.5.1 through JCAHC 4.7.1.10.5.2.
4.7.1.10.5.1 Flowrate The system flowrate shall not be reduced more than 25% lower than the
minimum design requirements and only reduced when the AQUATIC VENUE is unoccupied.
4.7.1.10.5.1.1 Clarity The system flowrate shall only be reduced if the minimum water clarity
required under JCAHC 5.7.6 is met and the turbidity level in the POOL is less than 0.5 NTU.
4.7.1.10.5.1.2 Disinfectant Concentration The turndown system shall be required to maintain
required disinfectant concentration and pH at all times.
66
4.7.1.10.5.2 Increase When the turndown system is also used to intelligently increase the recirculation
flow rate above the minimum requirement (e.g., in times of peak use to maintain water quality goals more
effectively), the following requirements shall be met at all times:
1) Velocity requirements inside of pipes (per JCAHC 4.7.1.7.2) and
2) Maximum filtration system flows.
4.7.2 A Filtration
4.7.2.1 All Filters
4.7.2.1.1 Required Filtration shall be required for all AQUATIC VENUES that recirculate water.
4.7.2.1.2 A Certified, Listed, and Labeled Filters All filters shall be CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND
LABELED to NSF/ANSI 50 by an ANSI-accredited certification organization or approved JCDHE with
proper engineering justification.
4.7.2.1.3 Appropriate Filter Media Filters shall use the appropriate filter media as
recommended by the filter manufacturer for maximum clarity and cycle length for AQUATIC VENUE use.
4.7.2.1.4 Certified, Listed, and Labeled Filter Media All filter media, including alternative filter
media, shall be CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to NSF/ANSI 50 by an ANSI-accredited certification
organization and within the size specifications provided by the filter manufacturer and NSF/ANSI 50 or
approved by JCDHE with proper engineering justification.
4.7.2.2 Granular Media Filters
4.7.2.2.1 A General
4.7.2.2.1.1 Valves and Piping The granular media filter system shall have valves and piping to allow
isolation, venting, complete drainage (for maintenance or inspections), and backwashing of individual filters.
4.7.2.2.1.2 Filtration Accessories Filtration accessories shall include the following items:
1) Influent pressure gauge,
2) Effluent pressure gauge,
3) Backwash sight glass or other means to view backwash water clarity, and
4) Manual air relief system.
4.7.2.2.2 A Filter Location and Spacing
4.7.2.2.2.1 Installed Filters shall be installed with adequate clearance and facilities for ready and safe
inspection, maintenance, disassembly, and repair.
4.7.2.2.2.2 Media Removal A means and access for easy removal of filter media shall be required.
4.7.2.2.3 Filtration and Backwashing Rates
4.7.2.2.3.1 A Operate High-rate granular media filters shall be designed to operate at no more than 15 GPM
per square foot (37 m/h) when a minimum bed depth of 15 inches (38.1 cm) is provided per manufacturer.
4.7.2.2.3.1.1 Less than Fifteen Inch Bed Depth When a bed depth is less than 15 inches
(38.1 cm), filters shall be designed to operate at no more than 12 GPM per square foot (29 m/h).
4.7.2.2.3.2 A Backwash System Design The granular media filter system shall be designed to
backwash each filter at a rate of at least 15 GPM per square foot (37 m/h) of filter bed surface area, unless
explicitly prohibited by the filter manufacturer and approved at an alternate rate as specified in their
NSF/ANSI 50 listing.
4.7.2.2.4 A Minimum Filter Media Depth Requirements The minimum depth of filter media
cannot be less than the depth specified by the manufacturer.
4.7.2.2.5 Differential Pressure Measurement Gauges Influent and effluent pressure gauges shall
67
have the capability to measure up to a 20 pounds per square inch (138 KPa) increase in the differential
pressure across the filter bed in increments of 1 pound per square inch (6.9 KPa) or less.
4.7.2.2.6 A Coagulant Injection Equipment Installation If coagulant feed systems are used, they
shall be installed with the injection point located before the filters as far ahead as possible, with electrical
interlocks in accordance with JCAHC 4.7.3.2.1.3.
4.7.2.3 Precoat Filters
4.7.2.3.1 A Filtration Rates
4.7.2.3.1.1 Vacuum Precoat The design filtration rate for vacuum precoat filters shall not be greater
than either:
1) 2 GPM per square foot (4.9 m/h) or
2) 2.5 GPM per square foot (6.1 m/h) when used with a continuous precoat media feed (commonly referred
to as “body-feed”).
4.7.2.3.1.2 Pressure Precoat The design filtration rate for pressure precoat filters shall not be greater
than two GPM per square foot (4.9 m/h) of effective filter surface area.
4.7.2.3.1.3 Calculate The filtration surface area shall be based on the outside surface area of the media with
the manufacturer's recommended thickness of precoat media and consistent with their NSF/ANSI 50 listing
and labeling.
4.7.2.3.2 A Precoat Media Introduction System Process The precoat process shall follow the
manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements of NSF/ANSI 50.
4.7.2.3.3 A Continuous Filter Media Feed Equipment
4.7.2.3.3.1 Manufacturer Specification If equipment is provided for the continuous feeding of filter
media to the filter influent, the equipment shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.
4.7.2.3.3.2 Filter Media Discharge All discharged filter media shall be handled in accordance with all
applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws.
4.7.2.4 A Cartridge Filters
4.7.2.4.1 A Filtration Rates The design filtration rate for surface-type cartridge filter shall not
exceed 0.30 GPM per square foot (0.20 L/s/m2).
4.7.2.4.2 A Supplied and Sized Filter cartridges shall be supplied and sized in accordance with the filter
manufacturer's recommendation for AQUATIC VENUE use.
4.7.2.4.3 A Spare Cartridge One complete set of spare cartridges shall be maintained onsite in a clean
and dry condition.
4.7.3 A Disinfection and pH Control
4.7.3.1 Chemical Addition Methods
4.7.3.1.1 Disinfection and pH DISINFECTION and pH control chemicals shall be automatically
introduced through the RECIRCULATION SYSTEM. Existing semi-public/Class C pools with trichloro or
bromine disinfection systems are not required to install a pH controller.
4.7.3.1.1.1 Controller Used A chemical controller, as specified in JCAHC 4.7.3.2.8 shall be provided
and used for MONITORING and control of disinfectant and pH feed equipment when required by the plan
approved or installed equipment manufacturer.
68
4.7.3.1.1.2 Feeder DISINFECTION and pH control chemicals shall be added using a feeder that meets
the requirements outlined in JCAHC 4.7.3.2.
4.7.3.2 Feed Equipment
4.7.3.2.1 A General
4.7.3.2.1.1 Required Chemical feeders shall be required in new and existing AQUATIC FACILITIES
upon adoption of this CODE with the exception of pH control feeders on existing semi-public/Class C pools/spas
with existing trichloro and bromine disinfection systems.
4.7.3.2.1.2 Feeders & Devices The AQUATIC FACILITY shall be equipped with chemical feed equipment
such as flow-through chemical feeders, electrolytic chemical generators, mechanical chemical feeders,
chemical feed pumps, and AUTOMATED CONTROLLERS that are CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to NSF-
ANSI 50 by an ANSI-accredited certification organization when required by the plan approved or installed
equipment manufacturer.
4.7.3.2.1.2.1 Specified by Manufacturer Flow-through chemical feeders shall only be used with the
chemical (formulation, brand, size, and shape) specified by the chemical feeder manufacturer.
4.7.3.2.1.3 Interlock Controls and No or Low Flow Deactivation For all new or SUBSTANTIALLY
RENOVATED AQUATIC VENUES and within 5 years of adoption of this CODE for existing facilities, all
chemical control and feed systems shall be provided with an automatic means to disable all chemical feeders
for each VENUE or portion of a VENUE in the event of a low flow or no flow condition. Not applicable to
existing semi-public or Class C pools using trichloro and bromine erosion feeders. This shall be
accomplished through an electrical interlock consisting of at least two of the following:
1) Recirculation pump power monitor,
2) Flow meter/flow switch in the return line, or
3) Flow meter/flow switch at the chemical controller.
4.7.3.2.1.3.1 Installed The electrical interlock system shall be installed per manufacturer’s
instructions and shall never be altered.
4.7.3.2.1.3.2 Visual Alarm For new installations and replacement equipment, if the feeder is disabled
through the electrical interlock, a visual alarm or other indication shall be initiated that will alert staff onsite
for BATHER evacuation.
4.7.3.2.1.4 Installation The chemical control and feed systems shall be installed according to the
manufacturer's instructions.
4.7.3.2.1.4.1 Protective Cover A physical BARRIER shall be installed between chemical feed pumps
supplying acid or liquid hypochlorite solution and other POOL components to shield staff and equipment
from chemical sprays from leaking connections.
4.7.3.2.2 A Sizing of Disinfection Equipment
4.7.3.2.2.1 Sizing Feeders shall be capable of supplying disinfectant and pH control chemicals to the
AQUATIC VENUE to maintain the DISINFECTION levels and pH at all times in accordance with the JCAHC.
4.7.3.2.2.2 Chlorine Dosing All CHLORINE dosing and generating equipment including erosion feeders,
or in line electrolytic and brine/batch generators, shall be designed with a capacity to meet the demand
necessary to maintain the minimum required DPD-FC CONCENTRATIONS specified in JCAHC 5.7.3.1.1.2
during all times of operation.
4.7.3.2.2.2.1 Chlorine Demand Factors Sizing of CHLORINE dosing and generating equipment shall
be based on the following CHLORINE demand factors:
1) AQUATIC VENUE surface area;
2) Aquatic venue volume;
3) AQUATIC VENUE type of use/space:
69
a. Flat Water,
b. Agitated Water, or
c. Hot Water;
4) Aquatic venue type, for example: pool, spa, wading pool, wave pool (wave time), waterslide, interactive
water play venue, therapy pool;
5) Indoor or outdoor including maximum hours of sunlight/UV exposure;
6) Anticipated maximum water temperature;
7) Anticipated maximum number of BATHERS per day;
8) Cyanuric acid/stabilizer used;
9) Anticipated atypical water loss; and
10) Anticipated exposure to vegetation and airborne debris.
4.7.3.2.2.3 Documentation The DESIGN PROFESSIONAL, who is registered or licensed to practice their
respective design profession as defined by the local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws governing
professional practice within the jurisdiction where the project is to be constructed, shall provide adequate
documentation to demonstrate the selected feeders/equipment are of sufficient size and capacity per JCAHC
4.7.3.2.2.1 and 4.7.3.2.2.2.
4.7.3.2.2.3.1 Information Included This documentation shall include:
1) an evaluation of the DISINFECTION feeder/equipment based on the DESIGN PROFESSIONAL’S related
professional experience, the DISINFECTION feeder/equipment manufacturer’s recommendations, or other
industry accepted guidelines in sizing the feeders/equipment and
2) a discussion of the analysis and use of the CHLORINE demand factors listed in JCAHC 4.7.3.2.2.2.1 in
sizing the feeders/equipment.
4.7.3.2.2.4 Upon Operation If upon operation it is determined that feeders/equipment are not capable
of meeting the demand necessary to maintain minimum required DISINFECTION levels at all times,
additional capacity shall be provided.
4.7.3.2.3 Introduction of Chemicals
4.7.3.2.3.1 Separation The injection point of DISINFECTION chemicals shall be located before any pH
control chemical injection point with sufficient physical separation of the injection points to reduce the
likelihood of mixing of these chemicals in the piping during periods of interruption of RECIRCULATION
SYSTEM flow.
4.7.3.2.3.2 Backflow Means of injection shall not allow BACKFLOW into the chemical system from the
POOL system.
4.7.3.2.3.3 Coagulants Coagulants shall be metered and injected through a pump system prior to the
filters per the manufacturer’s recommended rate.
4.7.3.2.4 Compressed Chlorine Gas
4.7.3.2.4.1 Prohibited for New Construction Use of compressed CHLORINE gas shall be
prohibited for new construction and after SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION to existing AQUATIC FACILITIES.
4.7.3.2.5 A Types of Feeders
4.7.3.2.5.1 Liquid Solution Feeders Liquid solution feeders shall include positive displacement pumps
such as peristaltic pumps, diaphragm pumps, and piston pumps.
4.7.3.2.5.1.1 Feed Rates Feed rates shall be locally adjusted on the pumps and also on/off controlled using
an AUTOMATED CONTROLLER.
4.7.3.2.5.1.2 Routed All chemical tubing that runs through areas where staff work shall be
70
routed in PVC piping to support the tubing and/or otherwise supported and protected to prevent leaks.
4.7.3.2.5.1.3 Size The double containment PVC pipe shall be of sufficient size to allow for easy replacement
of tubing.
4.7.3.2.5.1.4 Turns Any necessary turns in the piping shall be designed so as to prevent kinking of the
tubing.
4.7.3.2.5.2 Erosion Erosion feeders may be pressure, pressure differential, or spray erosion types.
4.7.3.2.5.2.1 Dry Chemical Feeders Dry chemicals shall be granules or tablets.
4.7.3.2.5.2.2 Located Feeders shall have isolation valves on each side of the feeder to be closed before
opening the unit.
4.7.3.2.5.2.3 Source Water Erosion feeders shall use AQUATIC VENUE water post- filtration as the
source water unless approved by the feeder manufacturer.
4.7.3.2.5.3 Gas Feed Systems Carbon dioxide and ozone are the only gas feed systems
permitted in AQUATIC FACILITIES. Other gas feed systems may be approved by JCDHE that are
certified, listed, and labeled to NSF-ANSI 50 by an ANSI-accredited certification organization and
shall be installed according to manufacturer directions if approved by JCDHE.
4.7.3.2.5.4 Ventilation Proper ventilation shall be required for all gas systems.
4.7.3.2.5.5 Alarms Where CO2 cylinders are located indoors, a monitor and alarm shall be provided
to alert PATRONS/operator of high CO2 and/or low O2 levels.
4.7.3.2.5.6 UV Systems Where used, UV systems shall be installed in the RECIRCULATION SYSTEM
after the filters.
4.7.3.2.5.6.1 Bypass A bypass pipe that is valved on both ends shall be installed to allow maintenance on
the UV unit while the POOL is in operation.
4.7.3.2.5.6.2 Interlock UV system operation shall be interlocked with the recirculation pump so that power
to the UV system is interrupted when there is no water flow to the UV unit per JCAHC 4.7.3.2.1.3.
4.7.3.2.6 Salt Electrolytic Chlorine Generators, Brine Electrolytic Chlorine, or Bromine
Generators Halogen generator equipment shall be marked with an EPA establishment number.
4.7.3.2.6.1 Salt Electrolytic Chlorine Generators In-line generator(s) or brine (batch)
generator(s) shall be permitted on AQUATIC VENUES.
4.7.3.2.6.2 In-line Method In-line generators shall use POOL-grade salt dosed into the AQUATIC VENUE
to produce and introduce CHLORINE into the AQUATIC VENUE treatment loop through an electrolytic
chamber.
4.7.3.2.6.3 Batch Method Brine (Batch) generators shall produce CHLORINE through an
electrolytic cell.
4.7.3.2.6.3.1 Chlorine Production CHLORINE shall be produced from brines composed of
POOL-grade salt.
4.7.3.2.6.4 TDS Readout Electrolytic generators shall have a TDS or salt (NaCl) readout and a low salt
indicator.
4.7.3.2.6.5 Feed Rate The feed rate shall be adjustable from zero (0) to full range.
4.7.3.2.6.6 UL Standard The generator unit shall be CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to UL 1081 (for
electrical/fire/shock SAFETY) by an ANSI-accredited certification organization.
4.7.3.2.6.7 Interlock The generator(s) shall be interlocked per JCAHC 4.7.3.2.1.3.
4.7.3.2.6.8 Installed The generator units shall be installed according to the manufacturer's
71
instructions.
4.7.3.2.6.8.1 Saline Content The saline content of the POOL water shall be maintained in the required
range specified by the manufacturer.
4.7.3.2.7 A Feeders for pH Adjustment
4.7.3.2.7.1 Provided Feeders for pH adjustment shall be provided on all AQUATIC VENUES upon adoption
of this CODE as in JCAHC 4.7.3.2.1.2. Existing semi-public Class C pools using existing trichloro and bromine
erosion feeders are exempt.
4.7.3.2.7.2 Approved Substances Approved substances for pH adjustment shall include but not be
limited to muriatic (hydrochloric) acid, sodium bisulfate, carbon dioxide, sulfuric acid, sodium bicarbonate,
and soda ash.
4.7.3.2.7.3 Adjustable pH adjustment feeders shall be adjustable from zero (0) to full range.
4.7.3.2.7.4 Marked Reservoirs shall be clearly marked and labeled with contents.
4.7.3.2.8 A Automated Controllers
4.7.3.2.8.1 Required AUTOMATED CONTROLLERS shall be installed for MONITORING and turning
on or off chemical feeders used for pH and disinfectants per manufacturer requirements of approved or
installed system.
4.7.3.2.8.1.1 Existing Aquatic Facilities Existing semi-public or Class C pools are exempt from installing
automated controllers on existing systems when not required by manufacturer unless existing system cannot
maintain appropriate chemical distribution.
4.7.3.2.8.2 NSF Standard All automated chemical controllers for pH and disinfectant
MONITORING/control shall be CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to NSF/ANSI 50 by an ANSI-accredited
certification organization.
4.7.3.2.8.3 Operation Manuals Operation manuals or other instructions that give clear directions
for cleaning and calibrating AUTOMATED CONTROLLER probes and sensors shall be provided in close
proximity to the AUTOMATED CONTROLLER.
4.7.3.2.8.4 Set Point A set point shall be used to target the disinfectant concentration and the pH.
4.7.3.3 Secondary Treatment
4.7.3.3.1 General Requirements
4.7.3.3.1.1 A ANSI Listing and Labeling SECONDARY TREATMENT shall be CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND
LABELED to ANSI/NSF 50 by an ANSI-accredited certification organization or approved by JCDHE with
proper engineering justification.
4.7.3.3.1.1.1 Marked SECONDARY TREATMENT equipment shall be marked with an EPA establishment
number.
4.7.3.3.1.2 A Required Facilities The new construction, SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION and existing
facilities within 5 years of adoption of this CODE of the following INCREASED RISK AQUATIC VENUES
shall be required to use a SECONDARY TREATMENT after adoption of this CODE:
1) AQUATIC VENUES designed primarily for children under 5 years old, such as
a. Wading pools
b. INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY VENUES with no standing water, and
2) Therapy pools.
4.7.3.3.1.3 Other Aquatic Venues Optional SECONDARY TREATMENT may be installed on other
AQUATIC VENUES not specified in JCAHC 4.7.3.3.1.2.
4.7.3.3.1.4 Labeled If installed and labeled as SECONDARY TREATMENT, then they shall conform
72
to all requirements specified under JCAHC 4.7.3.3.
4.7.3.3.1.5 Conform If not labeled as SECONDARY TREATMENT, then they shall be labeled as
SUPPLEMENTAL TREATMENT systems and conform to requirements listed under JCAHC 4.7.3.4.
4.7.3.3.2 A Log Inactivation and Oocyst Reduction
4.7.3.3.2.1 A Log Inactivation SECONDARY TREATMENT shall be designed to achieve a minimum 3-log
(99.9%) reduction in the number of infective Cryptosporidium OOCYSTS per pass through the SECONDARY
TREATMENT for INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY AQUATIC VENUES and a minimum 2-log (99%)
reduction per pass for all other AQUATIC VENUES. Each SECONDARY TREATMENT may be composed of
multiple treatment processes or steps that result in the total required reduction in the number of infective
Cryptosporidium OOCYSTS per pass through the SECONDARY TREATMENT.
4.7.3.3.2.2 A Installation The SECONDARY TREATMENT shall be located in the treatment loop (post filtration)
and treat a portion (up to 100%) of the filtration flow prior to return of the water to the AQUATIC VENUE or
AQUATIC FEATURE, except on INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY AQUATIC VENUES. For INTERACTIVE
WATER PLAY AQUATIC VENUES, the SECONDARY TREATMENT shall be located after the feature pump to treat
100% of the water prior to reaching the BATHERS.
4.7.3.3.2.3 Manufacturer’s Instructions The SECONDARY TREATMENT shall be installed
according to the manufacturer's directions.
4.7.3.3.2.4 A Minimum Flow Rate Calculation The flow rate (Q) through the SECONDARY TREATMENT
shall be determined based upon the total volume of the AQUATIC VENUE or AQUATIC FEATURE
(V) and a prescribed dilution time (T) for theoretically reducing the number of assumed infective
Cryptosporidium OOCYSTS from an initial total number of 100 million (108) OOCYSTS to a concentration of
one OOCYST/100 mL.
4.7.3.3.2.5 A Equation The SECONDARY TREATMENT flow rate (Q) shall be:
1) Q = V x {[14.8 – ln (V)] / (r x 60 x T)}, where:
o Q = SECONDARY TREATMENT flow rate (GPM)
o V = Total water volume of the AQUATIC VENUE or AQUATIC FEATURE, including surge tanks,
piping, equipment, etc. (gals)
o r = Efficiency of the system (r = 0.999 for 3-log reduction, r = 0.99 for 2-log reduction)
o T = Dilution time (hrs.)
4.7.3.3.2.6 Time for Dilution Reduction The dilution time shall be the lesser of 9 hours or 75% of the
uninterrupted time an AQUATIC VENUE is closed in a 24 hour period.
4.7.3.3.2.7 A Flow Rate Measurements Where a SECONDARY TREATMENT is installed, a means shall be
installed to confirm the required flow rate to maintain a minimum required log inactivation of infective
Cryptosporidium OOCYSTS at the minimum flow rate.
Flow Rate Defined The minimum required flow rate through the SECONDARY TREATMENT shall be as defined
in JCAHC 4.7.3.3.2.5.
4.7.3.3.3 A Ultraviolet Light Systems To prevent mercury exposure, UV systems shall be installed to
avoid lamp breakage according to the guidelines in EPA 815-R-06-007 Appendix E.
4.7.3.3.3.1 A Third Party Validation UV equipment shall be third party validated in accordance with the
practices outlined in the EPA Ultraviolet Disinfectant Guidance Manual dated November, 2006, publication
number EPA 815-R-06-007 or, alternatively for UV equipment designed for INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY
AQUATIC VENUES, in accordance with the practices for wastewater treatment equipment outlined in the
Water Environment Federation/International Ultraviolet Association (WEF/IUVA) WEF/IUVA publication
"Ultraviolet Disinfection for Wastewater" dated April 2015, ISBN: 978-1-57278- 312-6.
73
4.7.3.3.3.1.1 A Validation Standard The EPA Ultraviolet Disinfectant Guidance Manual
shall be considered a recognized national STANDARD in the JCAHC.
4.7.3.3.3.2 Suitable for Intended Use UV systems and all materials used therein shall be suitable
for their intended use and be installed:
1) In accordance with the JCAHC;
2) As CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to a specific STANDARD by an ANSI-accredited certification
organization; and
3) As specified by the manufacturer.
4.7.3.3.3.3 Installation The UV equipment shall be installed after the filtration and before addition of
primary disinfectant except on INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY AQUATIC VENUES . For INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY
AQUATIC VENUES, the UV system shall be located after the feature pump to treat 100% of the water prior to
reaching the BATHERS. When the features are off, the UV shall continue to circulate a minimum amount of
water back through the tank, if required by the manufacturer for warm-up and cool-down purposes.
4.7.3.3.3.3.1 Labeled UV equipment shall be labeled with the following design specifications:
maximum flow rate, minimum transmissivity, minimum intensity, and minimum dosage.
4.7.3.3.3.3.2 Strainer Installation An inline strainer shall be installed after the UV unit to capture broken
lamp glass or sleeves.
4.7.3.3.3.4 Electrically Interlocked The equipment shall be electrically interlocked with feature pump(s)
or automated feature supply valves, such that when the UV equipment fails to produce the required dosage as
measured by automated sensor, the water features do not operate.
4.7.3.3.3.4.1 A Alarm/Interlock Setpoint The UV alarm/interlock setpoint shall be such that it ensures
that the minimum required dose is delivered under all possible conditions of water UV transmittance and
lamp output at the actual flow rate.
4.7.3.3.3.4.2 Operation UV systems shall not operate if the RECIRCULATION SYSTEM is not operating.
4.7.3.3.3.5 Calibrated UV Sensors The UV equipment shall be complete with calibrated UV sensors,
which record the output of all the UV lamps installed in a system.
4.7.3.3.3.5.1 Multiple Lamps Where multiple lamps are fitted, sufficient sensors shall be provided to
measure each lamp.
4.7.3.3.3.5.2 Fewer Sensors If the design utilizes fewer sensors than lamps, the location of lamps and
sensors shall be such that the output of all lamps is adequately measured.
4.7.3.3.3.6 Automated Shut Down The automated shut down of the UV equipment for any reason
shall initiate a visual alarm or other indication which will alert staff onsite or remotely.
4.7.3.3.3.6.1 Signage Signage instructing staff or PATRONS to notify facility management shall be posted
adjacent to the visual indication.
4.7.3.3.3.6.2 Not Staffed If the AQUATIC FACILITY is not staffed, the sign shall include a means to contact
management whenever the AQUATIC FACILITY is in use.
4.7.3.3.3.7 Reports and Documentation The UV equipment shall be supplied with the
appropriate validation reports and documentation for that equipment model.
4.7.3.3.3.8 Manufacturer Log Inactivation Chart This documentation will include a graph or chart
indicating the dose at which the required log inactivation is guaranteed for the system in question.
4.7.3.3.3.8.1 Reduction Equivalent Dose Bias This dose shall be inclusive of validation factors and RED
BIAS.
74
4.7.3.3.3.8.2 System Performance Curves System performance curves that do not include such
factors are not considered validated systems.
4.7.3.3.3.9 A Minimum RED Validation records shall include the graph indicating the minimum intensity
reading required at the operational flow for the minimum RED required to achieve the required log
reduction.
4.7.3.3.3.9.1 Minimum Intensity Shown Where systems are validated to a specific dose, the graph shall
show the minimum intensity reading required at the operational flow for that dose.
4.7.3.3.3.10 Recommended Validation Protocol Based on the recommended validation protocol
presented in the EPA Disinfection Guidance Manual, UV reactors certified by ÖNORM and DVGW for a
Bacillus subtilis RED of 40mJ/cm2 shall be granted 3-log Cryptosporidium and 3-log Giardia inactivation
credit as required in this CODE provided that the AQUATIC VENUE's treated water UV TRANSMISSIVITY remains
within the validated range of the UV system.
4.7.3.3.4 Ozone Disinfection
4.7.3.3.4.1 A Log Inactivation SECONDARY TREATMENT using ozone shall provide the required
inactivation of Cryptosporidium in the full flow of the SECONDARY TREATMENT after any side-stream has
remixed into the full flow of the SECONDARY TREATMENT.
4.7.3.3.4.2 A Onsite Measurement Ozone systems shall be designed to measure the concentration of ozone
at a minimum of two sampling locations to determine the CT INACTIVATION VALUE achieved in the treatment
system prior to return of the water to the AQUATIC VENUE or AQUATIC FEATURE recirculation treatment loop.
A CT INACTIVATION VALUE of 4.9 ppm (mg/L)*min is required for 99% (2 -log) Cryptosporidium reduction
at a water temperature of 77°F /25° C (or 7.4 ppm [mg/L]*min is required for 99.9% [3 -log]
Cryptosporidium reduction at a water temperature of 77°F/25° C).
4.7.3.3.4.3 A Suitable for Use Ozone systems and all materials used therein shall be suitable for their
intended use and be installed:
1) In accordance with all applicable requirements;
2) As CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to a specific STANDARD by an ANSI-accredited certification
organization; and
3) As specified by the manufacturer.
4.7.3.3.4.4 Ozone System Components An ozone system shall be a complete system consisting of the
following (either skid-mounted or components):
1) Ozone generator;
2) Injector / injector manifold;
3) Reaction tank (contact tank) / mixing tank / degas tower;
4) Degas valve (if applicable, to vent un-dissolved gaseous ozone);
5) Ozone destruct (to destroy un-dissolved gaseous ozone);
6) ORP monitor / controller;
7) Ambient ozone monitor / controller;
8) Air flow meter / controller; and
9) Water BACKFLOW prevention device in gas delivery system.
4.7.3.3.4.5 Appropriate Installation These components (or skid) shall be installed as specified by the
manufacturer to maintain the required system validation as noted above.
4.7.3.3.4.6 ORP Monitor The ozone generating equipment shall be designed, sized, and
75
controlled utilizing an ORP monitor / controller (independent of and in addition to any halogen ORP
monitor/controller).
4.7.3.3.4.6.1 Placed Downstream The device shall be placed in the AQUATIC VENUE and AQUATIC
FEATURE recirculation water downstream of the ozone side-stream loop and before the halogen feed location.
4.7.3.3.4.6.2 Minimum ORP Reading The minimum ORP reading shall be no less than 600 mV
measured directly after [one to 5 feet (30.5 cm to 1.5 m)] the ozone side-stream remixes into the full flow of
the RECIRCULATION SYSTEM.
4.7.3.3.4.6.3 Maximum ORP Reading The maximum ORP reading shall be no greater than 900 mV.
4.7.3.3.4.7 Installation and Injection Point The ozone system injection point shall be located in the
AQUATIC VENUE return line after the filtration and heating equipment, prior to the primary disinfectant
injection point.
4.7.3.3.4.7.1 Injection and Mixing The injection and mixing system shall not prevent the attainment of the
recirculation rate required elsewhere in this CODE.
4.7.3.3.4.7.2 A Gas Monitor / Controller An ambient ozone gas monitor/controller located adjacent to the
ozone reactor/contact tank shall be utilized to disable the ozone system in the event of an ozone gas leak.
4.7.3.3.4.8 Comply with Fire Code Ozone system installations shall comply with the NFPA 1 Fire
Code or the International Fire Code and any other CODES, STANDARDS, or requirements as mandated by
JCDHE.
4.7.3.3.4.9 Air Space Testing At the time the ozone generating equipment is installed, again after 24
hours of operation, and annually thereafter, the air space within 6 inches of the AQUATIC VENUE water shall be
tested to determine compliance of less than 0.1 ppm (mg/L) gaseous ozone.
4.7.3.3.4.9.1 Results Results of the test shall be maintained onsite for review by JCDHE.
4.7.3.3.4.10 Automatic Shut Down Automatic shutdown shall occur under any condition that would
result in the ozone system not operating within the established parameters needed to achieve the required log
inactivation of Cryptosporidium (i.e., low feed gas supply, loss of vacuum or pressure, high dew point in feed
air, water in ozone gas delivery line).
4.7.3.3.4.10.1 Electrically Interlocked The equipment shall be electrically interlocked with AQUATIC
VENUE pump(s) or automated feature supply valves, such that when the ozone equipment fails to produce the
required dosage as measured by ORP, the AQUATIC VENUES do not operate.
4.7.3.3.4.11 ORP Reading Alarm or Visual Indication If the ORP reading for the ozone system drops
below 600 mV (regardless of the cause) a visual alarm or other indication shall be initiated that will alert
staff onsite or remotely.
4.7.3.3.4.11.1 Signage Signage to notify facility management shall be present adjacent to the visual alarm.
4.7.3.3.4.12 Regular Audits In order to ensure that the supplied ozone system meets all the requirements
of the STANDARD, the manufacturer shall maintain a quality system audited on a regular basis to a recognized
quality STANDARD.
4.7.3.3.4.12.1 Listed Ozone equipment shall be listed to NSF/ANSI 50.
4.7.3.3.4.13 Reports and Documentation The ozone system shall be supplied with the
appropriate validation reports and documentation for that equipment model.
4.7.3.3.4.13.1 Log Inactivation Chart Ozone validation reports shall include a graph, chart, or other
documentation which clearly indicates the required operating parameters for which the required
76
log inactivation is guaranteed for the system in question.
4.7.3.3.4.13.2 Inclusive This dose shall be inclusive of validation factors.
4.7.3.3.4.13.3 System Performance Curves System performance curves that do not include such
factors are not considered validated systems.
4.7.3.3.5 Filtration Removal of Cryptosporidium oocysts Filtration systems to be used in
SECONDARY TREATMENT for Cryptosporidium reduction in INCREASED RISK AQUATIC VENUES shall be
certified by at least one of the following methods:
1) NSF Certified to confirm that they provide the specified log reduction of Cryptosporidium OOCYSTS or a
conservative surrogate using realistic AQUATIC VENUE water quality values and operating conditions.
2) ANSI-accredited third-party testing and certification organization confirmation that they provide the
specified log reduction of Cryptosporidium OOCYSTS or a conservative surrogate using realistic AQUATIC
VENUE water quality values and operating conditions.
3) Peer-reviewed literature values with specified log reduction of Cryptosporidium OOCYSTS or a
conservative surrogate using realistic AQUATIC VENUE water quality values and operating conditions.
4.7.3.4 Supplemental Treatment Systems
4.7.3.4.1 General Requirements
4.7.3.4.1.1 A Optional AQUATIC VENUES that do not require SECONDARY TREATMENT may install
SUPPLEMENTAL TREATMENT systems for the purpose of enhancing overall system performance and improving
water quality.
4.7.3.4.1.2 Clearly Noted The AQUATIC FACILITY operating instructions shall clearly note that these
SUPPLEMENTAL TREATMENT SYSTEMS do not meet the requirements of a SECONDARY TREATMENT, and as
such, are only considered SUPPLEMENTAL TREATMENT SYSTEMS.
4.7.3.4.1.3 No Log Inactivation Required SUPPLEMENTAL TREATMENT SYSTEMS shall meet all of the
requirements of this CODE, except:
1) They do not need to achieve the minimum log inactivation of Cryptosporidium parvum as required in
JCAHC 4.7.3.3;
2) They do not need to be able to reduce the total number of infective OOCYSTS to one OOCYST per 100 mL
as required in JCAHC 4.7.3.3; and
3) Except as noted in JCAHC 4.7.3.4.2 and 4.7.3.4.3 below.
4.7.3.4.1.4 Clearly Labeled Each system shall be clearly labeled, “Supplemental Water
Treatment System—Does Not meet the requirements for Secondary Disinfection.”
4.7.3.4.2 A Ultraviolet Light
4.7.3.4.2.1 UV as Supplemental Treatment Requirement When UV is used as a
SUPPLEMENTAL TREATMENT system, all requirements of JCAHC 4.7.3.3.3.2 through 4.7.3.3.3.4 shall be met.
4.7.3.4.2.3 Water Features Water features shall not require shut off if the supplemental UV system
does not produce the required dosage.
4.7.3.4.2.4 Exempt The equipment is exempt from the validation requirements of JCAHC
4.7.3.3.3.1.
4.7.3.4.3 A Ozone
4.7.3.4.3.1 Ozone as Supplemental Treatment Requirement When ozone is used as a
SUPPLEMENTAL TREATMENT system, all requirements of JCAHC 4.7.3.3.4.3 thru 4.7.3.3.4.9 shall be met.
4.7.3.4.3.2 Maximum ORP Reading The maximum ORP reading shall be no greater than 900 mV.
77
4.7.3.4.4 A Copper / Silver Ion Systems
4.7.3.4.4.1 Only EPA–REGISTERED Disinfectants Only those systems that are EPA
REGISTERED for use as disinfectants in AQUATIC VENUES or SPAS in the United States shall be permitted.
4.7.3.4.4.2 Suitable Copper/silver systems, and all materials used therein, shall be suitable for their
intended use.
4.7.3.4.4.3 Installed Copper/silver systems, and all materials used therein, shall be installed in
accordance with all applicable requirements and manufacturer’s instructions.
4.7.3.4.5 A Ultraviolet Light / Hydrogen Peroxide Systems UV light / hydrogen peroxide
combination systems shall be prohibited for use in aquatic facilities .
4.7.3.5 A Water Quality Testing Devices and Kits
4.7.3.5.1 Compliance WQTDS and kits shall be CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to NSF/ANSI 50 by
an ANSI-accredited certification organization.
4.7.3.5.2 Water Clarity Device Refer to JCAHC 5.7.6 for guidance on water clarity devices.
4.7.3.6 A Microbiological Testing Equipment
4.7.3.6.1 EPA Approved Microbiological testing equipment and methods shall be:
1) EPA Approved, EPA Accepted, EPA Equivalent;
2) Conforming to the latest edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater; or
3) CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to NSF/ANSI 50 by an ANSI-accredited certification organization.
4.7.4 A Water Replenishment System - Not applicable to this code
4.7.5 Spas
4.7.5.1 A General
4.7.5.1.1 Requirements SPAS shall conform to the design, operation, and maintenance
requirement of AQUATIC VENUES except as required below.
4.7.5.2 Flow Rates/Turnover Times
4.7.5.2.1 Maximum Allowable All SPAS shall be designed to have a maximum allowable
TURNOVER TIME of 0.5 hour or less.
4.7.5.2.2 Turnover Times TURNOVER TIMES shall be calculated based solely on the flow rate
through the filtration system.
4.7.5.3 Filtration System Inlets SPAS shall have a minimum of two adjustable filter system INLETS
located below the surface of the UNDERWATER BENCH and spaced at least 3 feet (0.9 m) apart and designed to
distribute flow evenly.
4.7.5.4 Hydrotherapy Jet System Inlets
4.7.5.4.1 Air Flow Air flow shall be permitted through the hydrotherapy jet system and/or when
injected post-filtration.
4.7.5.4.2 Skimmer Spas shall be provided with at least one skimmer for each 100 square
feet of surface area. Submerged suction SKIMMERS shall be allowed provided that the
manufacturer’s recommendations for use are followed.
4.7.5.4.3 Independent The hydrotherapy jet system shall be independent of the recirculation,
filtration, and heating systems.
78
4.8 Decks and Equipment
4.8.1 Decks
4.8.1.1 General Standards for All Decks
4.8.1.1.1 A Lifeguard Placement and Safety Considerations DECKS shall be designed to allow for
QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD placement per the zone of BATHER surveillance in JCAHC 6.3.3.1.1 and safety areas
and equipment in JCAHC 4.8.5.
4.8.1.1.1.1 A Deck Clearance DECKS shall have a minimum of 4 feet (1.2 m) of clearance from AQUATIC
VENUE edge to fencing or other obstruction to allow for QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD transit, roaming, or change of
positioning to maximize viewing of the zone of BATHER surveillance as well as execution of water extrication.
4.8.1.1.1.2 A Access Points Access points shall be provided to QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS to transit to
QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS positions.
4.8.1.1.1.3 A Bather Zone Surveillance The designer and owner shall consider impact on
BATHER zone surveillance when determining placement of structural, operational, and theming elements.
4.8.1.1.1.3.1 Elements for Deck Placement These elements shall include but are not limited to chairs,
fencing, ADA access equipment, and AQUATIC FEATURES.
4.8.1.1.2 Joints or Gaps Conditions between adjacent DECK materials, components, and concrete pours
shall not have horizontal open joints or gaps larger than 3/16 inches wide (4.8 mm).
4.8.1.1.2.1 Vertical Elevation Any change in vertical elevation between adjacent DECK
materials, components, and concrete pours exceedi¼1/4 inches (6.4 mm) shall be considered an edge
condition and shall be treated according to JCAHC 4.8.1.1.2.2 or JCAHC 4.8.1.1.3.
4.8.1.1.2.2 Fillers Open joints or gaps larger than 3/16 inches (4.8 mm) wide or with vertical
elevations exceeding ¼ inches (6.4 mm) shall be rectified using appropriate fillers.
4.8.1.1.2.3 Sealants The use of fillers such as caulk or sealant in joints or gaps shall be permitted
for expansion and contraction.
4.8.1.1.2.4 No Violation The use of fillers such as caulk or sealant in joints or gaps shall not be in
violation of JCAHC 4.8.1.1.3.
4.8.1.1.3 Rounded Edges All DECK edges shall be beveled, rounded, or otherwise relieved to
eliminate sharp corners.
4.8.1.1.4 Minimize Cracks Joints in DECKING shall be provided to minimize the potential for
CRACKS due to a change in elevation, for movement of the slab and for shrinkage control.
4.8.1.1.5 A Concrete Decking Where concrete is used as a DECK material, it shall be installed in
accordance with the latest edition of the American Concrete Institute (ACI) Standards and in accordance with
applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal building CODES.
4.8.1.1.6 Access Hatches Any access hatches located within the surface of the DECK shall be
lockable, SLIP RESISTANT, and designed to maintain acceptable surface temperatures to allow barefoot traffic.
4.8.1.2 A Standards for Perimeter Decks
4.8.1.2.1 Impervious Finish materials for the PERIMETER DECK shall be suitable for the POOL
environment, non-toxic, and substantially impervious.
4.8.1.2.2 Watertight Expansion Continuous watertight EXPANSION JOINT material shall be
provided between PERIMETER DECKS and POOL coping.
4.8.1.2.2.1 Expansion Joint Where applicable, the EXPANSION JOINT shall be designed and constructed
so as to protect the coping and its mortar bed from damage as a result of movement of adjoining DECK.
4.8.1.2.3 Watertight Expansion All conditions between adjacent concrete PERIMETER DECK
pours shall be constructed with watertight EXPANSION JOINTS.
79
4.8.1.2.3.1 Joint Measurements Joints shall be at least 3/16 inches (5 mm) in continuous width.
4.8.1.2.3.2 Vertical Differential The maximum allowable vertical differential across a joint shall be
¼ inches (6.5 mm).
4.8.1.3 Drains Refer to JCAHC 4.11.4 for additional guidance on drains.
4.8.1.3.1 A Slope DECKS shall be sloped away from the AQUATIC VENUE and in accordance with
JCAHC Table 4.8.1.3 below.
Table 4.8.1.3 Minimum Slopes for Drainage
Surface Minimum Slope
Smooth finishes; such as tile, hand-finished concrete & lightly-
broomed concrete
1/8 inch per foot
(3.2 mm/30.5 cm)
Moderately textured finishes; such as exposed aggregate or
medium-broomed concrete
1/4 inch per foot
(6.4 mm/30.5 cm)
Heavily textured finishes; such as brick (where permitted)
3/8 inch per foot
(9.5 mm/30.5 cm)
4.8.1.3.1.1 Accessible Routes Where DECK areas or portions thereof serve as ACCESSIBLE ROUTES,
slopes in any direction shall not exceed ADA requirements.
4.8.1.3.1.2 All Water All water that touches areas defined as DECK, including water originating in the
AQUATIC VENUE, shall drain effectively to either perimeter areas or to DECK drains.
4.8.1.3.1.3 Remove Wastewater Drainage shall remove AQUATIC VENUE water that splashes outside
of the AQUATIC VENUE and beyond a POOL gutter system, DECK cleaning water, and rainwater without
leaving standing water.
4.8.1.3.2 Placement The placement of DECK drains, where provided, shall effectively carry water away
from the AQUATIC VENUE and off the DECK without ponding.
4.8.1.3.3 A Cross-Connection Control There shall be no direct connection between the DECK
drains and the sanitary or storm sewer system.
4.8.1.3.3.1 Discharge to Sewer or Other Ground Water If the AHJ requires an outdoor POOL to have
DECK drains that discharge to a storm sewer system, ground surface, or holding pond, the POOL shall be
plumbed through an air-gap, BACKFLOW preventer, or other approved device as allowed by the AHJ.
4.8.1.3.3.2 A No Drain DECK drains shall not drain to the POOL, POOL gutter, or RECIRCULATION SYSTEMS.
4.8.1.3.4 Drain Bodies Drain receptacles shall consist of non-corrosive or corrosion-resistant
materials.
4.8.1.3.5 Drain Covers Drain covers shall be suitable for bare foot traffic with openings no
greater than ½ inch (1.3 cm) and easily removable with a simple tool to facilitate regular cleaning.
4.8.1.4 Materials / Slip Resistant
4.8.1.4.1 General PERIMETER DECK and POOL DECK shall be constructed with a uniform and
easily cleaned surface such as concrete, tile, manufactured or acrylic surfaces.
4.8.1.4.2 A Slip Resistant All DECKS shall have SLIP-RESISTANT, textured finishes, which are not
conducive to slipping under contact of bare feet in wet or dry conditions.
4.8.1.4.3 A Carpet Carpet and artificial turf shall be prohibited materials for PERIMETER DECK and
POOL DECK.
4.8.1.4.4 A Wood Wood shall be a prohibited material for use as PERIMETER DECK.
80
4.8.1.4.5 A Dry Deck DRY DECK shall be easily maintained and not create a public health hazard.
4.8.1.4.5.1 Not Required DRY DECK shall not be required to be hard-paved or impervious.
4.8.1.4.5.2 Wood Decking Wood DECKING may be permitted for DRY DECK.
4.8.1.4.6 A Landscaping Loose plant material or bedding shall not be permitted within PERIMETER
DECKS.
4.8.1.4.6.1 Stable Materials Stable materials are permitted.
4.8.1.5 A Deck Size / Width
4.8.1.5.1 Perimeter Deck
4.8.1.5.1.1 A Width PERIMETER DECKS shall be 4 feet (1.2 m) minimum in unobstructed width around
the POOL perimeter as prescribed in this section.
4.8.1.5.1.1.1 Circulation Path Perimeter DECK may serve as part of the CIRCULATION PATH.
4.8.1.5.1.1.2 Flush with Pool Wall PERIMETER DECK areas shall be flush with POOL walls/copings except
where special conditions exist, such as elevated beam or parapet, raised transfer walls, or as permitted by
other sections of this CODE.
4.8.1.5.1.2 A Perimeter Decking PERIMETER DECKS shall be provided around 100% of the
AQUATIC VENUE perimeter except where special conditions exist as permitted by other sections of this CODE.
4.8.1.5.1.3 A Unguarded Aquatic Venues For unguarded POOLS, PERIMETER DECKS shall be provided
in compliance with at least one of two options:
1) Provide PERIMETER DECK around 100% of the of the POOL perimeter or
2) Provide PERIMETER DECK such that the entire perimeter and depth of the POOL is readily reachable by a
pole and hook from the PERIMETER DECK.
4.8.1.5.1.4 Spectator Seating Refer to JCAHC 4.6.10 for more information on spectator areas.
4.8.1.5.2 Fixed Equipment
4.8.1.5.2.1 Unobstructed Deck Unobstructed DECK area 4 feet (1.2 m) minimum in width shall be
provided for access around:
1) Diving equipment,
2) Special feature stairways (such as a WATERSLIDE),
3) Lifeguard stands,
4) Diving boards,
5) Similar DECK equipment,
6) ADA access equipment, and
7) Structural columns.
4.8.1.5.2.2 Circulation Path This unobstructed area may overlap the CIRCULATION PATH.
4.8.1.5.2.3 Queuing Space Where reasonably anticipated, queuing space shall be provided at
applicable equipment to minimize encroachment into the CIRCULATION PATH.
4.8.1.5.2.4 Free Space Free area around equipment may consist of PERIMETER DECK and/or
POOL DECK, as applicable.
4.8.1.5.3 Circulation Path
4.8.1.5.3.1 Conformance A continuous and unobstructed CIRCULATION PATH shall be provided in
conformance with ADA requirements for an ACCESSIBLE ROUTE.
4.8.1.5.3.2 Equipment and Furniture DECK furniture locations shall be designed not to intrude upon any
81
CIRCULATION PATH.
4.8.1.5.3.3 Connect CIRCULATION PATHS shall connect all site amenities, entrances, and exits as required
by ADA.
4.8.1.5.3.4 Deck Types CIRCULATION PATHS may consist of any combination of permitted DECK
types.
4.8.1.6 Wing Walls or Peninsulas
4.8.1.6.1 A No Perimeter Deck WING WALLS or PENINSULAS less than 18 inches (45.7 cm) in width shall
not be considered a part of the PERIMETER DECK.
4.8.1.6.1.1 Use by Lifeguards A WING WALL or PENINSULA greater than 18 inches (45.7 cm) wide but
less than 48 inches (1.2 m) wide may be used by QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD personnel but shall not be
considered as part of the PERIMETER DECK.
4.8.1.6.1.2 Slip Resistant Any WING WALL or PENINSULA shall be constructed of SLIP-
RESISTANT materials.
4.8.1.6.2 A Perimeter Overflow System If it is impractical to design a perimeter overflow system into
the WING WALL or PENINSULA due to width or height, then the overflow system may bypass the WING WALL
or PENINSULA.
4.8.1.6.3 A Pool Perimeter WING WALLS and PENINSULAS shall be considered part of the POOL.
4.8.1.6.3.1 Calculating WING WALLS and PENINSULAS shall not be accounted for in calculating the POOL
perimeter.
4.8.1.6.4 Normal Operating Water Level WING WALLS and PENINSULAS shall be at or above the
normal operating water level of the POOL.
4.8.1.6.5 A Deck Drainage DECK drainage shall not be required for WING WALLS or PENINSULAS as they
are considered part of the POOL.
4.8.1.6.5.1 Crowned The tops shall be crowned to prevent standing water and sloped to the
POOL or overflow system.
4.8.1.6.6 Vertical Depth Markers Vertical depth markers shall be provided around WING WALLS
and PENINSULAS in accordance with JCAHC 4.5.19.
4.8.1.7 A Islands
4.8.1.7.1 Minimum Width An ISLAND not more than 18 inches (45.7 cm) in width shall be designed to
discourage a person from walking on the ISLAND by not providing stairs, ladders, or bridges to the ISLAND.
Islands cannot be used as, or substituted for, a swim-up table in accordance with Section 5.6.6.1.2.1.
4.8.1.7.2 Slip Resistant The surface of ISLANDS shall be SLIP RESISTANT.
4.8.1.7.3 Lifeguards An ISLAND 18 inches (45.7 cm) to 48 inches (1.2 m) wide may be allowed for
use only by QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS.
4.8.1.7.4 Vertical Depth Markers Vertical depth markers shall be provided around ISLANDS in
accordance with JCAHC 4.5.19 and visible from all sides.
4.8.1.7.5 Horizontal Depth Markers Horizontal depth markings and warning signs shall also be
required per JCAHC 4.5.19 if the ISLAND is designed for BATHER use.
4.8.1.7.5.1 Island Not Intended for Bather Use If the ISLAND is not designed for BATHER use, warning
signs stating “No Entry” shall be required.
4.8.1.7.6 Bridge or Stairway An ISLAND designed for BATHER traffic shall be accessible by
bridge, ramp, ladder, or stairway from the POOL.
4.8.1.7.7 Minimum Clearance All bridges spanning a POOL or any other structures not intended for
INTERACTIVE PLAY shall have a minimum clearance of 7 feet (2.1 m) from the bottom of the POOL to any
82
structure overhead.
4.8.1.7.8 Guard Rails Any bridge shall have a minimum 42 inch (1.1 m) high BARRIER on both sides.
4.8.1.8 A Heated Decks
4.8.1.8.1 Freeze Protection Where heated DECKS are provided for the purpose of freeze protection, the
extent of heated area shall minimally include the entire required PERIMETER DECK and required CIRCULATION
PATH(s).
4.8.1.8.2 Clearly Delineated Heated DECK paths shall be clearly delineated with respect to un-
heated DECKS.
4.8.1.9 Hose Bibbs
4.8.1.9.1 General Domestic water hose bibbs shall be provided in sufficient quantity, spacing, and type
to wash down PERIMETER DECK and POOL DECK areas using a hose of no longer than 100 feet (30.5 m).
4.8.1.9.2 Backflow Prevention All hose bibbs shall be equipped with BACKFLOW prevention
devices.
4.8.2 Diving Boards and Platforms
4.8.2.1 A Diving Envelope
4.8.2.1.1 A Competitive Diving Diving boards shall be permitted only when the diving envelope
conforms to the most current version of STANDARDS referenced in JCAHC Chapter 3 for the certifying agency
that regulates competitive diving at the AQUATIC FACILITY. Such certifying agencies include:
1) NCAA,
2) NFHS,
3) FINA, or
4) U.S.A. Diving, Inc.
4.8.2.1.2 A Non-Competitive Diving If the AQUATIC VENUE does not have competitive diving, then the
diving envelope shall conform to the diving envelope STANDARDS of:
1) JCAHC Table 4.8.2.2,
2) JCAHC Table 4.8.2.3,
3) JCAHC Figure 4.8.2.2.1, and
4) JCAHC Figure 4.8.2.2.2.
4.8.2.2 A Steps and Guardrails
4.8.2.2.1 Higher than Twenty-One Inches Diving stands higher than 21 inches (53.3 cm)
measured from the DECK to the top of the butt end of the board or platform shall have steps or a ladder and
handrails.
4.8.2.2.2 Self-Draining Treads Steps or ladder treads shall be self-draining, corrosion resistant,
SLIP RESISTANT, and designed to support the maximum expected load.
4.8.2.2.3 Short Platforms Diving stands or platforms that are 1 meter (3.4 ft) or higher shall be
protected with guard rails at least 30 inches (76.2 cm) above the board, extending at least to the edge of the
water along with intermediate rails.
4.8.2.2.4 A Tall Platforms Diving stands or platforms that are 2 meters (6.6 ft) or higher shall have guard
rails with the top rail at least 36 inches (0.9 m) above the board and a second rail approximately half the
distance from the platform to the upper rail.
83
Table 4.8.2.2: Diving Board Height and Dimensions
Diving Board
Height
1.64 ft.
(0.5 m)
2.46 ft.
(0.75 m)
3.28 ft.
(1.0 m)
3.84 ft.
(3.0 m)
Diving Board
Length
10.0 ft.
(3.05 m)
12.0 ft.
(3.66 m)
16.0 ft.
(4.88 m)
16.0 ft.
(4.88 m)
Diving Board
Width
20.0 in.
(50.8 cm)
20.0 in.
(50.8 cm)
20.0 in.
(50.8 cm)
20.0 in.
(50.8 cm)
Table 4.8.2.3: Minimum Dimensions of Components Related to Diving Wells By Diving Board Height
Note: Letters below refer to JCAHC Figures 4.8.2.2.1 & 4.8.2.2.2
Minimum Dimensions
Diving Board Height 0.5 Meter 0.75 Meter 1.0 Meter 3.0 Meter
A Distance from plummet back to
pool wall
3.0 ft.
(0.91 m)
4.5 ft.
(1.37 m)
6.0 ft.
(1.83 m)
6.0 ft.
(1.83 m)
B Distance from plummet to pool
wall at side
10.0 ft.
(3.05 m)
10.0 ft.
(3.05 m)
10.0 ft.
(3.05 m)
11.5 ft.
(3.51 m)
C Distance from plummet to
adjacent plummet
8.83 ft.
(2.69 m)
8.83 ft.
(2.69 m)
8.83 ft.
(2.69 m)
8.54 ft.
(2.60 m)
D Distance from plummet to pool
wall ahead
26.0 ft.
(7.92 m)
27.83 ft.
(8.48 m)
29.58 ft.
(9.02 m)
33.67 ft.
(10.26 m)
E Height, diving board to ceiling
at plummet & distances F and G
16.0 ft.
(4.88 m)
16.0 ft.
(4.88 m)
16.0 ft.
(4.88 m)
16.0 ft.
(4.88 m)
F Clear overhead distance behind
and each side of plummet
8.0 ft.
(2.34 m)
8.0 ft.
(2.34 m)
8.0 ft.
(2.34 m)
8.0 ft.
(2.34 m)
G Clear overhead distance ahead
of plummet
16.0 ft.
(4.88 m)
16.0 ft.
(4.88 m)
16.0 ft.
(4.88 m)
16.0 ft.
(4.88 m)
H Depth of water at plummet 9.5 ft.
(2.90 m)
10.75 ft.
(3.28 m)
12.0 ft.
(3.66 m)
12.5 ft.
(3.81 m)
J Distance ahead of plummet to
depth K
12.0 ft.
(3.66 m)
14.25 ft.
(4.34 m)
16.5 ft.
(5.03 m)
19.75 ft.
(6.02 m)
K Depth at distance J ahead of
plummet
8.75 ft.
(2.67 m)
10.0 ft.
(3.05 m)
11.28 ft.
(3.44 m)
12.17 ft.
(3.71 m)
L Distance at each side of
plummet to depth M
8.0 ft.
(2.34 m)
8.13 ft.
(2.48 m)
8.25 ft.
(2.51 m)
9.92 ft.
(3.02 m)
M Depth at distance L on each side
of plummet
9.08 ft.
(2.77 m)
10.33 ft.
(3.15 m)
11.63 ft.
(3.54 m)
12.17 ft.
(3.71 m)
N Maximum slope to reduce
height E 30° 30° 30° 30°
84
P
Maximum floor slope to reduce
depth ahead of K, to the sides of
M, or back to pool wall behind
H
3:1
3:1
3:1
3:1
Figure 4.8.2.2.1: Diving Platform Longitudinal Section: Side View
Figure 4.8.2.2.2: Diving Platform Cross Section: Front View
4.8.3 Starting Platforms
4.8.3.1 A Conform to Standard Codes Starting platforms shall be installed and conform to applicable
SAFETY STANDARDS established by:
1) FINA,
2) U.S.A. Swimming,
3) NCAA,
4) NFHS,
5) YMCA, or
6) Other sanctioning body.
4.8.3.2 Minimum Water Depth Starting platforms shall be installed in a minimum water depth of
4 feet (1.25 m), except for new construction, where starting platforms shall be installed in a minimum water
depth of 6 feet (1.8 m).
4.8.3.3 Leading Edge The leading edge of starting platforms shall have a maximum height of
30 inches (76.2 cm) above the water surface.
85
4.8.3.4 Slip Resistant Starting platforms shall have SLIP-RESISTANT tread surfaces.
4.8.3.5 Secure and Stable Starting platforms shall be installed and secured per manufacturer’s
recommendations at all times when in use.
4.8.4 Pool Slides [N/A]
4.8.5 Lifeguard- & Safety-Related Equipment
4.8.5.1 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance [N/A]
4.8.5.2 Safety Equipment Required at all Aquatic Facilities
4.8.5.2.1 A Emergency Communication Equipment The AQUATIC FACILITY or each AQUATIC VENUE,
as necessary, shall have an emergency plan and a means for communicating an emergency situation either
through contacting 911 or another emergency notification system.
4.8.5.2.1.1 Conspicuous and Accessible The telephone or communication system or device shall be
conspicuously provided and accessible to AQUATIC VENUE users such that it can be reached immediately.
4.8.5.2.1.2 Alternate Communication Systems Alternate systems, devices, or communication processes
are allowed a when a telephone is not logistically sound, and an alternate means of communication is
available.
4.8.5.2.1.3 Internal Communication The AQUATIC FACILITY design shall include a method for staff to
communicate in cases of emergency.
4.8.5.2.1.4 Signage A sign shall be posted at the telephone or other conspicuous location providing
emergency contact instructions, address and location of the AQUATIC VENUE location, and the
telephone number of phone if installed.
4.8.5.3 Safety Equipment Required at Facilities with Lifeguards
4.8.5.3.1 A Lifeguard Chair and Stand Placement The designer shall coordinate with the owner
and/or an aquatic consultant to consider the impact on BATHER surveillance zones for placement of chairs and
stands designed to be permanently installed so as to provide an unobstructed view of the BATHER surveillance
zones.
4.8.5.3.2 A Lifeguard Chair and Stand Design The chairs/stands shall be designed:
1) With no sharp edges or protrusions;
2) With sturdy, durable, and UV–resistant materials;
3) To provide enough height to elevate the lifeguard to an eye level above the heads of the BATHERS; and
4) To provide safe access and egress for the lifeguard.
4.8.5.3.3 A UV Protection for Chairs and Stands Where provided, permanently installed
chairs/stands, where QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS can be exposed to UV radiation, shall include protection from
such UV radiation exposure.
4.8.6 Barriers and Enclosures
4.8.6.1 A General Requirements
4.8.6.1.1 Enclosure All AQUATIC FACILITIES, CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACES, and AQUATIC VENUE
mechanical spaces shall be located in an ENCLOSURE to prevent unauthorized entry.
4.8.6.1.1.1 Enclosures The ENCLOSURE may consist of any combination of building envelopes, site walls,
or fencing as provided for in this section.
4.8.6.1.1.2 Patron Accessibility An ENCLOSURE shall be provided between CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACES,
POOL, mechanical spaces, and areas accessible to the public, in accordance with applicable local, state,
territorial, federal, and tribal building CODES.
86
4.8.6.2 Construction Requirements
4.8.6.2.1 A Discourage Climbing ENCLOSURES shall be designed to discourage climbing and be
located at an AQUATIC VENUE or an AQUATIC FACILITY to prevent access to nearby structures to simplify
climbing over it, such as light poles, site furnishings, overhanging tree limbs or other obvious footholds or
handholds.
4.8.6.2.1.1 Horizontal Mid-Rails Horizontal mid-rails shall not be permitted.
4.8.6.2.1.2 Mesh Fencing Chain-link fencing constructed of a maximum opening of 1¾ inches
(44.4 mm) mesh shall be permitted.
4.8.6.2.2 A Emergency Exit Paths ENCLOSURES for AQUATIC VENUES shall not block or encumber a
required emergency egress path from other structures.
4.8.6.2.2.1 Pathways Where a required emergency egress path enters an area occupied by an outdoor
AQUATIC VENUE, emergency exit pathways from the building(s) shall continue on DECK of least equally
unencumbered width and continue to the ENCLOSURE and through gates.
4.8.6.2.2.2 Exit Pathways Exit pathways shall be separated with a BARRIER from AQUATIC VENUES
not in operation.
4.8.6.2.2.3 Seasonal Separation Seasonal separation may be employed at seasonally operated AQUATIC
VENUES, but shall be subject to the same physical requirements of permanent ENCLOSURES for AQUATIC
VENUES in JCAHC 4.8.6.
4.8.6.2.3 Windows Windows on a building that forms part of an ENCLOSURE around an AQUATIC
VENUE shall have a maximum opening width not to exceed 4 inches (10.2 cm).
4.8.6.2.3.1 Opened If designed to be opened, windows shall also be provided with a non-
removable screen.
4.8.6.2.4 A Height AQUATIC FACILITY ENCLOSURES shall be no less than 5 feet (1.52 m) in height. AQUATIC
FACILITY ENCLOSURES less than 5 feet must meet this requirement upon code adoption.
4.8.6.2.4.1 Change in Grade Where a change in grade occurs at an ENCLOSURE, height shall be measured
from the uppermost grade to the top of the ENCLOSURE.
4.8.6.2.4.2 Fencing Requirements Height shall be measured from the finished grade to the top of the
ENCLOSURE on the side outside of the ENCLOSURE surrounding an AQUATIC VENUE.
4.8.6.2.4.3 A Other Barriers Not Serving as Part of an Enclosure Except where otherwise noted, all
other BARRIERS not serving as part of an AQUATIC FACILITY ENCLOSURE shall not be less than 42 inches
(1.1 m) in height.
4.8.6.2.5 Clearance Above Grade The maximum vertical clearance at the bottom of the AQUATIC
VENUE OR AQUATIC FACILITY ENCLOSURE when measured on the side of the ENCLOSURE facing away
from the enclosed space, shall not exceed:
1) 2 inches (5.1 cm) above grade when the ENCLOSURE rests on a non-solid surface, including grass or gravel
or
2) 4 inches (10.2 cm) above grade when the ENCLOSURE rests on a solid surface.
4.8.6.3 A Gates and Doors
4.8.6.3.1 Self-Closing and Latching All primary public access gates or doors serving as part of an
AQUATIC FACILITY ENCLOSURE or required AQUATIC VENUE ENCLOSURE shall be self-closing and self-
latching from any open position.
4.8.6.3.1.1 A Self-latching Device Height Operable parts of the release latch on self-latching devices
shall be located 4.5 feet (1.4 m) above finished grade.
4.8.6.3.1.2 Operable by Children Self-latching devices shall not be operable by small children on the
outside of the ENCLOSURE around the AQUATIC VENUE.
87
4.8.6.3.1.3 Locked All gates or doors shall be capable of being locked from the exterior.
4.8.6.3.1.4 Emergency Egress Gates or doors shall be designed in such a way that they do not prevent
egress in the event of an emergency.
4.8.6.3.1.5 Unauthorized Entry EXIT GATES or doors shall be constructed so as to prevent
unauthorized entry from outside of the ENCLOSURE around the AQUATIC VENUE.
4.8.6.3.1.6 A Exceptions
4.8.6.3.1.6.1 Exception 1: Staffed Entry When the gate or door of an AQUATIC FACILITY or AQUATIC
VENUE ENCLOSURE is part of a staffed entrance and is locked at all times the AQUATIC FACILITY or AQUATIC
VENUE is not open to the public.
4.8.6.3.1.6.2 Exception 2: Lifeguard(s) Provided When the gate or door serves as part of an AQUATIC
FACILITY or AQUATIC VENUE ENCLOSURE and the AQUATIC VENUE(S) therein has a QUALIFIED
LIFEGUARD(S) conducting PATRON surveillance at all times the AQUATIC VENUE(S) is open and the gate or
door is locked at all times the AQUATIC FACILITY or AQUATIC VENUE is not open to the public.
4.8.6.3.2 Gates Gates shall be at least equal in height at top and bottom to the ENCLOSURE of
which they are a component.
4.8.6.3.3 Turnstiles Turnstiles shall not form a part of an AQUATIC FACILITY ENCLOSURE.
4.8.6.3.4 Exit Gates EXIT GATES shall be conspicuously marked on the inside of the AQUATIC
VENUE or AQUATIC FACILITY.
4.8.6.3.4.1 Quantity, Location, and Width Quantity, location, and width(s) for EXIT GATES shall be
provided consistent with all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal building and fire CODES
and applicable accessibility guidelines.
4.8.6.3.5 Swing Outward EXIT GATES shall swing away from the AQUATIC VENUE ENCLOSURE
except where emergency egress CODES require them to swing into the AQUATIC VENUE ENCLOSURE.
4.8.6.3.6 Absence of Building Codes Where local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal building
CODES do not otherwise govern, at least one 36-inch (91.4 cm) wide EXIT GATE shall be required for
emergency access to each logical AQUATIC VENUE area including individual POOLS or grade levels or both.
4.8.6.4 Indoor Aquatic Venues
4.8.6.4.1 Enclosure Building walls enclosing an INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY may be designated as
the AQUATIC FACILITY ENCLOSURE.
4.8.6.4.2 Securable Indoor AQUATIC VENUES shall be securable from unauthorized entry from other
building areas or the exterior.
4.8.6.4.3 A Indoor and Outdoor Aquatic Venues Where separate indoor and outdoor AQUATIC
VENUES are located on the same site, an AQUATIC VENUE ENCLOSURE shall be provided between them.
4.8.6.4.3.1 Year-Round Operation Exception: Where all AQUATIC VENUES are operated
continuously 12 months a year on the same schedule.
4.8.6.4.4 A Wall Separating For a passage through a wall separating the indoor portion of an AQUATIC
VENUE from an outdoor portion of the same AQUATIC VENUE, the overhead clearance of the passage to the
AQUATIC VENUE floor shall be at least 6 feet 8 inches (2.0 m) to any solid structure overhead.
4.8.6.5 A Multiple Aquatic Venues
4.8.6.5.1 One Enclosure Except as otherwise required in this CODE, one ENCLOSURE may
surround multiple AQUATIC VENUES at one facility.
4.8.6.5.2 Wading Pools WADING POOLS shall not require separation from other WADING POOLS by a
BARRIER. Refer to JCAHC 4.12.9 for additional guidance about WADING POOLS.
88
4.8.7 A Aquatic Venue Cleaning Systems
4.8.7.1A No Hazard The cleaning system provided shall not create an entanglement or
suction entrapment hazard or interfere with the operation or use of the AQUATIC VENUE.
4.8.7.2 Common Cleaning Equipment If there are multiple AQUATIC VENUES at one
AQUATIC FACILITY, the AQUATIC FACILITY may use common cleaning equipment.
4.8.7.3 Integral Vacuum Systems Use of integral vacuum systems, meaning a vacuum system
that uses the main circulating pump or a dedicated vacuum pump connect to the POOL with PVC piping and
terminating at the POOL with a flush-mounted vacuum port fitting, shall be prohibited.
4.8.7.4 GFCI Power Where used, PORTABLE VACUUM cleaning equipment shall be powered
by circuits having GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS.
4.8.7.5 Low Voltage Any ROBOTIC CLEANERS shall utilize low voltage for all components that
are immersed in the POOL water.
4.8.7.6 A GFCI Connection Any ROBOTIC CLEANER power supply shall be connected to a circuit
equipped with a ground fault interrupter and shall not be operated using an extension cord.
4.9 Filter/Equipment Room
4.9.1 Equipment Room
4.9.1.1A General Requirements).
4.9.1.1.1 Nonabsorbent Material The EQUIPMENT ROOM or area floor shall be of concrete or other
suitable material having a smooth SLIP-RESISTANT finish.
4.9.1.1.1.1 Positive Drainage The EQUIPMENT ROOM or area floor shall have positive drainage,
including a sump drain pump if necessary.
4.9.1.1.2 Floor Slope Floors shall have a slope toward the floor drain and/or sump drain pump
adequate to prevent standing water at all times.
4.9.1.1.3 Opening The opening to the EQUIPMENT ROOM or area shall be designed to provide access
for all anticipated equipment.
4.9.1.1.4 Hose Bibb At least one hose bibb with BACKFLOW preventer shall be located in the
EQUIPMENT ROOM or be accessible within an adequate distance of the EQUIPMENT ROOM so that a hose can
service the entire EQUIPMENT ROOM.
4.9.1.2 A Construction
4.9.1.2.1 Size The size of the EQUIPMENT ROOM or area shall provide working space to perform routine
operations and equipment service.
4.9.1.2.1.1 Adequate Storage Space EQUIPMENT ROOMS also intended for STORAGE shall have
adequate space provided for such STORAGE, without reducing the working spaces.
4.9.1.2.2 Lighting EQUIPMENT ROOMS or area shall be lighted to provide 30 foot candles (323 lux) of
illumination at floor level in accordance with IESNA guidelines.
4.9.1.3 Electrical
4.9.1.3.1 Conform to NEC All electrical wiring shall conform to the edition of NEC adopted by the
AHJ.
4.9.1.3.2 Conform to NRTL Equipment, components, and their application and installation shall conform
to the NRTL listing.
4.9.1.4 A Ventilation
4.9.1.4.1 Code Conformance EQUIPMENT ROOM shall address:
89
1) COMBUSTION requirements,
2) Heat dissipation from equipment,
3) Humidity from surge or balance tanks,
4) Ventilation to the outside, and
5) Air quality.
4.9.1.5 A Markings
4.9.1.5.1 Piping Identified All piping in the EQUIPMENT ROOM shall be permanently identified by its
use and the AQUATIC VENUE and AQUATIC FEATURE it serves.
4.9.1.5.1.1 Components to Identify Identification shall be provided for:
1) Main drains and SKIMMERS,
2) Filtered water,
3) Make-up water,
4) Backwash water,
5) Chlorine (or DISINFECTION) feeds,
6) Acid (or pH) feeds,
7) Compressed air lines,
8) Gutters,
9) Chemical sample piping, and
10) POOL heating lines.
4.9.1.5.2 Piping Marked All piping shall be marked with directional arrows as necessary to
determine flow direction.
4.9.1.5.3 Valves Identified All valves shall be clearly identified by number with a brass tag,
plastic laminate tags, or permanently affixed alternate.
4.9.1.5.3.1 Valves Described Valves shall be described as to their function and referenced in the operating
instruction manual.
4.9.1.5.3.2 Piping Diagram A water-resistant, easily read, wall-mounted piping diagram shall be
furnished and installed inside the EQUIPMENT ROOM.
4.9.1.6 A Equipment Rooms Containing Combustion Equipment [N/A]
4.9.1.7 A Separation from Chemical Storage Spaces
4.9.1.7.1 Equipment
4.9.1.7.1.1 A Contaminated Air Combustion equipment, air-handling equipment, and electrical
equipment shall not be exposed to air contaminated with corrosive chemical fumes or vapors.
4.9.1.7.1.2 A Equipment Restrictions Spaces containing combustion equipment, air handling
equipment, and/or electrical equipment and spaces sharing air distribution with spaces containing such
equipment shall not be used as CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACES at the same time.
90
4.9.1.7.1.2.1 Certified, Listed, and Labeled Exception: Equipment CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED for
use in that atmosphere shall be acceptable.
4.9.1.7.1.3 A Isolated Spaces containing combustion equipment, air-handling equipment, and/or electrical
equipment and spaces sharing air distribution with spaces containing such equipment shall be isolated from
CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE air.
4.9.1.7.2 Doors and Openings
4.9.1.7.2.1 A Between Equipment and Chemical Storage A door or doors shall not be installed in a wall
between such EQUIPMENT ROOMS and an interior CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE.
4.9.1.7.2.2 A No Openings There shall be no ducts, grilles, pass-throughs, or other openings connecting
such EQUIPMENT ROOMS to CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACES, except as permitted by the fire CODE.
4.9.1.7.2.3 A Indoor Aquatic Facility Air Spaces containing combustion equipment, air-handling
equipment, and/or electrical equipment and spaces sharing air distribution with spaces containing such
equipment shall be isolated from INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY air.
4.9.1.7.2.3.1 Certified, Listed, and Labeled Equipment Exception: Equipment
CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED for the atmosphere shall be acceptable.
4.9.1.7.2.4 A No Openings There shall be no ducts, grilles, pass-throughs, or other openings
connecting such spaces to an INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY.
4.9.1.7.2.4.1 Air Handlers Ducts which connect the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY to the duct connections
of air handlers shall not be construed as connecting the air-handler space to the INDOOR AQUATIC
FACILITY.
4.9.1.7.2.4.2 HVAC Equipment Exception: HVAC equipment which is rated for INDOOR AQUATIC
FACILITY atmosphere and which serves only that INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY shall be acceptable.
4.9.1.7.2.5 A Openings / Gaps Where building construction leaves any openings or gaps between floors
and walls, or between walls and other walls, or between walls and ceilings, such gaps shall be permanently
sealed against air leakage.
4.9.1.7.3 Indoor Aquatic Facility Access
4.9.1.7.3.1 A Floor Slope Where a door or doors must be installed in a wall between an EQUIPMENT ROOM
and an INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY, the floor of the EQUIPMENT ROOM shall slope per all applicable local,
state, territorial, federal, and tribal building requirements back into the EQUIPMENT ROOM in such a way as to
prevent any EQUIPMENT ROOM spills from running under the door into the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY.
4.9.1.7.3.1.1 Four Inches Exception: This requirement may be met by a floor all of which is at least 4 inches
(10.2 cm) below the level of the nearest part of the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY floor.
4.9.1.7.3.1.2 Dike Exception: This requirement may be met by a continuous dike not less than 4 inches
(10.2 cm) high located entirely within the EQUIPMENT ROOM, which will prevent spills from reaching the
INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY floor.
4.9.1.7.3.1.3 Floor Drains EQUIPMENT ROOM floor drains may be required by JCDHE.
4.9.1.7.3.2 A Automatic Closer Such door or doors between an EQUIPMENT ROOM and an INDOOR AQUATIC
FACILITY shall be equipped with an automatic closer.
4.9.1.7.3.2.1 Maintained to Close Reliably The door, frame, and automatic closer shall be installed and
maintained so as to ensure that the door closes completely and latches without human assistance.
4.9.1.7.3.3 A Automatic Lock Such door or doors between an EQUIPMENT ROOM and an INDOOR AQUATIC
FACILITY shall be equipped with an automatic lock.
91
4.9.1.7.3.3.1 A Restrict Access Such lock shall require a key or combination to open from the INDOOR
AQUATIC FACILITY side.
4.9.1.7.3.3.2 One Hand Such lock shall be so designed and installed as to be opened by one hand from
the inside of the room under all circumstances, without the use of a key or tool.
4.9.1.7.3.4 Warning Sign Such doors shall be equipped with permanent signage warning against
unauthorized entry.
4.9.1.7.3.5 Gasket All sides of such doors shall be equipped with a gasket.
4.9.1.7.3.5.1 Prevent Air Passage The gasket shall be so installed as to prevent the passage of air,
fumes, or vapors when the door is closed.
4.9.1.7.3.6 Not Relief This section shall not be construed as granting relief from JCAHC
4.9.1.7.2.1.
4.9.1.8 Other Equipment Room Guidance
4.9.1.8.1 A Access Space Where ventilation, air filtration, or space dehumidification, heating, or
cooling for an INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY is by mechanical equipment located in an EQUIPMENT ROOM,
adequate access space shall be provided to allow for inspection and service.
4.9.1.8.1.1 A Size Requirements The access spaces shall be the greater of:
1) Those required by OSHA, NEC, National Fuel Gas Code, or other official requirements or
2) The equipment manufacturers’ recommendations.
4.9.1.8.2 A Adequate Space Where ventilation, air filtration, or space heating or cooling for an INDOOR
AQUATIC FACILITY is beside mechanical equipment located in an EQUIPMENT ROOM, adequate space for
required straight lengths of duct shall be provided as the greater of those described in AMCA 201,
SMACNA Duct Manual, ACCA Manual SPS Sec. 13, or the equipment manufacturer’s recommendations.
4.9.1.8.3 A Minimize Hazards Where an EQUIPMENT ROOM contains equipment requiring regular
service or maintenance, the room shall be so designed and constructed as to minimize the hazards of such
maintenance and service.
4.9.1.8.3.1 Ladder Installed Where a ladder will be required for service or maintenance of
equipment, other permanently installed equipment shall not be so located as to interfere with the use of the
ladder.
4.9.1.8.3.2 Alternative Access Where a ladder cannot be safely or practically used to service equipment
where any serviceable component is more than 6.5 feet (2.0 m) above the floor, a mezzanine floor, platform,
or other arrangement for safe access shall be provided.
4.9.1.8.3.2.1 Exception: Where otherwise specifically allowed by OSHA.
4.9.1.8.3.2.2 Stricter Requirements Exception: Where OSHA or other applicable CODES
or STANDARDs have stricter requirements, those stricter requirements shall prevail.
4.9.1.8.4 A Refrigeration Equipment Where refrigeration equipment such as an air-conditioner or
dehumidifier is located indoors in a building intended for occupation, arrangements for refrigerant relief (if
any) shall be according to the applicable mechanical CODE or other applicable CODE.
4.9.2 A Chemical Storage Spaces Nothing in this section shall be construed as providing relief
from applicable requirements of fire CODES, mechanical CODES, electrical CODES, etc.
4.9.2.1 Outdoor / Indoor Storage
4.9.2.1.1 Outdoor Storage If POOL chemicals, acids, salt, oxidizing cleaning materials, or other
corrosive or oxidizing chemicals are STORED outdoors, they shall be stored in an well-ventilated exterior
CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE or within a locked weather-proof container or that is well-ventilated and shall, to the
extent practical, protect the STORED materials against tampering, incompatible chemicals and materials, high
humidity, unintended exposure to water, direct sunlight, sources of ignition, and temperature extremes (i.e.
92
32°F [0°C] and below and/or over 95°F [35°C]).
4.9.2.1.2 Minimize Vapors Where such materials must be stored in a building intended for
occupancy, the transfer of chemical fumes and vapors from the CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE to other parts of
the building shall be minimized with a mechanical, forced air exhaust system.
4.9.2.1.3 A Dedicated Space At least one space dedicated to CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE shall be
provided to allow safe STORAGE of the chemicals present
4.9.2.1.4 A Eyewash In all CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACES in which POOL chemicals will be STORED, an
emergency eyewash station shall be provided with new construction.
4.9.2.2 A Construction
4.9.2.2.1 Foreseeable Hazards The construction of the CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE shall take into
account the foreseeable hazards.
4.9.2.2.2 Protected The construction of the CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE shall, to the extent practical,
protect the STORED materials against tampering, incompatible chemicals and materials, high humidity,
unintended exposure to water, direct sunlight, sources of ignition, and temperature extremes (i.e. 32°F
[0°C] and below and/or over 95°F [35°C]).
4.9.2.2.3 A Floor The floor or DECK of the CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE shall be protected against
substantial chemical damage.
4.9.2.2.4 Minimize Fumes The construction and operation of a CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE shall
minimize the transfer of chemical fumes into any INTERIOR SPACE of a building intended for occupation.
4.9.2.2.5 Surfaces Any walls, floors, doors, ceilings, and other building surfaces of an interior
CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE shall join each other tightly.
4.9.2.2.6 A No Openings There shall be no permanent or semi-permanent opening between a
CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE and any other INTERIOR SPACE of a building intended for occupation unless
compliant with JCAHC 4.9.2.4.3, 4.9.2.4.4, and 4.9.2.4.5.
4.9.2.3 A Exterior Chemical Storage Spaces
4.9.2.3.1 Outdoor Equipment Equipment listed for outdoor use may be located in an exterior CHEMICAL
STORAGE SPACE as permitted.
4.9.2.3.2 A Enclosure Exterior CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACES not joined to a wall of a building shall
have a complete ENCLOSURE consisting of fencing or other similar constructed feature that is at least 5 feet
(1.52 m) high and is not climbable as required by the JCAHC 4.8.6.2.1.
4.9.2.3.3 Gate Fencing shall be equipped with a self-closing and self-latching gate having a
permanent locking device.
4.9.2.3.4 Spill Control Exterior chemical storage must have secondary spill containment that
will not lead to mixing of chemicals or accidental releases into the environment and a spill response
kit on site for spills and/or incidental releases.
4.9.2.4 A Chemical Storage Space Doors
4.9.2.4.1 A Signage All doors opening into CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACES shall be equipped with
permanent signage:
1) Warning against unauthorized entry,
2) Specifying the expected hazards, and
3) Product chemical hazard NFPA chart.
4.9.2.4.2 A Emergency Egress Where a single door is the only means of egress from a CHEMICAL
STORAGE SPACE, the door shall be equipped with an emergency-egress device.
93
4.9.2.4.3 A Interior Door Where a CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE door must open to an INTERIOR SPACE,
spill containment shall be provided to prevent spilled chemicals from leaving the CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE.
4.9.2.4.4 A Equipment Space Where a CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE door must open to an INTERIOR
SPACE, the door shall not open to a space containing combustion equipment, air-handling equipment, or
electrical equipment.
4.9.2.4.4.1 A Corrosive Such door shall be acceptable where all equipment thus exposed is listed for the
corrosive atmosphere.
4.9.2.4.5 Interior Opening Where a CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE door must open to an INTERIOR
SPACE, such door shall have all of the following requirements outlined from JCAHC 4.9.2.4.5.1 to
4.9.2.4.5.7.2.
4.9.2.4.5.1 Corrosion Resistant Such doors shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant materials.
4.9.2.4.5.2 A Automatic Lock Such doors shall be equipped with a corrosion-resistant, automatic lock to
prevent unauthorized entry.
4.9.2.4.5.2.1 Key or Combination Such lock shall require a key or combination to open from the outside
into the CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE.
4.9.2.4.5.2.2 Opened Such lock shall be so designed and installed as to be capable of being opened by one
hand from the inside of the CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE without the use of a key or tool.
4.9.2.4.5.3 Supported Such doors shall be supported on corrosion-resistant hinges, tracks, or other
supports.
4.9.2.4.5.4 Air Leakage Such doors shall be equipped with suitable gaskets or seals on the top and all
sides to minimize air leakage between the door and the door frame.
4.9.2.4.5.5 Floor Such doors shall be equipped with a floor or threshold seal to minimize air leakage
between the door and the floor or threshold.
4.9.2.4.5.6 Automatic Closer Such doors shall be equipped with an automatic door closer that will
completely close the door and latch without human assistance.
4.9.2.4.5.6.1 Air Pressure The door closer shall be able to close the door completely against the
specified difference in air pressure.
4.9.2.4.5.7 Limit Switch Such doors shall be equipped with a limit switch and an alarm that will sound if
the door remains open for more than 30 minutes.
4.9.2.4.5.7.1 Alarm This alarm shall have a minimum output level of 85 dbA at 10 feet
(3.0 m).
4.9.2.4.5.7.2 Loss of Air Pressure Where an open door will result in loss of air-pressure difference, this
requirement can be met by the audible alarm required under JCAHC 4.9.2.5.2.4.
4.9.2.5 A Interior Chemical Storage Spaces
4.9.2.5.1 A No Air Movement There shall be no transfer grille, pass-through grille, louver, or other
device or opening that will allow air movement from the CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE into any other INTERIOR
SPACE of a building intended for occupancy or into another CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE.
4.9.2.5.2 A Electrical Conduit System Interior CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACES that share any building
surface (wall, floor, ceiling, door, etc.) with any other INTERIOR SPACE shall be equipped with a
ventilation system that operates continuously and ensures that all air movement is from all other INTERIOR
SPACES and toward the CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE.
4.9.2.5.2.1 Additional Interior Space Interior CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACES that share an electrical
conduit system with any other INTERIOR SPACE shall be equipped with a ventilation system that operates
continuously and ensures that all air movement is from all other INTERIOR SPACES and toward the
94
CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE.
4.9.2.5.2.2 A Pressure Difference This pressure difference shall be maintained by a continuously operated
exhaust system used for no other purpose than to remove air from that one CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE.
4.9.2.5.2.3 Separate Exhaust System Where more than one CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE is present, a
separate exhaust system shall be provided for each CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE.
4.9.2.5.2.3.1 Airflow Rate The exhaust airflow rate shall be the greater of the:
1) OSHA requirements for working in such enclosed spaces,
2) Amount needed to maintain the concentration of vapors or fumes below the PEL for the expected
exposure time (defined by 29 CFR 1910.1000 [OSHA]) for each stored chemical,
3) Amount specified by International Mechanical Code,
4) Amount specified by the Uniform Mechanical Code, or
5) Amount needed to maintain the specified pressure difference.
4.9.2.5.2.4 A Alarm The function of this exhaust system shall be MONITORED continuously by an audible
differential-pressure alarm system which shall sound if the specified differential air pressure is not
maintained for a period of 30 minutes.
4.9.2.5.2.4.1 Minimum Output This alarm shall have a minimum output level of 85 dbA at 10 feet (3.0 m).
4.9.2.5.2.4.2 Manual Reset The specified alarm shall require manual reset to silence it.
4.9.2.6 Air Ducts in Interior Chemical Storage Spaces
4.9.2.6.1 A No Air Movement No duct shall allow air movement from the CHEMICAL STORAGE
SPACE into any other INTERIOR SPACE of a building intended for occupation or into any other CHEMICAL
STORAGE SPACE.
4.9.2.6.2 Chemical Storage Air ducts shall not enter or pass through an interior CHEMICAL
STORAGE SPACE.
4.9.2.6.2.1 Corrosion Resistant Exception: A corrosion-resistant duct used for no other purpose than to
exhaust air from the CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE shall be acceptable.
4.9.2.6.2.1.1 Building Exterior This corrosion-resistant duct shall exhaust to the exterior and must end at a
point on the exterior of the building, at least 20 feet (6.1 m) from any air intake for breathing air, cooling air,
or combustion air.
4.9.2.6.2.2 Makeup Air Exception: A duct used for no other purpose than to supply makeup air to the
CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE shall be acceptable.
4.9.2.6.2.2.1 Building Exterior This makeup air supply duct shall end at a point on the exterior of the
building, at least 20 feet (6.1 m) from any air intake for breathing air, cooling air, or combustion air.
4.9.2.6.2.3 Other Ducts Exception: Any other ducts specifically allowable by applicable building and
mechanical CODES where such ducts are corrosion resistant and joint free to the extent feasible shall be
acceptable.
4.9.2.7 Pipes and Tubes in Interior Chemical Storage Spaces
4.9.2.7.1 Not Enter Pipes and tubes shall not enter or pass through an interior CHEMICAL
STORAGE SPACE.
4.9.2.7.1.1 Service Exception: As required to service devices integral to the function of the
CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE, such as pumps, vessels, controls, freeze protection, and safety devices.
4.9.2.7.1.2 Automatic Fire Suppression Exception: As required to allow for automatic fire
suppression where required.
4.9.2.7.1.3 Drainage Exception: As required for drainage.
95
4.9.2.7.2 Devices Piping, tubes, drain bodies, grates, and attachment and restraint devices shall be
corrosion resistant and rated for the chemical environment(s) present including floor drain bodies and grates.
4.9.2.7.3 Wall Penetrations All wall penetrations shall be sealed air-tight.
4.9.2.7.3.1 Rating All wall penetrations shall be commensurate with the rating of the wall
assembly.
4.9.2.7.3.2 Sealing Materials Sealing material(s) shall be compatible with the wall assembly and the
chemical environment(s) present.
4.9.2.8 A Combustion Equipment in Interior Chemical Storage Spaces
4.9.2.8.1 Installed No COMBUSTION DEVICE or appliance shall be installed in a CHEMICAL STORAGE
SPACE, or in any other place where it will be exposed to the air from a CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE.
4.9.2.8.1.1 Exception Exception: A COMBUSTION DEVICE or appliance which meets all of the following
requirements shall be acceptable:
1) The device or appliance is required for one or more processes integral to the function of the room, such as
space heat;
2) The device is listed for such use; and
3) The device as installed is acceptable to JCDHE.
4.9.2.9 Electrical Equipment in Chemical Storage Spaces Electrical equipment and
wiring methods used for or in CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACES shall comply with JCAHC 4.9.2.
4.9.2.10 Ozone Rooms
4.9.2.10.1 Only Ozone Equipment An ozone EQUIPMENT ROOM shall not be used for STORAGE of
chemicals, solvents, or any combustible materials, other than those required for the operation of the
recirculation and ozone generating equipment.
4.9.2.10.2 Emergency Ventilation Rooms which are designed to include ozone equipment shall be
equipped with an emergency ventilation system capable of six air changes per hour.
4.9.2.10.2.1 Exhaust Intake The exhaust intake shall be located approximately 6 inches (15.2 cm)
from the floor, on the opposite side of the room from the make-up air intake.
4.9.2.10.2.2 On Command The emergency ventilation system shall be so arranged as to run on
command of an ozone-leak alarm or on command of a manual switch.
4.9.2.10.2.3 Manual Switch The manual emergency ventilation switch shall be located outside the room
and near the door to the ozone room.
4.9.2.10.3 Below Grade Ozone rooms which are below grade shall be equipped with forced-draft
ventilation capable of six air changes per hour.
4.9.2.10.3.1 Exhaust Intake The exhaust intake shall be located approximately 6 inches (15.2 cm) from
the floor, on the opposite side of the room from the make-up air intake.
4.9.2.10.3.2 Arranged Such ventilation system shall be so arranged as to:
1) Run automatically concurrent with the ozone equipment and for at least a time allowing for 15 air
changes after the ozone equipment is stopped,
2) Run upon activation of the ozone detection and alarm system, and
3) Run on command of a manual switch.
4.9.2.10.3.3 Manual Ventilation Switch The manual ventilation switch shall be located outside the room
and near the door to the ozone room.
4.9.2.10.4 Signage In addition to the signs required on all CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACES, a sign shall be
posted on the exterior of the entry door, stating “DANGER - GASEOUS OXIDIZER – OZONE” in lettering
96
not less than 4 inches (10.2 cm) high.
4.9.2.10.5 Alarm System Rooms containing ozone generation equipment shall be equipped with an
audible and visible ozone detection and alarm system.
4.9.2.10.5.1 Requirements The alarm system shall consist of both an audible alarm capable of
producing at least 85 decibels at 10 feet distance (3.0 m), and a visible alarm consisting of a flashing light
mounted in plain view of the entrance to the ozone-EQUIPMENT ROOM.
4.9.2.10.5.2 Sensor The ozone sensor shall be located at a height of 18–24 inches (45.7–61.0 cm)
above floor level.
4.9.2.10.5.2.1 Measuring The ozone sensor shall be capable of measuring ozone in the range of 0–2 ppm
(mg/L).
4.9.2.10.5.3 Ozone Concentration The alarm system shall alarm when the ozone concentration equals or
exceeds 0.1 ppm (mg/L) in the room.
4.9.2.10.5.4 Activation Activation of the alarm system shall shut off the ozone generating
equipment and turn on the emergency ventilation system.
4.9.2.11 A Gaseous Chlorination Space As per JCAHC 4.7.3.2.4.1, use of compressed CHLORINE gas
shall be prohibited for new construction and after SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION to existing AQUATIC FACILITIES.
4.9.2.11.1 Existing Facilities JCAHC 4.9.2.11 shall apply to existing facilities using compressed
CHLORINE gas.
4.9.2.11.2 Adequate Size A gaseous-chlorination space shall be large enough to house the
chlorinator, CHLORINE STORAGE tanks, and associated equipment as required.
4.9.2.11.3 Secure Tanks A gaseous-chlorination space shall be equipped with facilities for
securing tanks.
4.9.2.11.4 Not Below Grade A gaseous-chlorination space shall not be located in a basement or
otherwise be below grade.
4.9.2.11.5 Compressed-Chlorine Gas Where installed indoors, compressed-CHLORINE gas STORAGE
containers and associated chlorinating equipment shall be in a separate room constructed to have a fire rating
of not less than 1-hour.
4.9.2.11.6 Entry Door The entry door to an indoor gaseous-CHLORINE space shall open to the
exterior of the building or structure.
4.9.2.11.6.1 Pool or Deck The entry door to an indoor gaseous-CHLORINE space shall not open directly
towards a POOL or DECK.
4.9.2.11.7 Inspection Window An indoor gaseous-CHLORINE space shall be provided with a
shatterproof gas-tight inspection window.
4.9.2.11.8 Ventilation Indoor gaseous-chlorination spaces shall be provided with a spark-proof
ventilation system capable of 60 air changes per hour.
4.9.2.11.8.1 Exhaust-Air Intake The exhaust-air intake of the ventilation system shall be taken at
a point within 6 inches (15.2 cm) of the floor, and on the opposite side of the room from the makeup-air
intake.
4.9.2.11.8.2 Discharge Point The exhaust-air discharge point shall be:
1) Outdoors,
2) Above adjoining grade level,
3) At least 20 feet (6.1 m) from any operable window, and
4) At least 20 feet (6.1 m) from any adjacent building.
97
4.9.2.11.8.3 Make-Up Intake The make-up air intake shall be within 6 inches (15.2 cm) of the ceiling of
the space.
4.9.2.11.8.3.1 Open Outdoors The make-up air intake shall open directly to the outdoors.
4.9.2.11.8.4 Personal Protective Equipment Available PPE, consisting of at least a gas mask approved
by NIOSH for use with CHLORINE atmospheres, shall be stored directly outside one entrance to an indoor
gaseous-chlorination space.
4.9.2.11.8.5 SCBA Systems A minimum of two SCBA systems shall be on hand at all times and two
QUALIFIED OPERATORS are to be involved in the changing of the tanks.
4.9.2.11.8.6 Stationed Outside One of the QUALIFIED OPERATORS should be stationed outside of the
chemical room where the QUALIFIED OPERATOR inside can be seen at all times.
4.9.2.11.8.7 Emergency Telephone An emergency direct line telephone shall be located by the door.
4.9.2.12 Windows in Chemical Storage Spaces
4.9.2.12.1 A Not Required Windows in CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACES shall not be required by this
CODE.
4.9.2.12.2 A Requirements Where a window is to be installed in an interior wall, ceiling, or door of a
CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE, such window shall have the following components:
1) Tempered or plasticized glass,
2) A corrosion-resistant frame, and
3) Incapable of being opened or operated.
4.9.2.12.3 Exterior Window Any CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE window in an exterior wall or
ceiling shall:
1) Be mounted in a corrosion-resistant frame and
2) Be so protected by a roof, eave or permanent awning as to minimize the entry of rain or snow in the event
of window breakage.
4.9.2.13 Sealing and Blocking Materials
4.9.2.13.1 Minimize Leakage Materials used for sealing and blocking openings in an interior
CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE shall minimize the leakage of air, vapors, or fumes from the CHEMICAL STORAGE
SPACE.
4.9.2.13.2 Compatible Materials used for sealing and blocking openings in an interior CHEMICAL
STORAGE SPACE shall be compatible for use in the environment.
4.9.2.13.3 Fire Rating Materials used for sealing and blocking openings in an interior CHEMICAL
STORAGE SPACE shall be commensurate with the fire rating of the assembly in which they are installed.
4.10 Hygiene Facilities
4.10.1 A General
4.10.1.1 New Construction or Substantial Alteration All design provisions shall be required
for new construction or SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION to an existing AQUATIC FACILITY.
4.10.1.1.1 At Time of Adoption Exception: the following JCAHC sections shall be required for all
AQUATIC FACILITIES at time of adoption or within 1 year of adoption as stated:
1) JCAHC 4.10.4.6.5: Soap Dispensers and
2) JCAHC 4.10.4.6.9: Trash Can
98
4.10.1.2 A Minimum to Provide AQUATIC FACILITIES shall provide HYGIENE FACILITIES that include,
at a minimum, toilets, urinals, SHOWERS, DIAPER-CHANGING STATIONS, and other HYGIENE FIXTURES, as
specified herein.
4.10.1.3 Construction HYGIENE facilities shall be constructed in accordance with all applicable
local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws or as modified herein.
4.10.1.4 Minimum Toilets, Urinals, and Other Fixtures The minimum number of toilets,
urinals, and other HYGIENE FIXTURES provided, excluding SHOWERS, shall be the greater of the following two
options
1) In accordance with all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws or
2) Based upon maximum theoretical peak occupancy of each aquatic venue.
4.10.1.5 A Theoretical Peak Occupancy THEORETICAL PEAK OCCUPANCY for all AQUATIC VENUES
shall be calculated as defined in JCAHC 4.1.2.3.5.3.
4.10.2 Location
4.10.2.1 A Distance Except as required in JCAHC 4.10.2.2, a drinking fountain, toilet, HANDWASHING
STATION, and DIAPER-CHANGING STATION shall be located no greater than 300 feet (91 m) walking distance
from each AQUATIC VENUE.
4.10.2.2 A Children Less than Five Years of Age An AQUATIC VENUE designed primarily for use
by children less than 5 years of age shall have a drinking fountain, toilet, HANDWASHING STATION, and
DIAPER- CHANGING STATION located no greater than 200 feet (61 m) walking distance and in clear view
from the nearest entry/exit of the AQUATIC VENUE.
4.10.3 A Design and Construction
4.10.3.1 Floors The floors of HYGIENE FACILITIES and dressing areas serving AQUATIC FACILITIES
shall have a smooth, easily cleaned, impervious-to-water, SLIP-RESISTANT surface.
4.10.3.2 A Floor Base A hard, smooth, impervious-to-water, easily cleaned base shall provide a
sealed, coved juncture between the wall and floor and extend upward on the wall at least 6 inches (15.2
cm).
4.10.3.3 Floor Drains Floor drains shall be installed in HYGIENE FACILITIES and dressing areas where
PLUMBING FIXTURES are located.
4.10.3.3.1 A Opening Grill Covers Floor drain opening grill covers shall be ½-inch (1.3 cm) or less in
width or diameter.
4.10.3.3.2 A Sloped to Drain Floors shall be sloped to drain water or other liquids.
4.10.3.3.2.1 Accessible Routes Where DECK areas serve as ACCESSIBLE ROUTES or portions thereof,
slopes in any direction shall not exceed ADA STANDARDS and JCAHC 4.8.1.3.1.
4.10.3.4 Partitions and Enclosures Partitions and ENCLOSURES adjacent to HYGIENE FACILITIES
shall have a smooth, easy-to-clean, impervious surface.
4.10.3.5 A Hose Bibb At least one hose bibb or other potable water source capable of connecting a
hose shall be located in each HYGIENE FACILITY to facilitate cleaning.
4.10.4 A Plumbing Fixture Requirements
4.10.4.1 General
4.10.4.1.1 A Protected PLUMBING FIXTURES shall be installed and operated in a manner to adequately
protect the potable water supply from back siphonage or BACKFLOW in accordance with all applicable local,
state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws.
4.10.4.1.2 Easily Cleaned PLUMBING FIXTURES shall be designed so that they may be readily and
99
frequently cleaned, SANITIZED, and disinfected.
4.10.4.1.3 A Toilet Counts Total toilet or urinal counts shall be in accordance with all applicable local,
state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws or as modified herein.
4.10.4.1.4 Hand Wash Sink Handwashing sink counts shall be in accordance with all applicable
local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws or as modified herein.
4.10.4.2 A Cleansing Showers
4.10.4.2.1 A Count The minimum number of CLEANSING SHOWERS shall be one per sex for AQUATIC
FACILITIES less than 4000 square feet (372 m2) in collective AQUATIC VENUE surface area.
4.10.4.2.1.1 Additional Cleansing Showers An additional CLEANSING SHOWER per sex shall be added
for each additional 4000 square feet (372 m2) of AQUATIC VENUE space or portion thereof.
4.10.4.2.2 Distributed CLEANSING SHOWERS shall be evenly distributed between sexes, as
applicable.
4.10.4.2.3 A Location CLEANSING SHOWERS shall be located in a HYGIENE FACILITY that is near the
entrance and within clear view of the AQUATIC VENUE.
4.10.4.2.4 A Enclosed Entryways to private or group CLEANSING SHOWER areas shall be enclosed by a
door or curtain.
4.10.4.2.4.1 Doors SHOWER doors shall be of a smooth, hard, easy-to-clean material.
4.10.4.2.4.2 Curtains SHOWER curtains shall be of a smooth, easy-to-clean material.
4.10.4.2.5 Soap Dispenser CLEANSING SHOWERS shall be supplied with soap and a soap dispenser
adjacent to the SHOWER.
4.10.4.2.6 A Exemption AQUATIC VENUES located in lodging and residential settings shall be exempt from
JCAHC 4.10.4.2.
4.10.4.3 A Rinse Showers Applicable to new construction only.
4.10.4.3.1 Minimum and Location A minimum of one RINSE SHOWER shall be provided on the
DECK near an entry point to the AQUATIC VENUE.
4.10.4.3.2 Temperature Water used for RINSE SHOWERS may be at ambient temperature.
4.10.4.3.3 A Floor Sloped Floors of RINSE SHOWERS shall be sloped to drain wastewater away from the
AQUATIC VENUE and meet applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws.
4.10.4.3.4 A Large Aquatic Facilities RINSE SHOWERS in AQUATIC FACILITIES greater than 7,500 square
feet (697 m2) of water surface area shall be situated adjacent to each AQUATIC VENUE entry point or arranged
to encourage BATHERS to use the RINSE SHOWER prior to entering the AQUATIC VENUE.
4.10.4.3.5 A Beach Entry A minimum of four showerheads per 50 feet (15.2 m) of beach entry AQUATIC
VENUES shall be provided as a RINSE SHOWER.
4.10.4.3.6 A Lazy River A minimum of one RINSE SHOWER shall be provided at each entrance to a
LAZY RIVER AQUATIC VENUE.
4.10.4.3.7 A Waterslide A minimum of one RINSE SHOWER shall be provided at each entrance to a
WATERSLIDE queue line.
4.10.4.4A All Showers AQUATIC FACILITIES with 7500 square feet (697 m2) of water area or more may
be flexible in the number of CLEANSING SHOWERS they provide based on the THEORETICAL PEAK OCCUPANCY
in JCAHC 4.1.2.3.5:
1) 25% of the required SHOWERS shall be CLEANSING SHOWERS,
2) 25% of the required SHOWERS shall be RINSE SHOWERS, and
100
3) the remaining 50% may be either cleansing or RINSE SHOWERS.
4.10.4.5 A Diaper-Changing Stations
4.10.4.5.1 Each Facility All new or SUBSTANTIALLY RENOVATED AQUATIC FACILITIES allowing use
by diaper-aged BATHERS shall have at least one DIAPER-CHANGING STATION in each male and female
HYGIENE FACILITY or make available a unisex DIAPER-CHANGING STATION.
4.10.4.5.1.1 Hand Wash Sink N/A for existing
4.10.4.5.1.2 Portable N/A for existing
4.10.4.5.2 A Conform DIAPER-CHANGING UNITS shall conform to either of the following
STANDARDS:
1) ASTM Standard F2285-04: Consumer Performance Standards for Commercial Diaper-Changing
Stations or
2) The STANDARDS for diaper-changing surfaces in the most current version of Caring for Our Children:
National Health and Safety Performance Standards: Guidelines for Out-of-Home Child Care Programs .
4.10.4.5.3 A Unisex If only a unisex HYGIENE FACILITY is provided, it shall have a DIAPER-
CHANGING STATION that conforms to JCAHC 4.10.4.5.
4.10.4.5.4 A Trash Can A covered, hands-free, plastic-lined trash receptacle or diaper pail shall be
located directly adjacent to the DIAPER-CHANGING UNIT.
4.10.4.5.5 Disinfecting Surface An EPA–REGISTERED disinfectant shall be provided for
maintaining a clean and disinfected DIAPER-CHANGING UNIT surface before and after each use.
4.10.4.6 Non-Plumbing Fixture Requirements
4.10.4.6.1 Easy to Clean All HYGIENE FIXTURES and appurtenances in the dressing area shall have a
smooth, hard, easy-to-clean, impervious-to-water surface and be installed to permit thorough cleaning.
4.10.4.6.2 Glass Glass, excluding mirrors, shall not be permitted in HYGIENE FACILITIES.
4.10.4.6.3 Mirrors Mirrors shall be shatter resistant.
4.10.4.6.4 A Lockers If lockers are provided, they shall be installed at least 3.5 inches (8.9 cm) above the
finished floor or on legs or a base at least 3.5 inches (8.9 cm) high and far enough apart to allow for cleaning
and drying underneath the locker.
4.10.4.6.5 Soap Dispensers Soap dispensers shall be securely attached adjacent to handwashing sinks
and at each CLEANSING SHOWER.
4.10.4.6.5.1 Dispenser Materials The dispensers shall be of all metal, plastic, or other
shatterproof materials that can be readily and frequently cleaned.
4.10.4.6.6 A Dryers / Paper Towels Hand dryers or paper towel dispensers shall be provided and
securely attached adjacent to handwashing sinks.
4.10.4.6.6.1 Materials Hand dryers and paper towel dispensers shall be of all metal, plastic or other
shatterproof materials that can be readily and frequently cleaned.
4.10.4.6.7 Toilet Paper Dispensers Toilet paper dispensers shall be securely attached to wall or
partition adjacent to each toilet.
4.10.4.6.8 Female Facilities In female HYGIENE FACILITIES, covered receptacles adjacent to each toilet
shall be provided for disposal of used feminine hygiene products.
4.10.4.6.9 Trash Can A minimum of one hands-free trash receptacle shall be provided in areas
adjacent to handwashing sinks.
101
4.10.5 A Provision of Suits, Towels, and Shared Equipment
4.10.5.1 Adequate Space AQUATIC FACILITIES supplying reusable suits, towels, and/or shared
equipment shall provide adequate equipment and space for cleaning, sanitizing, drying, and storing of these
materials.
4.10.6 A Foot Baths
4.10.6.1 Prohibited FOOT BATHS shall be prohibited.
4.10.7 A Sharps
4.10.7.1 Container If razors or other sharps are supplied by the AQUATIC FACILITY, a sharps
container that complies with all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws shall be provided
within the HYGIENE FACILITY.
4.11 Water Supply/ Wastewater Disposal
4.11.1 Water Supply
4.11.1.1 A Public Water System Water serving an AQUATIC FACILITY shall be supplied from a
potable water source.
4.11.1.1.1 A Other Sources Other water sources such as lakes or springs may be approved to serve an
AQUATIC FACILITY by JCDHE.
4.11.1.1.2 A Condensate / Reclaimed Water Use of condensate water, collected rain water, or other
reclaimed water for water serving an AQUATIC VENUE is prohibited.
4.11.1.1.2.1 Condensate Use Condensate water may be used for irrigation or other non-potable uses.
4.11.1.1.2.2 Exceptions Exceptions to JCAHC 4.11.1.1.2 may be made by JCDHE with evidence that such
water has met all EPA potable water quality STANDARDS.
4.11.1.2 A Sufficient Capacity The water supply shall have sufficient capacity to simultaneously
serve all PLUMBING FIXTURES.
4.11.1.2.1 Refill Pool The water supply shall have sufficient capacity and pressure to refill the
AQUATIC VENUE to the operating water level after backwashing filters and after any splashing or evaporative
losses within 1 hour if the AQUATIC VENUE is operational at the time of the backwash.
4.11.2 A Fill Spout
4.11.2.1 Hazard If a fill spout is used at an AQUATIC VENUE, the fill spout shall be located so that it
is not a SAFETY hazard to BATHERS.
4.11.2.2 Shielded A fill spout shall be located so the possibility of it becoming a trip hazard
is minimized.
4.11.2.3 Open End The open end of fill spouts shall not have sharp edges or protrude more than
2 inches (50.8 mm) beyond the edge of the POOL.
4.11.2.4 Air Gap The discharge end shall be separated from the water by a vertical air gap of at least
2 pipe diameters measured from the pipe outlet to the edge of the POOL.
4.11.3 A Cross-Connection Control
4.11.3.1 Protected The potable water supply serving an AQUATIC VENUE shall be protected against
BACKFLOW consisting of either of the following:
1) An acceptable air gap consisting of a vertical distance of not less than two pipe diameters of the water
supply pipe or 6 inches (15.2 cm), whichever is greater, over the lowest free-flowing discharge point of
the receiving pipe, tank, or vessel. Splash guards that are open to the atmosphere may be used around the
air gap, or
102
2) Where permitted, an approved RPZ BACKFLOW preventer installed according to the plumbing CODE and
the AHJ.
4.11.4 Deck Drains and Rinse Showers
4.11.4.1 Sloped Walkway The walkway or DECK around an AQUATIC VENUE shall be properly
sloped to DECK drains or to the edge of the DECK to prevent the accumulation of standing water.
4.11.4.2 Discharge If DECK drains are provided, the drains shall discharge to the storm sewer or
as otherwise allowed by the AHJ and according to applicable plumbing and sanitary CODES.
4.11.4.3 Area or Linear DECK drains may be either area drains or linear drains. Refer to JCAHC
4.8.1.3 for DECK drain area and other requirements.
4.11.4.4 Rinse Showers RINSE SHOWER drains shall discharge to the storm sewer as allowed
by the AHJ and according to applicable plumbing and sanitary CODES.
4.11.5 Sanitary Wastes
4.11.5.1 Discharged Wastewater from all PLUMBING FIXTURES in the entire AQUATIC FACILITY
shall be discharged to a municipal sanitary sewer system, if available.
4.11.5.2 Onsite Sewer System If a municipal sanitary sewer system is not available, all wastewater
shall be disposed to an onsite sewer system that is properly designed to receive the entire wastewater capacity.
4.11.6 A Pool Wastewater
4.11.6.1 Discharged Wastewater from an AQUATIC VENUE shall be dechlorinated and drained to
stormwater unless water salinity from salt water pools requires water to be disposed of into the sanitary sewer
system. Filter backwash water shall be discharged to a sanitary sewer system having sufficient capacity to
collect and treat wastewater or to an onsite sewage disposal system designed for this purpose. Discharging
total volume of pool water from the aquatic venue will require contacting the office of the
wastewater/sanitary or stormwater office serving the aquatic venue before water is discharged.
4.11.6.1.1 Storm Water Systems and Surface Waters Wastewater shall not be directed to storm
water systems or surface waters without appropriate permits from the AHJ or the EPA.
4.11.6.1.2 Recovery and Reuse A water recovery and reuse system may be submitted to the AHJ for
review and approval.
4.11.6.2 A Ground Surface If a municipal sanitary sewer system is not available, wastewater from an
AQUATIC VENUE may be discharged to the ground surface at a suitable location as approved by the AHJ.
4.11.6.2.1 Discharged Wastewater discharged in this manner shall not cause erosion or create a
threat to public health or SAFETY, a nuisance, or unlawful pollution of public waters.
4.11.6.3 Capacity The wastewater disposal system shall have sufficient capacity to receive
wastewater without flooding when filters are cleaned or when the AQUATIC VENUE is drained.
4.11.6.4 A Separation Tank for Precoat Media Filters A separation tank shall be provided prior
to discharge for backwash water from precoat filters using diatomaceous earth (DE) as a filter medium.
4.11.6.4.1 Discharged For precoat filters using perlite or cellulose as a filter medium, the
backwash may be discharged to the sanitary sewer, unless directed otherwise by the AHJ.
4.12 Specific Aquatic Venues
4.12.1 Spas
4.12.1.1 Additional Provisions In addition to the general AQUATIC VENUE requirements stated in this
CODE, SPAS shall comply with the additional provisions or reliefs of this section.
4.12.1.2 A Maximum Water Depth The maximum water depth in SPAS shall be 4 feet (1.2 m)
measured from the designed static water line except for SPAS that are designed for SPECIAL USE and purposes
103
and approved by JCDHE.
4.12.1.2.1 Exercise Spas The water depth for exercise SPAS shall not exceed 6 feet 6 inches (2.0 m)
measured from the designed static water line.
4.12.1.2.2 Seating The maximum submerged depth of any seat or sitting bench shall be 28 inches
(71.1 cm) measured from the water line.
4.12.1.3 A Handholds A SPA shall have one or more suitable, SLIP-RESISTANT handhold(s) around
the perimeter and not over 12 inches (30.5 cm) above the water line.
4.12.1.3.1 Options The handhold(s) may consist of bull-nosed coping, ledges, or DECKS along the
immediate top edge of the SPA; ladders, steps, or seat ledges; or railings.
4.12.1.4 Stairs Interior steps or stairs shall be provided where SPA depths are greater than 24 inches
(61.0 cm).
4.12.1.4.1 Handrail Each set of steps shall be provided with at least one handrail to serve all treads and
risers.
4.12.1.4.2 Seating Seats or benches may be provided as part of these steps.
4.12.1.4.3 Approach Steps Approach steps on the exterior of a SPA wall extending above the DECK shall
also be required unless the raised SPA wall is 19 inches (48.3 cm) or less in height above the DECK and it is
used as a transfer tier or pivot-seated entry.
4.12.1.5A Perimeter Deck A 4 foot (1.2 m) wide, continuous, unobstructed PERIMETER DECK shall
be provided on two consecutive or adjacent sides or fifty percent or more of the SPA perimeter.
4.12.1.5.1 Lower Ratio JCDHE could consider a lower ratio upon review of an appropriate
SAFETY PLAN that addresses adequate access.
4.12.1.5.2 Coping The PERIMETER DECK may include the coping.
4.12.1.5.3 Recessed SPAS may be located adjacent to other AQUATIC VENUES as long as they are
recessed in the DECK.
4.12.1.5.4 A Elevated Spas Elevated SPAS may be located adjacent to another AQUATIC VENUE as
long as there is an effective BARRIER between the SPA and the adjacent AQUATIC VENUE.
4.12.1.5.5 Minimum Distance If an effective BARRIER is not provided, a minimum unobstructive
distance of 4 feet (1.2 m) between the AQUATIC VENUE and SPA is required.
4.12.1.6 Depth Markers A minimum of two depth markers shall be provided regardless of the
shape or size of the SPA.
4.12.1.7 A Temperature Water temperatures shall not exceed 104°F (40°C).
4.12.1.8 Drain A means to drain the SPA shall be provided to allow frequent draining and cleaning. De-
chlorination and draining to stormwater is required unless water salinity from salt water pools requires water to
be disposed of into the sanitary sewer system or other method as required by the JHA.
4.12.1.9 Air Induction System An air induction system, when provided, shall prevent water back
up that could cause electrical shock hazards.
4.12.1.9.1 Intake Air intake sources shall not permit the introduction of toxic fumes or other
CONTAMINANTS.
4.12.1.10 A Timers The hydrotherapy jet system shall be connected to a minute timer that does not
exceed 15 minutes to limit the period of agitation.
4.12.1.10.1 Out of Bather Reach The hydrotherapy jet system shall be connected to a minute timer
located out of reach of a BATHER in the SPA.
4.12.1.11A Emergency Shutoff All SPAS shall have a clearly labeled emergency shutoff or
104
control switch for the purpose of stopping the motor(s) that provide power to the RECIRCULATION
SYSTEM and hydrotherapy or hydrotherapy jet system.
4.12.1.11.1 Readily Accessible All SPAS shall have a clearly labeled emergency shutoff or control
switch that shall be installed and be readily accessible to the BATHERS, in accordance with the NEC.
4.12.2 Waterslides and Landing Pools
4.12.2.1 A Design and Construction
4.12.2.1.1 Additional Provisions In addition to the general AQUATIC FACILITY requirements stated in
this CODE, WATERSLIDES and LANDING POOLS shall comply with the additional provisions or reliefs of this
section.
4.12.2.1.2 Recognized Standards The following recognized design and construction STANDARDS
for WATERSLIDES shall be adhered to.
4.12.2.1.2.1 Engineer Compliance The DESIGN PROFESSIONAL shall provide documentation and/or
certification that the WATERSLIDE design is in conformance with these STANDARDS:
1) ASTM F2376-17a Standard Practice for Classification, Design, Manufacture, Construction, and
Operation of Water Slide Systems and
2) ASTM F2461-16e1. Standard Practice for Manufacturer, Construction, Operation, and Maintenance of
Aquatic Play Equipment.
4.12.2.1.2.2 Required Signage Signs indicating riding instructions, warnings, and requirements in
accordance with the manufacturer recommendations shall be posted at the WATERSLIDE entry.
4.12.2.1.2.3 Kansas Amusement Ride Act Water slides that are at least 35 feet in height and that use
water to propel the patron through the ride must meet the annual permitting requirements in accordance
with Kansas Department of Labor KSA 44-1601(n).
4.12.2.2 Flumes
4.12.2.2.1 Surfaces FLUME surfaces shall be inert, nontoxic, smooth, and easily cleaned.
4.12.2.2.2 Dips All FLUME VALLEYS and DIPS shall have proper drainage, SAFETY measures that ensure
a rider cannot fall from the FLUME, and a means of egress in the event the ride malfunctions or a rider stops
on the ride.
4.12.2.3 Flume Exits
4.12.2.3.1 Landing Pool The exit of any FLUME shall be designed to ensure that BATHERS enter the
LANDING POOL or SLIDE RUNOUT at a safe speed and angle of entry.
4.12.2.3.2 Intersection If a WATERSLIDE has two or more FLUMES and there is a point of intersection
between the centerlines of any two FLUMES, the distance between that point and the point of exit for each
intersecting FLUME shall not be less than the SLIDE manufacturer’s recommendations and ASTM F2376.
4.12.2.4 A Exit into Landing Pools
4.12.2.4.1 Water Level WATERSLIDES shall be designed to terminate at or below water level, except
for DROP SLIDES or unless otherwise permitted by the WATERSLIDE manufacturer and ASTM F2376.
4.12.2.4.2 Perpendicular WATERSLIDES shall be perpendicular to the wall of the AQUATIC VENUE
at the point of exit unless otherwise permitted by the WATERSLIDE manufacturer.
4.12.2.4.3 Exit System WATERSLIDES shall be designed with an exit system which shall be in
accordance with the WATERSLIDE manufacturer’s recommendations and ASTM F2376.
4.12.2.4.3.1 Safe Entry WATERSLIDES shall be designed with an exit system which shall provide safe
entry into the LANDING POOL or WATERSLIDE RUNOUT.
4.12.2.4.4 Flume Exits The FLUME exits shall be in accordance with the WATERSLIDE
manufacturer’s recommendations and ASTM F2376.
105
4.12.2.4.5 Point of Exit The distance between the point of exit and the side of the AQUATIC VENUE
opposite the BATHERS as they exit, excluding any steps, shall not be less than the WATERSLIDE manufacturer’s
recommendations and in accordance with ASTM F2376.
4.12.2.5 Landing Pools
4.12.2.5.1 Steps If steps are provided instead of exit ladders or RECESSED STEPS with grab rails, they
shall be installed at the opposite end of the LANDING POOL from the FLUME exit with a handrail.
4.12.2.5.2 Landing Area If the WATERSLIDE FLUME ends in a swimming POOL, the landing area shall
be divided from the rest of the AQUATIC VENUE by a ROPE AND FLOAT LINE, WING WALL, PENINSULA, or other
similar feature to prevent collisions with other BATHERS.
4.12.2.6 Decks A PERIMETER DECK shall be provided along the exit side of the LANDING POOL.
4.12.2.7 Means of Access A walkway, steps, stairway, or ramp shall be provided between the
LANDING POOL and the top of the FLUME. Refer to JCAHC 4.8.1 for more guidance on DECK spaces.
4.12.2.8 Slide Runouts
4.12.2.8.1 Egress WATERSLIDE RUNOUTS, if used, shall have a planned means of egress, unless one of the
walls of the RUNOUT is not more than 19 inches (48.3 cm) in height.
4.12.2.8.2 Designed WATERSLIDE RUNOUTS shall be designed in accordance with the SLIDE
manufacturer’s recommendations and ASTM F2376.
4.12.2.9 A Drop Slides
4.12.2.9.1 Landing Area There shall be a SLIDE landing area in accordance with the SLIDE
manufacturer’s recommendations and ASTM F2376.
4.12.2.9.2 Area Clearance This area shall not infringe on the landing area for any other SLIDES,
diving equipment, or any other minimum AQUATIC VENUE clearance requirements.
4.12.2.9.3 Steps Steps shall not infringe on this area.
4.12.2.9.4 Water Depth The minimum required water depth shall be a function of the vertical
distance between the terminus of the SLIDE surface and the water surface of the LANDING POOL.
4.12.2.9.5 Manufacturer’s Recommendation The minimum required water depth shall be in
accordance with the SLIDE manufacturer’s recommendations and ASTM F2376.
4.12.2.10 Pool Slides
4.12.2.10.1 Designed for Safety All SLIDES installed as an appurtenance to an AQUATIC VENUE shall
be designed, constructed, and installed to provide a safe environment for all BATHERS utilizing the
AQUATIC VENUE in accordance with applicable ASTM and CPSC STANDARDS.
4.12.2.10.2 Non-Toxic Components used to construct a POOL SLIDE shall be non-toxic and
compatible with the environment contacted under normal use.
4.12.2.10.3 Water Depth Water depth at the SLIDE terminus shall be determined by the SLIDE
manufacturer.
4.12.2.10.4 Pool Edge Clear space shall be maintained to the POOL edge and other features per
manufacturer requirements.
4.12.2.10.4.1 Landing Area The landing area of the SLIDE shall be protected through the use of a ROPE
AND FLOAT LINE, WING WALL, PENINSULA, or other similar impediment to prevent collisions with other
BATHERS.
4.12.2.10.4.2 Prevent Bather Access Netting or other BARRIERS shall be provided to prevent
BATHER access underneath POOL SLIDES where sufficient clearance is not provided.
4.12.2.10.4.3 Netting or Barrier Such netting or other BARRIER shall be designed such that any
underwater opening does not allow for the passage of a 4 inch (10.2 cm) ball and no opening can create a
106
finger entrapment.
4.12.2.11 Signage Warning signs in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations shall
be provided.
4.12.3 A Wave Pools
4.12.3.1 General
4.12.3.1.1 Additional Provisions In addition to the general swimming POOL requirements stated in this
CODE, WAVE POOLS shall comply with the additional provisions or reliefs of this section.
4.12.3.2 Access
4.12.3.2.1 Access Point BATHERS shall gain access to the WAVE POOL at the shallow or beach end with
the exception of an allowable ADA designated entry point.
4.12.3.2.1.1 Sides The sides of the WAVE POOL shall be protected from unauthorized entry into the
WAVE POOL by the use of a BARRIER.
4.12.3.2.1.2 Handrails Handrails as required by ADA for accessible entries shall be designed in such a
way that they do not present a potential for injury or entrapment with WAVE POOL BATHERS.
4.12.3.2.2 Perimeter Decks A PERIMETER DECK shall not be required around 100% of the WAVE POOL
perimeter.
4.12.3.2.2.1 Wave Pool Access A PERIMETER DECK shall be provided where BATHERS gain access to the
WAVE POOL at the shallow or beach end and in locations where access is required for lifeguards.
4.12.3.2.3 Handholds WAVE POOLS shall be provided with handholds at the static water level or not
more than 6 inches (15.2 cm) above the static water level.
4.12.3.2.3.1 Continuous These handholds shall be continuous around the WAVE POOL’S perimeter with the
exception of at the ZERO DEPTH ENTRY, water depths less than 24 inches (61.0 cm), if this area is roped off not
allowed for BATHER access.
4.12.3.2.3.2 Self Draining These handholds shall be self-draining.
4.12.3.2.3.3 Flush Handholds shall be installed so that their outer edge is flush with the WAVE POOL
wall.
4.12.3.2.3.4 Entangled The design of the handholds shall ensure that body extremities will not become
entangled during wave action.
4.12.3.2.4 Steps and Handrails RECESSED STEPS shall not be allowed along the walls of the WAVE
POOL due to the entrapment potential.
4.12.3.2.5 Ladders Side wall ladders shall be utilized for egress only.
4.12.3.2.5.1 Placement Side wall ladders shall be placed so they do not project beyond the plane of the
wall surface.
4.12.3.2.6 Rope and Float Line WAVE POOLS shall be fitted with a ROPE AND FLOAT LINE located to
restrict access to the caisson wall if required by the WAVE POOL equipment manufacturer.
4.12.3.2.6.1 Exception ROPE AND FLOAT LINE shall not apply to WAVE POOLS as indicated in
provisions of JCAHC 4.5.19.5.3.
4.12.3.3 Safety
4.12.3.3.1 Life Jackets Proper STORAGE shall be provided for life jackets and all other equipment used
in the WAVE POOL that will allow for thorough drying to prevent mold and other biological growth.
4.12.3.3.2 Shut-Off Switch A minimum of two emergency shut-off switches to disable the wave
action shall be provided, one on each side of the WAVE POOL.
4.12.3.3.2.1 Labeled and Accessible These switches shall be clearly labeled and readily
107
accessible to QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS.
4.12.3.3.3 Caisson Enclosure Caisson ENCLOSURES that prevent the passage of a 4-inch (10.2 cm)
ball shall be provided for all WAVE POOLS.
4.12.4 Therapy Pools
4.12.4.1 Additional Provisions In addition to the general AQUATIC VENUE requirements stated in this
CODE, THERAPY POOLS shall comply with the additional provisions or reliefs of this section and JCAHC
4.7.3.3 on SECONDARY TREATMENT.
4.12.4.2 Slope Floor slope may exceed 1 foot (30.5 cm) in 12 feet (3.7 m) for water shallower than
5 feet (1.5 m).
4.12.4.2.1 Break Points Break points in floor slope shall be identified with a contrasting band
consistent with JCAHC 4.5.4.2.
4.12.4.3 Hydrotherapy Hydrotherapy jet systems shall be independent of the recirculation,
filtration, and heating systems.
4.12.4.4 Special Equipment Special equipment may be allowed by JCDHE with proper justification.
4.12.5 Lazy Rivers
4.12.5.1 General
4.12.5.1.1 Additional Provisions In addition to the general swimming AQUATIC VENUE requirements
stated in this CODE, LAZY RIVERS shall comply with the additional provisions or reliefs of this section.
4.12.5.1.2 Protrusions Handrails, steps, stairs, and propulsion jets for LAZY RIVERS shall not
protrude into the river.
4.12.5.2 Access and Egress
4.12.5.2.1 A Means Means of access/egress shall be provided at 150 foot (45.7 m) intervals around the
LAZY RIVER.
4.12.5.2.2 A Handhold A handhold in compliance with JCAHC 4.5.14 shall be required on at least one
side of the LAZY RIVER but shall not include horizontal bars and/or recessed handholds.
4.12.5.2.2.1 Bathers In or On Tubes Exception: Handholds shall not be required where
BATHERS are required to be in or on a tube while in the LAZY RIVER.
4.12.5.2.3 A Deck A DECK shall be provided along the entire length of the LAZY RIVER.
4.12.5.2.3.1 Alternate Sides The DECK shall be allowed to alternate sides of the LAZY RIVER.
4.12.5.2.3.2 Obstructions Obstructions around the perimeter of the LAZY RIVER, such as bridges or
landscaping, shall be allowed provided they do not impact lifeguarding, sight lines, or rescue operations.
4.12.5.2.4 A Bridges All bridges spanning a LAZY RIVER shall have a minimum clearance of both 7 feet
(2.1 m) from the bottom of the LAZY RIVER and 4 feet (1.2 m) above the water surface to any structure
overhead.
4.12.6 Moveable Floors
4.12.6.1 General
4.12.6.1.1 Additional Provisions In addition to the general swimming AQUATIC VENUE requirements
stated in this CODE, MOVEABLE FLOORS shall comply with the additional provisions or reliefs of this section.
4.12.6.1.2 Water Treatment The MOVEABLE FLOOR design shall not impede the effectiveness of the
water treatment system.
4.12.6.1.3 Underneath MOVEABLE FLOORS shall allow inspection, cleaning, and maintenance of the
area underneath.
108
4.12.6.2 Slip Resistant The surface of the MOVEABLE FLOOR shall be SLIP RESISTANT if it is
intended for installation in water depths less than 5 feet (1.5 m).
4.12.6.3 Safety
4.12.6.3.1 A Not Continuous A strategy for preventing BATHERS from transitioning to deeper water
when a MOVEABLE FLOOR is not continuous over the entire surface area of the AQUATIC VENUE shall be
provided.
4.12.6.3.2 A Underside The underside of the MOVEABLE FLOOR shall not be accessible to BATHERS.
4.12.6.3.3 Entrapment The design of a MOVEABLE FLOOR shall protect against BATHER
entrapment between the MOVEABLE FLOOR and the POOL walls and floor.
4.12.6.3.4 Hydraulic Fluid If the MOVEABLE FLOOR is operated using hydraulics, the hydraulic
compounds shall be listed as safe for use in POOL water in case there is a hydraulic leak.
4.12.6.4 A Movement
4.12.6.4.1 Speed The speed of a MOVEABLE FLOOR shall be less than or equal to 1.5 feet per minute
(45.7 cm/min).
4.12.6.4.2 Use Use of the MOVEABLE FLOOR portion of the POOL shall not be open to BATHERS
when the floor is being raised or lowered.
4.12.6.4.2.1 Accessibility Exception: The MOVEABLE FLOOR shall only be used for accessibility purposes
under direct supervision.
4.12.6.5 Water Depth and Markings
4.12.6.5.1 Displayed A floor depth indicator shall be provided that displays the current POOL water depth.
4.12.6.5.2 Warning Markings Warning markings stating “Moveable Floor” shall be provided at 25
foot (7.6 m) intervals around the perimeter of the MOVEABLE FLOOR.
4.12.7 Bulkheads
4.12.7.1 Additional Provisions In addition to the general AQUATIC VENUE requirements stated in this
CODE, BULKHEADS shall comply with the additional provisions or reliefs of this section.
4.12.7.2 A Entrapment The bottom of the BULKHEAD shall be designed so that a BATHER cannot
be entrapped underneath or inside of the BULKHEAD.
4.12.7.3 Placement The BULKHEAD placement shall not interfere with the required water circulation
in the POOL.
4.12.7.4 Fixed BULKHEADS shall be fixed to their operational position(s) by a tamper-proof system.
4.12.7.5 A Gap The gap between the BULKHEAD and the POOL wall shall be no greater than 1.5 inches
(3.8 cm).
4.12.7.6 A Handhold The BULKHEAD shall be designed to afford an acceptable handhold as required
in JCAHC 4.5.14.
4.12.7.7 Entrances and Exits The proper number of entrances/exits to the POOL as required
by JCAHC 4.5.3 shall be provided when the BULKHEAD is in place.
4.12.7.8 Guard Railings Guard railings at least 34 inches (86.4 cm) tall shall be provided on both
ends of the BULKHEAD.
4.12.7.9 A Width The width of the walkable area (total BULKHEAD width) of a BULKHEAD shall be
greater than or equal to 3 feet and 3 inches (1.0 m).
4.12.7.9.1 A Starting Platforms If starting platforms are installed, the width of the walkable area
(total BULKHEAD width) of a BULKHEAD shall be greater than or equal to 3 feet and 9 inches (1.1 m).
109
4.12.7.9.1.1 Side Mount Style Starting platforms shall be “side mount” style if BULKHEAD is less than 4
feet 6 inches (1.4 m) wide.
4.12.7.10 Bulkhead Travel The travel of a BULKHEAD shall be in accordance with one of
the following:
1) Limited such that it cannot encroach on any required clearances of other features, such as diving boards,
or
2) Designed with modifications incorporated that prevent use of other features when the required clearances
have been compromised by the position of the BULKHEAD.
4.12.7.11 Bulkhead Installation BULKHEADS shall not be installed, unless designed, and operated
in accordance with all manufacturer’s installation and operations recommendations.
4.12.8 A Interactive Water Play Venues
4.12.8.1 Additional Provisions In addition to the general AQUATIC VENUE requirements stated in this
CODE, INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY VENUES shall comply with the additional provisions or reliefs of this
section.
4.12.8.2 Surface INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY VENUES shall have a SLIP-RESISTANT and easily
cleaned surface.
4.12.8.2.1 Manufactured Surfacing Any manufactured surfacing shall be deemed suitable by the
manufacturer for aquatic and chlorinated environments.
4.12.8.3 A Sloped The INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY VENUE shall be properly sloped so that only water
from the AQUATIC FEATURES flows back to the INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY VENUE collection tank.
4.12.8.3.1 Adjacent Areas Areas adjacent to the INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY VENUE shall be sloped away
from the collection drains.
4.12.8.3.2 Water Collection The slope of the INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY VENUE shall be sufficient to
prevent standing water from collecting on the pad.
4.12.8.4 Drains The size, number and locations of the INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY VENUE drains
shall be determined and specified so as to assure water does not accumulate on the INTERACTIVE WATER
PLAY VENUES.
4.12.8.4.1 Gravity Flow through the drains to the INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY VENUE COLLECTION TANK
shall be under gravity.
4.12.8.4.2 Direct Suction Outlets Direct suction outlets from the INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY
VENUE shall be prohibited.
4.12.8.4.3 Valving Valves shall be provided in the drain system to allow for discharging water to an
approved means for wastewater disposal prior to returning to the collection tank when INTERACTIVE
WATER PLAY AQUATIC VENUE is not operational.
4.12.8.5 Grate Openings Openings in the grates covering the drains shall not exceed ½ inches
(12.7 mm) wide.
4.12.8.5.1 Tools Gratings shall not be removable without the use of tools.
4.12.8.6 Treatment Tank The INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY VENUE COLLECTION TANK shall be
designed to provide ready access for cleaning and inspections, and
4.12.8.6.1 Completely Drain The INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY VENUE collection tank shall be
capable of complete draining.
4.12.8.6.2 Access Hatch The access hatch or lid shall be locked or require a tool to open.
110
4.12.8.6.3 Capacity The collection tank shall have a minimum operational volume of 1,000 gallons plus
one gallon for each square foot (40.7 L/m2) of INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY VENUE surface area over 1,000
square feet.
4.12.8.6.3.1 Volume The volume of water in the collection tank shall be sufficient to assure
continuous operation of the filtration system.
4.12.8.6.4 Overflow Pipe A means to convey excess water in the tank to an AHJ approved waste
disposal system shall be provided.
4.12.8.6.5 A Inlets RECIRCULATION SYSTEM INLETS shall be sized and positioned to provide for
complete mixing in the tank.
4.12.8.7 Deck Area INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY VENUES shall be kept free of landscape debris
by either:
1) Eight feet (2.4 m) of DECK area,
2) Raised curbs, or
3) Raised planters.
4.12.8.7.1 Deck Surface The DECK shall be of a uniform, easily cleaned, impervious material.
4.12.8.7.2 Protected From Runoff The DECK shall be protected from surface runoff.
4.12.8.8 Barrier A BARRIER shall be provided to separate an INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY VENUE
from another BODY OF WATER within the same facility.
4.12.8.8.1 Exception: Separated by Distance Exception: The INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY
VENUE is separated by a distance of at least 15 feet (4.6 m) from other bodies of water.
4.12.8.9 Enclosures If a facility only consists of an INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY VENUE, then
the requirements for an ENCLOSURE shall not apply.
4.12.8.10A Hazard Spray features shall be designed and installed to be seen clearly, so as not to be
a hazard to BATHERS due to water velocity from the spray feature discharge, or other SAFETY hazards.
4.12.8.11 Maximum Velocity Maximum velocity at the orifice of the spray feature nozzle shall
not exceed 20 feet (6.1 m) per second.
4.12.8.12A Signage Depth markings and warning signs shall not be required for INTERACTIVE
WATER PLAY VENUES.
4.12.8.13 NEC Requirements NEC swimming POOL requirements shall apply to INTERACTIVE
WATER PLAY VENUES.
4.12.9 Wading Pools
4.12.9.1 Additional Provisions In addition to the general AQUATIC VENUE requirements stated in this
CODE, WADING POOLS shall comply with the additional provisions or reliefs of this section.
4.12.9.2 A Barrier A BARRIER shall be provided to separate a WADING POOL from other POOLS unless the
WADING POOL is separated by a distance of 15 feet (4.6 m) from other BODIES OF WATER.
4.12.9.2.1 Complete Barrier The BARRIER shall not be required to completely surround the
WADING POOL if the shortest distance of travel between the WADING POOL around the BARRIER to the other
POOL is a minimum of 15 feet (4.67 m).
4.12.9.2.2 A Shallow Water WADING POOLS near other WADING POOLS shall not be required to be
separated by a BARRIER.
4.12.10 A Other Aquatic Features Other AQUATIC FEATURES not otherwise addressed in the CODE,
including but not limited to climbing walls, inflatables, and play structures, shall not be installed unless designed
and operated in accordance with all manufacturer’s installation and operations recommendations. Other
111
AQUATIC FEATURES must be submitted for plan approval to JCDHE before installation and inspected by JCDHE
before opening.
112
5.0 Aquatic Facility Operation and Maintenance
The provisions of Chapter 5 apply to all AQUATIC FACILITIES covered by this from the adoption date of this CODE
unless otherwise noted.
Note: Section numbers with superscript “A” (e.g., 5.0A) denote a corresponding discussion in the Annex to the
Model Aquatic Health Code.
5.1 Operating Permits
5.1.1 Owner Responsibilities
5.1.1.1 License to Operate Required Prior to opening to the public, the AQUATIC FACILITY
owner shall apply to JCDHE for a LICENSE to operate.
1) In the event of a change in ownership, the new owner(s) shall meet all requirements of this code
5.1.1.2 Separate A separate LICENSE is required for each newly constructed or
SUBSTANTIALLY ALTERED AQUATIC VENUE at an existing AQUATIC FACILITY.
5.1.1.3 Prior to Issuance Before a LICENSE to operate is issued, the following procedures shall
be completed:
1) The AQUATIC FACILITY owner has demonstrated the AQUATIC FACILITY, including all newly constructed
or SUBSTANTIALLY ALTERED AQUATIC VENUES, is in compliance with the requirements of this CODE, and
2) JCDHE has approved the AQUATIC FACILITY to be open to the public,
3) The completed AQUATIC FACILITY application has been submitted to JCDHE,
4) The annual fee for the AQUATIC FACILITY has been submitted to JCDHE, and
5) Keys, key cards, entry codes, etc. have been submitted to JCDHE, as required.
5.1.1.4 License Details The LICENSE to operate shall:
1) Be issued in the name of the owner,
2) List all AQUATIC VENUES included under the permit,
3) Specify the period of time approved by JCDHE, and
4) Shall not be transferable.
5.1.1.5 License Expiration The LICENSE to operate shall terminate according to JCDHE schedule. All
licenses are valid April 1st of the year issued and expire March 31st of the following year or portion thereof unless
the license has been suspended or revoked by JCDHE.
5.1.1.6 License Renewal The AQUATIC FACILITY owner shall renew the LICENSE to operate prior to
the scheduled expiration of an existing permit to operate an AQUATIC FACILITY.
1) The completed aquatic facility application has been submitted to JCDHE,
2) The annual fee for the aquatic facility has been submitted to JCDHE,
3) Keys, key cards, entry codes, etc. have been submitted to JCDHE,
4) All violations from the previous year have been corrected,
5) The facility shall have a Johnson County Licensed Pool Operator (LPO) or equivalent, and
6) License fees shall double in cost if received after the March 31st deadline.
5.1.1.7 License Denial The LICENSE to operate may be withheld, revoked, or denied by JCDHE
for noncompliance of the AQUATIC FACILITY with the requirements of this CODE.
5.1.1.8 Owner Responsibilities The owner of an AQUATIC FACILITY is responsible for the
113
facility being operated, maintained, and managed in accordance with the requirements of this CODE.
5.1.2 Operating Permits
5.1.2.1 License Location The LICENSE to operate shall be posted at the AQUATIC FACILITY in a
location conspicuous to the public.
5.1.2.2 Operating Without a License Operation of an AQUATIC FACILITY or newly constructed or
SUBSTANTIALLY ALTERED AQUATIC VENUE without a LICENSE to operate shall be prohibited.
5.1.2.3 Required Closure JCDHE may order an AQUATIC FACILITY or newly constructed or
SUBSTANTIALLY ALTERED AQUATIC VENUE without a permit or LICENSE to operate to close until the
AQUATIC FACILITY has obtained a permit or LICENSE to operate.
5.2 Inspections
5.2.1 Preoperational Inspections
5.2.1.1 Terms of Operation The AQUATIC FACILITY may not be placed in operation until an
inspection approved by JCDHE shows compliance with the requirements of this CODE or JCDHE approves
opening for operation.
5.2.2 Exemptions
5.2.2.1 Applying for Exemption An AQUATIC FACILITY seeking an initial exemption or an
existing AQUATIC FACILITY claiming to be exempt according to applicable regulations shall contact JCDHE
for application details/forms.
5.2.2.2 Change in Exemption Status An AQUATIC FACILITY that sought and received an
exemption from a public regulation shall contact JCDHE if the conditions upon which the exemption was
granted change so as to eliminate the exemption status.
5.2.3 A Variances
5.2.3.1 Variance Authority JCDHE may grant a variance to the requirements of this CODE.
5.2.3.2 Applying for a Variance An AQUATIC FACILITY seeking a variance shall apply in
writing with the appropriate forms to JCDHE.
5.2.3.2.1 Application Components The application shall include, but not be limited to:
1) A citation of the CODE section to which the variance is requested,
2) A statement as to why the applicant is unable to comply with the CODE section to which the variance is
requested,
3) The nature and duration of the variance requested,
4) A statement of how the intent of the CODE will be met and the reasons why the public health or SAFETY
would not be jeopardized if the variance was granted, and
5) A full description of any policies, procedures, or equipment that the applicant proposes to use to rectify
any potential increase in health or SAFETY risks created by granting the variance.
5.2.3.3 Revoked Each variance shall be revoked when the permit attached to it is revoked.
5.2.3.4 Not Transferable A variance shall not be transferable unless otherwise provided in writing
at the time the variance is granted.
5.3 Equipment Standards [N/A]
5.4 Aquatic Facility and Venue Operation and Maintenance
5.4.1 Closure and Reopening
114
5.4.1.1A Closure If an AQUATIC VENUE is not open to the public, the following conditions shall be
met to protect health and SAFETY:
5.4.1.1.1 Aquatic Venues With an Enclosure
Where the AQUATIC VENUE has an ENCLOSURE enclosing it per JCAHC 4.8.6:
1) The water shall be recirculated and treated to meet the criteria of this CODE;
2) The water shall be drained;
3) An approved safety cover that is CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to ASTM F1346-91 by an ANSI-
accredited certification organization shall be installed; or
4) Where a safety cover is not used or not practical, access to the AQUATIC VENUE shall be restricted and
routine checks of the integrity of the AQUATIC VENUE ENCLOSURE shall be made.
5.4.1.1.2 Aquatic Venues Without an Enclosure but Open to the Public Where the AQUATIC
VENUE does not have an ENCLOSURE enclosing it per JCAHC 4.8.6 and other parts of the AQUATIC FACILITY
are open to the public:
1) The water shall be recirculated and treated to meet the criteria of this CODE and the AQUATIC VENUE shall
be staffed to keep BATHERS out;
2) The water shall be drained, and the AQUATIC VENUE shall be staffed to keep BATHERS out;
3) A temporary BARRIER for the AQUATIC VENUE shall be installed to keep bathers out, and routine checks
of the integrity of the temporary AQUATIC VENUE BARRIER shall be made; or
4) An approved safety cover that is CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to ASTM F1346-91 by an ANSI-
accredited certification organization shall be installed.
5.4.1.1.3 Aquatic Venues Without an Enclosure and Closed to the Public Where the aquatic
venue does not have an enclosure enclosing it per JCAHC 4.8.6, and the aquatic facility is closed to the
public:
1) The water shall be recirculated and treated to meet the criteria of this CODE;
2) The water shall be drained;
3) An approved safety cover CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to ASTM F1346-91 by an ANSI-accredited
certification organization shall be installed; or
4) Where a safety cover is not used or not practical, access to the AQUATIC FACILITY shall be restricted and
routine checks of the integrity of the AQUATIC FACILITY ENCLOSURE shall be made.
5.4.1.2A Reopening An owner or operator of a closed AQUATIC VENUE shall verify that the
AQUATIC VENUE meets all applicable criteria of this CODE before reopening the AQUATIC VENUE. If the
aquatic facility/aquatic venue has been closed by JCDHE, a reopening inspection shall be required.
5.4.2 A Preventive Maintenance Plan
5.4.2.1 Written Plan
5.4.2.1.1 Preventive Maintenance Plan Available A written comprehensive preventive
maintenance plan for each AQUATIC VENUE shall be available at the AQUATIC FACILITY.
5.4.2.1.2 Contents The AQUATIC FACILITY preventive maintenance plan shall include details and
frequency of owner/operator’s planned routine facility inspection, maintenance, and replacement of
recirculation and water treatment components.
5.4.2.2 A Facility Documentation
5.4.2.2.1 Original Plans and Specifications Available A copy of the approved plans and
specifications for each AQUATIC VENUE constructed after the adoption of this CODE shall be available at the
AQUATIC FACILITY
115
5.4.2.2.2 Equipment Inventory A comprehensive inventory of all mechanical equipment
associated with each AQUATIC VENUE shall be available at the AQUATIC FACILITY.
5.4.2.2.3 Inventory Details This inventory shall include:
1) Equipment name and model number;
2) Manufacturer and contact information;
3) Local vendor/supplier and technical representative, if applicable; and
4) Replacement or service dates and details.
5.4.2.2.4 Equipment Manuals Operation manuals for all mechanical equipment associated with each
AQUATIC VENUE shall be available at the AQUATIC FACILITY.
5.4.2.2.4.1 No Manual If no manufacturer’s operation manual is available, then the AQUATIC FACILITY
shall create a written document that outlines STANDARD operating procedures for maintaining and operating
the piece of equipment.
5.4.3 General Operations [N/A]
5.4.3.1 Theoretical Peak Occupancy The THEORETICAL PEAK OCCUPANCY per JCAHC
4.1.2.3.5 shall not be exceeded.
5.5 Aquatic Venue Structure
5.5.1 Shape [N/A]
5.5.2 Access Ladders
5.5.2.1 Securely Anchored Ladders, grab rails, and handrails shall be securely anchored.
5.5.3 Color and Finish [N/A]
5.5.4 Walls [N/A]
5.5.5 A Depth Markings
5.5.5.1 Depth Markers Depth markers shall be provided in locations in accordance with JCAHC
4.5.19 and maintained.
5.5.5.2 No Diving Markers NO DIVING MARKERS shall be provided in accordance with JCAHC
4.5.19 and maintained.
5.5.5.3 Ropes and Float Lines ROPES AND FLOAT LINES shall be installed as required in
4.12.2.5.2, 4.12.2.10.4.1, and 4.12.3.2.6.
5.5.6 A Pool Shell Maintenance
5.5.6.1 Cracking
5.5.6.1.1 Repaired CRACKS shall be part of the daily inspection process and be repaired when they
change sufficiently to increase the potential for:
1) Leakage,
2) Trips or falls,
3) Lacerations, or
4) Impact the ability to properly clean and maintain the AQUATIC VENUE area.
5.5.6.1.2 Document Cracks Surface CRACKS under 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) wide shall be documented and
MONITORED for any movement or change including opening, closing, and/or lengthening.
5.5.6.1.3 Sharp Edges Any sharp edges shall be removed or repaired.
116
5.6 Indoor / Outdoor Environment
5.6.1 Lighting
5.6.1.1 Lighting Maintained
5.6.1.1.1 A Light Levels Lighting systems, including emergency lighting, shall be maintained in all
PATRON areas and maintenance areas, to ensure the required lighting levels are met as specified in JCAHC
4.6.1.
5.6.1.1.2 A Main Drain Visible The AQUATIC VENUE shall not be open if light levels are such that the main
drain is not visible from poolside.
5.6.1.1.2.1 With an Enclosure The AQUATIC FACILITY may remain open for other events if the closed
AQUATIC VENUE has an ENCLOSURE.
5.6.1.1.3A Underwater Lighting Underwater lights, where provided, shall be operational and
maintained as designed.
5.6.1.1.3.1 Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter Branch circuits that supply underwater lights operating
at more than the Low Voltage Contact Limit as defined in NEC 680.2 shall be GFCI protected.
5.6.1.1.3.2 Unprotected Light Circuit Operation of an unprotected underwater light circuit shall be
prohibited.
5.6.1.1.4 Cracked Lenses CRACKED lenses that are physically intact on lights shall be replaced
before the AQUATIC VENUE reopens to BATHERS.
5.6.1.1.5 Intact Lenses The AQUATIC VENUE shall be immediately closed if CRACKED lenses are not
intact and the lenses shall be replaced before reopening.
5.6.1.2 A Glare
5.6.1.2.1A Assessments The AQUATIC FACILITY owner shall ensure that glare conditions are assessed
to determine if the AQUATIC VENUE bottom and objects in the POOL are clearly visible throughout
operating hours.
5.6.1.2.1.1 A Lifeguard Positions If the AQUATIC VENUE requires lifeguards, the AQUATIC FACILITY
owner shall ensure that glare conditions are assessed from each lifeguard position as identified in the zone
of PATRON surveillance to determine if the AQUATIC VENUE bottom and objects in the POOL are clearly
visible to QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD staff throughout operating hours per JCAHC 6.3.3.1.1.
5.6.1.2.2 Reduction Windows and lighting equipment shall be adjusted, if possible, to minimize glare
and excessive reflection on the water surface.
5.6.1.3 Night Swimming Night swimming shall be prohibited unless required light levels
in accordance with JCAHC 4.6.1 are provided.
5.6.1.3.1 Hours Night swimming shall be considered one half hour before sunset to one half hour after
sunrise.
5.6.1.4 Emergency Lighting Emergency lighting shall be tested and maintained according
to manufacturer’s recommendations.
5.6.2 A Indoor Aquatic Facility Ventilation
5.6.2.1 Purpose AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS shall be maintained and operated by the owner/operator
to protect the health and SAFETY of the facility’s PATRONS.
5.6.2.2 Original Characteristics AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS shall be maintained and operated
to comply with all requirements of the original system design, construction, and installation.
5.6.2.3 Indoor Facility Areas The AIR HANDLING SYSTEM operation and maintenance
requirements shall apply to an INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY including the AQUATIC VENUES, and the
117
surrounding BATHER and spectator/STADIUM SEATING area.
5.6.2.3.1 Does Not Include The AIR HANDLING SYSTEM operation and maintenance requirements does
not include:
1) Mechanical rooms,
2) Bath and locker rooms, and
3) Any associated rooms which have a direct opening to the AQUATIC FACILITY.
5.6.2.4 Ventilation Procedures THE INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY owner/operator shall develop
and implement a program of STANDARD AIR HANDLING SYSTEM operation, maintenance, cleaning, testing,
and inspection procedures with detailed instructions, necessary equipment and supplies, and oversight for
those carrying out these duties, in accordance with the AIR HANDLING SYSTEM DESIGN PROFESSIONAL
and/or manufacturer’s recommendations.
5.6.2.4.1 System Operation The AIR HANDLING SYSTEM shall operate continuously, including
providing the required amount of outdoor air.
5.6.2.4.1.1 Operation Outside of Operating Hours Exception During non-use periods, the amount of
outdoor air may be reduced by no more than 50% as long as acceptable air quality is maintained.
5.6.2.5 Manuals/Commissioning Reports The QUALIFIED OPERATOR shall maintain a copy of
the AIR HANDLING SYSTEM DESIGN PROFESSIONAL and/or manufacturer original operating manuals,
commissioning reports, updates, and specifications for any modifications at the facility.
5.6.2.6 Ventilation Monitoring The QUALIFIED OPERATOR shall MONITOR, log, and maintain
AIR HANDLING SYSTEM set-points and other operational parameters as specified by the AIR HANDLING
SYSTEM DESIGN PROFESSIONAL and/or manufacturer.
5.6.2.7 Air Filter Changing The QUALIFIED OPERATOR shall replace or clean, as appropriate, AIR
HANDLING SYSTEM air filters in accordance with the AIR HANDLING SYSTEM DESIGN PROFESSIONAL and/or
manufacturer’s recommendations, whichever is most frequent.
5.6.2.8A Combined Chlorine Reduction The QUALIFIED OPERATOR shall develop and implement
a plan to minimize COMBINED CHLORINE compounds in the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY from the operation
of AQUATIC VENUES.
5.6.2.9 Building Purge Plan The QUALIFIED OPERATOR shall develop and implement an air
quality action plan with procedures for PURGING the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY for chemical emergencies
or other indicators of poor air quality.
5.6.2.10 Records The owner shall ensure documents are maintained at the INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY
to be available for inspection, recording the following:
1) A log recording the set points of operational parameters set during the commissioning of the AIR
HANDLING SYSTEM and the actual readings taken at least once daily;
2) Maintenance conducted to the system including the dates of filter changes, cleaning, and repairs;
3) Dates and details of modifications to the AIR HANDLING SYSTEM; and
4) Dates and details of modifications to the operating scheme.
5.6.3 Indoor / Outdoor Aquatic Facility Electrical Systems and Components
5.6.3.1 A Electrical Repairs
5.6.3.1.1 Code Compliance Repairs or alterations to electrical equipment and associated equipment
shall preserve compliance with the NEC or with all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal
laws.
5.6.3.1.2 Immediately Repaired All defects in the electrical system shall be immediately
repaired.
118
5.6.3.1.3 Wiring Electrical wiring, whether permanent or temporary, shall comply with the NEC and
all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws.
5.6.3.2 A Electrical Receptacles
5.6.3.2.1 New Receptacles The installation of new electrical receptacles shall be subject to electrical-
construction requirements of this CODE and all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws.
5.6.3.2.2 Repairs Repairs or maintenance to existing receptacles shall maintain compliance with the
NEC and with 29 CFR 1910.304(b) (3) (ii).
5.6.3.2.3 Replacement Replacement receptacles shall be of the same type as the previous ones (e.g.,
grounding-type receptacles shall be replaced only by grounding-type receptacles), with all grounding
conductors connected and proper wiring polarity preserved.
5.6.3.2.4 Substitutions Where the original-type of receptacle is no longer available, a replacement and
installation shall be in accordance with all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws.
5.6.3.3 A Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter
5.6.3.3.1 Manufacturer’s Recommendations Where receptacles are required to be protected by
GFCI devices, the GFCI devices shall be tested following the manufacturer’s recommendations.
5.6.3.3.2 Testing Required GFCI devices shall be tested as part of scheduled maintenance on the first
day of operation, and monthly thereafter, until the BODY OF WATER is drained and the equipment is prepared
for STORAGE.
5.6.3.4 A Grounding
5.6.3.4.1 Maintenance and Repair Maintenance or repair of electrical circuits or devices shall
preserve grounding compliance with the NEC and all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal
laws.
5.6.3.4.2 Grounding Conductors Grounding conductors that have been disconnected shall be re-
inspected as required by the local building CODE authority prior to AQUATIC VENUE being used by BATHERS.
5.6.3.4.3 Damaged Conductors Damaged grounding conductors and grounding electrodes shall be
repaired immediately.
5.6.3.4.4 Damaged Conductor Repair Damaged grounding conductors or grounding electrodes
associated with recirculation or DISINFECTION equipment or with underwater lighting systems shall be
repaired by a qualified person who has the proper and/or necessary skills, training, or credentials to carry out
the task.
5.6.3.4.5 Public Access The public shall not have access to the AQUATIC VENUE until such
grounding conductors or grounding electrodes are repaired.
5.6.3.4.6 Venue Closure The AQUATIC VENUE with damaged grounding conductors or grounding
electrodes, that are associated with recirculation or DISINFECTION equipment or with underwater lighting
systems, shall be closed until repairs are completed and then JCDHE inspects and approves.
5.6.3.4.7 Continuity Continuity of the bonding system associated with RECIRCULATION SYSTEM or
DISINFECTION equipment or with underwater lighting systems shall be inspected by AHJ following
installation and any major construction around the AQUATIC FACILITY.
5.6.3.5 Bonding
5.6.3.5.1 Code Compliance Maintenance or repair of all metallic equipment, electrical circuits or
devices, or reinforced concrete structures shall preserve bonding compliance with the NEC and all applicable
local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws.
5.6.3.5.2 Bonding Conductors Bonding conductors shall not be disconnected except where they will
be immediately reconnected.
119
5.6.3.5.3 Disconnected Conductors The AQUATIC VENUE shall not be used by BATHERS while
bonding conductors are disconnected.
5.6.3.5.4 Removable Covers Removable covers protecting bonding conductors (e.g., at ladders), shall
be kept in place except during bonding conductor inspections, repair, or replacement.
5.6.3.5.5 Scheduled Maintenance Bonding conductors, where accessible, shall be inspected
visually every 6 months or whenever disrupted or impacted by site construction or other related events.
5.6.3.5.6 Corrosion Bonding conductors and any associated clamps shall not be extensively
corroded.
5.6.3.5.7 Continuity Continuity of the bonding system associated with RECIRCULATION SYSTEM or
DISINFECTION equipment or with underwater lighting systems shall be inspected by JCDHE following
installation and any major construction around the AQUATIC FACILITY.
5.6.3.6 Extension Cords
5.6.3.6.1 Extension Cords and Temporary Connectors
Extension cords shall only be used temporarily for remodeling, maintenance, or repair of buildings, structures,
or equipment with similar purposes. Extension cords and temporary power connectors shall not be used as a
substitute for permanent wiring.
5.6.3.6.2 Minimum Distance from Water All parts of an extension cord shall be restrained at a
minimum of 6 feet (1.8 m) away when measured along the shortest possible path from a BODY OF WATER
during times when the AQUATIC FACILITY is open.
5.6.3.6.3 A Exception An extension cord may be used within 6 feet (1.8 m) of the nearest edge of a
BODY OF WATER if a permanent wall exists between the BODY OF WATER and the extension cord.
5.6.3.6.4 GFCI Protection The circuit supplying an extension cord shall be protected by a GFCI
device when the extension cord is to be used within 6 feet (1.8 m) of a BODY OF WATER.
5.6.3.6.5 Code Compliance An extension cord incorporating a GFCI device may be used if that is
acceptable under all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws.
5.6.3.6.6 A Compliance The use of extension cords shall comply with 29 CFR 1910.304.
5.6.3.7 Portable Electric Devices Portable line-powered electrical devices, such as radios or
drills, shall not be used within 6 feet (1.8 m) horizontally of the nearest inner edge of a BODY OF WATER,
unless connected to a GFCI-protected circuit.
5.6.3.8A Communication Devices and Dispatch Systems The maintenance and repair
of Communication Devices and Dispatch Systems shall preserve compliance with the NEC.
5.6.4 Facility Heating
5.6.4.1 Facility Heating
5.6.4.1.1A Maintenance and Repair Maintenance, repairs, and alterations to facility-heating
equipment shall preserve compliance with applicable CODES.
5.6.4.1.2 A Defects Defects in the AQUATIC FACILITY heating equipment shall be immediately
repaired.
5.6.4.1.3A Temperature Air temperature of an INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY shall be controlled to the
original specifications or in the absence of such, maintain the dew point of the INTERIOR SPACE less than the
dew point of the interior walls at all times so as to prevent damage to structural members and to prevent
biological growth on walls.
5.6.4.1.4 Combustion Device Items shall not be stored within the COMBUSTION DEVICE
manufacturer’s specified minimum clearance distance.
5.6.4.2 Water Heating Maintenance, repairs, and alterations to POOL-water heating equipment shall
120
preserve compliance with applicable CODES.
5.6.5 First Aid Room [N/A]
5.6.6 Emergency Exit
5.6.6.1 Exit Routes Emergency exit routes shall be established for both INDOOR AQUATIC
FACILITIES and outdoor AQUATIC FACILITIES and be maintained so that they are well lit, unobstructed, and
accessible at all times. Emergency exits shall be clearly marked in accordance with JCAHC 4.6.6.
5.6.7 Plumbing
5.6.7.1 A Water Supply
5.6.7.1.1 Water Pressure All plumbing shall be maintained in good repair with no leaks or
discharge.
5.6.7.1.2 Availability Potable water shall be available at all times to PATRONS.
5.6.7.1.3 Cross-Connection Control Water introduced into the POOL, either directly or to the
RECIRCULATION SYSTEM, shall be supplied through an air gap or by another method which will prevent
BACKFLOW and back-siphonage.
5.6.7.2 Drinking Fountains
5.6.7.2.1 Good Repair Drinking fountains shall be in good repair.
5.6.7.2.2 Clean Drinking fountains shall be clean.
5.6.7.2.3 Catch Basin Drinking fountains shall be adjusted so that water does not go outside the catch
basin.
5.6.7.2.4 Contamination Drinking fountains shall provide an angled jet of water and be adjusted so
that the water does not fall back into the drinking water stream.
5.6.7.2.5 Water Pressure Drinking fountains shall have sufficient water pressure to allow correct
adjustment.
5.6.7.3 A Wastewater
5.6.7.3.1 Wastewater Disposal AQUATIC VENUE wastewater, including backwash water and cartridge
cleaning water, shall be disposed of in accordance with all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and
tribal laws.
5.6.7.3.2 Drainage Wastewater and backwash water shall not be returned to an AQUATIC VENUE
or the AQUATIC FACILITY’S water treatment system.
5.6.7.3.3 Drain Line Filter backwash lines, DECK drains, and other drain lines connected to the
AQUATIC FACILITY or the AQUATIC FACILITY RECIRCULATION SYSTEM shall be discharged through an
approved air gap.
5.6.7.3.4 No Standing Water Discharge water shall not create any standing water, a nuisance,
offensive odors, stagnant wet areas, or an environment for the breeding of insects.
5.6.7.4 A Water Replenishment
5.6.7.4.1 Volume Removal of water from the POOL and replacement with make-up water shall be
performed as needed to maintain water quality.
5.6.7.4.2 Discharged A volume of water totaling at least 4 gallons (15 L) per BATHER per day per
AQUATIC VENUE shall be either:
1) Discharged from the system, or
2) Treated with an alternate system meeting the requirements of JCAHC 4.7.4 and reused.
121
5.6.7.4.2.1 Backwash Water The required volume of water to be discharged may include
backwash water.
5.6.7.4.3 Multi-System Facilities In multi-RECIRCULATION SYSTEM facilities, water
replenishment shall be proportional to the number of BATHERS in each system.
5.6.8 Solid Waste Management
5.6.8.1 Storage Receptacles
5.6.8.1.1 Good Repair and Clean Outside waste and recycling containers shall be maintained in good
repair and clean condition.
5.6.8.1.2 Storage Areas Outside waste and recycling STORAGE areas shall be maintained in good
repair and clean condition.
5.6.8.2 Disposal
5.6.8.2.1 Frequency Solid waste and recycled materials shall be removed at a frequency to
prevent attracting vectors or causing odor.
5.6.8.2.2 Code Compliance Solid waste and recycled materials shall be disposed of in
compliance with all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws.
5.6.9 Decks
5.6.9.1 Food Preparation and Consumption
5.6.9.1.1 Preparation Food preparation and cooking shall only be permitted in designated areas as
specified in this CODE.
5.6.9.1.2 A Eating and Drinking BATHERS shall not eat or drink while in or partially in the
AQUATIC VENUE water.
5.6.9.1.2.1 Swim-Up Bars Swim-up bars and swim-up tables within the water body are not allowed
under Johnson County Aquatics Health Code.
5.6.9.2 A Glass
5.6.9.2.1 Containers Glass food and beverage containers shall be prohibited in PATRON areas of
AQUATIC FACILITIES.
5.6.9.2.2 Furniture Glass furniture shall not be used in an AQUATIC FACILITY.
5.6.9.2.3 Broken Glass Broken glass found within 10 feet of an AQUATIC VENUE requires an immediate
closure to the AQUATIC VENUE. The following steps must be completed before the AQUATIC VENUE can reopen:
1) Large pieces of glass must be collected and disposed of,
2) The pool must be vacuumed, drained, and rinsed with low or high pressure where necessary to clear the
surface of glass shards,
3) The deck must be rinsed with low or high pressure as appropriate to a collection point to collect glass shards,
4) Interior pool surface must be visually inspected by JCDHE, and
5) The pool is refilled, the water chemistry rebalanced, and allowed to reopened.
5.6.9.2.3.1 Alternative An approved alternative for remediating broken glass within the pool area is to vacuum
to waste over a 3-day closure period. The following steps must be completed and reported to JCDHE.
1) Large pieces of glass must be collected and disposed of,
2) The interior of the pool must be vacuumed to waste at a minimum of 4 times over the course of 3 days, with
only one day having two vacuum cycles,
3) Sand filters must be backwashed and cartridge filters must be thoroughly cleaned and clear of glass or
122
replaced, and
4) The deck must be rinsed with low or high pressure as appropriate to a collection point away from the body
of water to collect glass shards.
5.6.9.3 Deck Maintenance
5.6.9.3.1A Free from Obstructions The PERIMETER DECK and 5-0” of deck space from the water’s edge
shall be maintained free from obstructions, including PATRON seating, to preserve space required for lifesaving
and rescue.
5.6.9.3.2 Diaper Changing Diaper changing shall only be done at a designated DIAPER-
CHANGING STATION.
5.6.9.3.2.1 Prohibited Diaper changing shall be prohibited on the DECK.
5.6.9.3.3 A Vermin DECK areas shall be cleaned daily and kept free of debris, vermin, and vermin
harborage.
5.6.9.3.4 A Original Design DECK surfaces shall be maintained to their original design slope and
integrity.
5.6.9.3.4.1 A Crack Repair CRACKS in the DECK shall be part of the daily inspection process and be
repaired when they change sufficiently to increase the potential for:
5) Trips or falls,
6) Lacerations, or
7) Impacting the ability to properly clean and maintain the DECK area.
5.6.9.3.5 Standing Water DECK areas shall be free from standing water.
5.6.9.3.6 Drains DECK drains shall be cleaned and maintained to prevent blockage and pooling of
water.
5.6.9.3.7 Wet Areas Wet areas shall not have absorbent materials that cannot be removed for
cleaning and DISINFECTION daily.
5.6.9.3.8 Circulation Path Fixed equipment, loose equipment, and DECK furniture shall not
intrude upon the AQUATIC VENUE CIRCULATION PATH.
5.6.10 Aquatic Facility Maintenance All appurtenances, features, signage, and safety and
other equipment and systems required by this CODE shall be provided and maintained.
5.6.10.1 A Diving Boards and Platforms
5.6.10.1.1 Slip Resistant Finish The finish and profile of surfaces of diving boards and platforms shall
be maintained to prevent slips, trips, and falls.
5.6.10.1.2 Loose Bolts and Cracked Boards Diving boards shall be inspected daily for CRACKS and loose
bolts with CRACKED boards removed and loose bolts tightened immediately
5.6.10.1.3 Repairs Repairs, repainting, or resurfacing of diving boards shall only be performed according
to manufacturer’s recommendations.
5.6.10.2 Steps and Guardrails
5.6.10.2.1 Immovable Steps and guardrails shall be secured so as not to move during use.
5.6.10.2.2 Maintenance The profile and surface of steps shall be maintained to reduce the
likelihood of slips and falls.
5.6.10.3A Starting Platforms The profile and surface of starting platform steps shall be in good
repair to prevent slips, trips, falls, and pinch hazards.
123
5.6.10.3.1 Starting Platform Use Deterrence Starting platform use by unqualified BATHERS shall be
prohibited and prohibition shall be communicated by signage, covers, or other BARRIERS or deterrents.
5.6.10.4 Aquatic Features
5.6.10.4.1 Maintenance AQUATIC FEATURES shall be maintained and operated to
manufacturer’s/designer’s specifications.
5.6.10.4.2 Slime and Biofilm Slime and biofilm layers shall be removed on all accessible
AQUATIC FEATURE surfaces.
5.6.10.4.3 Flow Rates AQUATIC FEATURE water flow rates shall be checked to be within designer or
manufacturer’s specifications prior to opening to the public.
5.6.10.4.4 Disinfectant Where AQUATIC FEATURE plumbing lines are susceptible to holding stagnant
water, AQUATIC FEATURE pumps shall be started with sufficient time prior to opening to flush such
plumbing lines with treated water.
5.6.10.4.4.1 Water Testing The water shall be tested to verify the disinfectant in the water is within
the parameters specified in JCAHC 5.7.3.1.1.2.
5.6.10.5 A Fencing, Enclosures, and Barriers
5.6.10.5.1 Maintenance Required fencing, ENCLOSURES, BARRIERS, and gates shall be maintained at all
times.
5.6.10.5.2 Tested Daily Gates, locks, and associated alarms, if required, shall be tested daily prior to
opening.
5.6.10.6 A Aquatic Facility Cleaning
5.6.10.6.1 Cleaning The AQUATIC VENUE shall be kept clean of debris, organic materials, and
slime/biofilm in accessible areas in the water and on surfaces.
5.6.10.6.2 Vacuuming Vacuuming shall only be done when the AQUATIC VENUE is closed.
5.6.10.6.3 Port Openings Vacuum port openings shall be covered with an approved device cover when
not in use.
5.6.10.6.3.1 Damaged POOLS with missing or damaged vacuum port openings shall be closed and repairs
made before reopening.
5.7 Recirculation and Water Treatment
5.7.1 Recirculation Systems and Equipment
5.7.1.1 A General
5.7.1.1.1 Continuous Operation All components of the filtration and RECIRCULATION SYSTEMS
shall be kept in continuous operation 24 hours per day.
5.7.1.1.1.1 Reduced Flowrates The system flowrate shall not be reduced more than 25% lower than the
minimum design requirements and only reduced when the POOL is unoccupied during posted closure hours of
the AQUATIC VENUE.
5.7.1.1.1.1.1 System Design The flow turndown system shall be designed as specified in JCAHC
4.7.1.10.5.1–4.7.1.10.5.2.
5.7.1.1.1.1.2 Water Clarity The system flowrate shall be based on ensuring the minimum water clarity
required under JCAHC 5.7.6 is met before opening to the public.
5.7.1.1.1.2 Disinfectant Concentration The turndown system shall be required to maintain required
disinfectant concentration and pH at all times.
5.7.1.1.2 Flow Flow through the various components of a RECIRCULATION SYSTEM shall be balanced
124
according to the provisions outlined in JCAHC 5.7.1 to maximize the water clarity and SAFETY of a POOL.
5.7.1.1.3A Gutter / Skimmer Pools For gutter or SKIMMER POOLS with main drains, the required
recirculation flow shall be the total design recirculation flow rate divided as follows during normal operation:
1) At least 80% of the total design recirculation flow rate through the Perimeter Overflow System, and
2) No greater than 20% of the total design recirculation flow rate through the main drain.
5.7.1.2 Combined Venue Treatment Each individual AQUATIC VENUE in a combined treatment
system shall meet required TURNOVER TIMES specified in JCAHC 5.7.1.9 and achieve all water quality criteria
(including, but not limited to, pH, disinfectant concentration, and water clarity/turbidity).
5.7.1.3 A Inlets INLETS shall be checked at least weekly for rate and direction of flow and adjusted as
necessary to produce uniform circulation of water and to facilitate the maintenance of a uniform disinfectant
residual throughout the POOL.
5.7.1.4 Surface Skimming Devices
5.7.1.4.1 Perimeter Overflow The Perimeter Overflow System shall be kept clean and free of
debris that may restrict flow.
5.7.1.4.2 Automatic Fill System The automatic fill system, when installed, shall maintain the water level
at an elevation such that the gutters must overflow continuously around the perimeter of the POOL.
5.7.1.4.3 Skimmer Water Levels The water levels shall be maintained near the middle of the
SKIMMER openings.
5.7.1.4.4 Flow The flow through each SKIMMER shall be adjusted to maintain skimming action that
will remove all floating matter from the surface of the water.
5.7.1.4.5 Strainer Baskets The strainer baskets for SKIMMERS shall be cleaned as necessary to
maintain proper skimming. Sanitizer products (chlorine, bromine, etc.) shall not be placed in or under the
skimmer basket(s) at any time.
5.7.1.4.6 Weirs Weirs shall remain in place and in working condition at all times.
5.7.1.4.6.1 Broken or Missing Weirs Broken or missing SKIMMER weirs shall be replaced
immediately.
5.7.1.4.7 Flotation Test A flotation test may be required by JCDHE to evaluate the effectiveness of
surface skimming.
5.7.1.5 Submerged Drains/Suction Outlet Covers or Gratings
5.7.1.5.1 Replaced Loose, broken, or missing suction outlet covers and sumps shall be secured or
replaced immediately and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements.
5.7.1.5.1.1 Closed POOLS shall be closed until the required repairs can be completed.
5.7.1.5.1.2 Close/Open Procedures AQUATIC FACILITIES shall follow procedures for closing and
reopening whenever required as outlined in JCAHC 5.4.1.
5.7.1.5.2 Documentation The manufacturer’s documentation on all outlet covers and sumps shall be
made part of the permanent records of the AQUATIC FACILITY.
5.7.1.6 A Piping Piping shall be marked in accordance with JCAHC 4.9.1.5.1 and 4.9.1.5.2.
5.7.1.7 Strainers & Pumps Strainers shall be in place and cleaned as required to maintain
pump performance.
5.7.1.8 A Flow Meters Flow meters in accordance with JCAHC 4.7.1.9.1 shall be provided and
maintained in proper working order.
5.7.1.9 Flow Rates / Turnovers
125
5.7.1.9.1 New Construction or Substantially Altered Venues AQUATIC VENUES constructed or
substantially altered after the adoption of this CODE shall be operated at the designed flow rate to provide
the required TURNOVER RATE 24-hours per day except as allowed in JCAHC 4.7.1.10.
5.7.1.9.2 Construction Before Adoption of this Code AQUATIC VENUES constructed before the
adoption of this CODE shall be operated 24 hours per day at their designed flow rate.
5.7.2 Filtration
5.7.2.1 General
5.7.2.1.1 Certified, Listed, and Labeled Filters and filter media shall be CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND
LABELED to NSF/ANSI 50 by an ANSI-accredited certification organization.
5.7.2.1.2 Cleaned Filters shall be backwashed, cleaned, and maintained according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.
5.7.2.2 Granular Media Filters
5.7.2.2.1 Filtration Rates High-rate granular media filters shall be operated at no more than 15 GPM
per square foot (36.7 m/h) when a minimum bed depth of 15 inches (38.1 cm) is provided per
manufacturer’s instructions.
5.7.2.2.1.1 Less than Fifteen Inch Bed Depth When a bed depth is less than 15 inches (38.1 cm),
filters shall operate at no more than 12 GPM per square foot (29.3 m/h). Bed depth shall be measured from
the top of the filter media to the top of the openings in the laterals (or underdrain system).
5.7.2.2.2 Backwashing Rates The granular media filter system shall be backwashed at a rate of at
least 15 GPM per square foot (36.7 m/h) of filter bed surface area unless explicitly prohibited by the filter
manufacturer and/or approved at an alternate rate as specified in the NSF/ANSI 50 listing as per JCAHC
4.7.2.2.3.2.
5.7.2.2.3 Clear Water Backwashing should be continued until the water leaving the filter is clear.
5.7.2.2.4A Backwashing Frequency Backwashing of each filter shall be performed at a differential
pressure increase over the initial clean filter pressure, as recommended by the filter manufacturer, unless the
system can no longer achieve the design flow rate.
5.7.2.2.4.1 A Backwash Scheduling Backwashes shall be scheduled to take place when the
AQUATIC VENUE is closed for BATHER use.
5.7.2.2.4.1.1 Backwashing Without Bathers Present BATHERS shall not be permitted to reenter the
AQUATIC VENUE until the RESPONSIBLE SUPERVISOR or QUALIFIED OPERATOR ensures that the recirculation
pump and chemical feeders have restarted and run for a minimum of 5 minutes following completion of
backwashing.
5.7.2.2.4.1.2 Backwashing With Bathers Present A filter may be backwashed while
BATHERS are in the AQUATIC VENUE if all of the following criteria are met:
1) Multiple filters are used;
2) The filter to be backwashed can be isolated from the remaining RECIRCULATION SYSTEM and filters;
3) The recirculation and filtration system still continues to run as per this CODE;
4) The chemical feed lines inject at a point where chemicals enter the RECIRCULATION SYSTEM after the
isolated filter and where they can mix as needed; and
5) The filtrate from the newly backwashed filter is diverted to a waste line for a time sufficient to pass one
filter volume of water through the filter.
5.7.2.2.5 Filter Media Inspections Sand or other granular media shall be inspected for proper
depth and cleanliness at least one time per year, replacing the media when necessary to restore depth or
cleanliness.
126
5.7.2.2.6 Vacuum Sand Filters The manual air release valve of the filter shall be opened as
necessary to remove any air that collects inside of the filter as well as following each backwash.
5.7.2.2.7A Filtration Enhancing Products Products used to enhance filter performance shall be used
according to manufacturers’ recommendations.
5.7.2.3 Precoat Filters
5.7.2.3.1 Appropriate The appropriate media type and quantity as recommended by the filter
manufacturer shall be used.
5.7.2.3.2 A Return to the Aquatic Venue Precoating of the filters shall be required in closed loop
(precoat) mode to minimize the potential for media or debris to be returned to the POOL.
5.7.2.3.3 A Operation Filter operation shall be per manufacturer’s instructions.
5.7.2.3.3.1 Uninterrupted Flow Flow through the filter shall not be interrupted when switching from
precoat mode to filtration mode unless the filters are CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to NSF/ANSI 50 by
an ANSI-accredited certification organization to return water to the POOL during the precoat process.
5.7.2.3.3.1.1 Flow Interruption When a flow interruption occurs on precoat filters not designed to bump,
the media shall be backwashed out of the filter and a new precoat established according to the manufacturer’s
recommendations prior to BATHERS reentering the POOL.
5.7.2.3.3.2 Maximum Precoat Media Load Systems designed to flow to waste while precoating shall
use the maximum recommended precoat media load permitted by the filter manufacturer to account for
media lost to the waste stream during precoating.
5.7.2.3.4A Cleaning Backwashing or cleaning of filters shall be performed at a differential pressure
increase over the initial clean filter pressure as recommended by the filter manufacturer unless the system can
no longer achieve the design flow rate.
5.7.2.3.5 Continuous Feed Equipment Continuous filter media feed equipment tank agitators shall
run continuously.
5.7.2.3.5.1 Batch Application Filter media feed may also be performed via batch application.
5.7.2.3.6A Bumping Bumping a precoat filter shall be performed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations.
5.7.2.3.7 A Filter Media
5.7.2.3.7.1 A Diatomaceous Earth Diatomaceous earth (DE), when used, shall be added to precoat
filters in the amount recommended by the filter manufacturer.
5.7.2.3.7.2 Perlite Perlite, when used, shall be added to precoat filters in the amount recommended by
the filter manufacturer and in accordance with the specifications for the filter listing and labeling to
NSF/ANSI 50 by an ANSI-accredited certification organization.
5.7.2.4 Cartridge Filters
5.7.2.4.1A Approved Cartridge filters shall be operated in accordance with the filter manufacturer's
recommendation and be CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to NSF/ANSI 50 by an ANSI-accredited
certification organization.
5.7.2.4.2A Filtration Rates The maximum operating filtration rate for any surface-type cartridge filter
shall not:
1) Exceed the lesser of either the manufacturer’s recommended filtration rate or 0.375 GPM per square foot
(0.26 L/s/m2) or
2) Drop below the design flow rate required to achieve the TURNOVER RATE for the AQUATIC VENUE.
5.7.2.4.3A Filter Elements Active filter cartridges shall be exchanged with clean filter cartridges at a
differential pressure increase over the initial clean filter pressure as recommended by the filter manufacturer
127
unless the system can no longer achieve the design flow rate.
5.7.2.4.3.1 A Cleaning Procedure The filter housing and filter cartridge shall be cleaned per
manufacturer’s recommendation.
5.7.2.4.3.1.1 No Manufacturer Procedure If there is no established manufacturer cleaning
procedure, then filters shall be cleaned per JCAHC 5.7.2.4.3.2 and 5.7.2.4.3.3.
5.7.2.4.3.2 Filter Housing Cleaning The following procedures shall be implemented to clean the filter
housing when no manufacturer instructions are established:
1) Drain filter housing to waste;
2) Remove the filter cartridges from the housing;
3) Clean the inside of the filter housing with a brush and mild detergent to remove biofilms and algae;
4) Rinse thoroughly; and
5) Mist the filter housing walls with CHLORINE bleach at a 1:10 dilution.
5.7.2.4.3.3 Filter Cartridge Cleaning The following procedures shall be implemented to clean the filter
cartridge when no manufacturer instructions are established.
5.7.2.4.3.3.1 Rinse Thoroughly The cartridge shall be rinsed thoroughly with a spray nozzle.
5.7.2.4.3.3.2 A Pressure Washer A pressure washer shall not be used to clean cartridge filters.
5.7.2.4.3.3.3 Degrease Cartridge filters shall be degreased each time they are cleaned per the procedures
outlined in this section.
5.7.2.4.3.3.4 Soak The cartridge shall be soaked overnight in one of the following solutions:
1) A cartridge filter cleaner/degreaser per instructions on product label,
2) A solution of water with 1 cup (240 mL) of tri-sodium phosphate (TSP) per 5 gallons (18.9 L) of water, or
3) One cup (240 mL) of automatic dishwashing detergent per 5 gallons (18.9 L) of water.
5.7.2.4.3.3.5 Acid Muriatic acid or products with acid in them shall never be used prior to degreasing.
5.7.2.4.3.3.6 Rinse The filter cartridge shall be removed from the degreaser solution and rinsed
thoroughly.
5.7.2.4.3.3.7 Sanitize The filter cartridge shall be SANITIZED by soaking for 1 hour in a bleach solution
made by mixing 1 quart (950 mL) of household bleach per 5 gallons (18.9 L) of water.
5.7.2.4.3.3.8 Rinse After soaking for 1 hour, the SANITIZED filter cartridge shall be removed and
rinsed thoroughly.
5.7.2.4.4 Spare Cartridge One full set of spare cartridges shall be maintained onsite in a clean and
dry condition.
5.7.3 A Water Treatment Chemicals and Systems
Treatment chemicals shall be CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to either NSF/ANSI 50 or NSF/ANSI 60 by an
ANSI-accredited certification organization, and/or have an EPA FIFRA registration and be used only in
accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
5.7.3.1 Primary Disinfectants Only the primary disinfectants outlined in JCAHC 5.7.3 shall be
acceptable for use in AQUATIC VENUES.
5.7.3.1.1 A Chlorine (Hypochlorites)
5.7.3.1.1.1 EPA Registered Only CHLORINE products that are EPA REGISTERED for use as
SANITIZERS or disinfectants in AQUATIC VENUES or SPAS in the United States shall be permitted.
5.7.3.1.1.2 A Minimum DPD-FC Concentrations Minimum DPD-FC concentrations shall be
128
maintained at all times in all areas as follows in JCAHC 5.7.3.1.1.2.1 to 5.7.3.1.1.2.3.
5.7.3.1.1.2.1 Not Using Cyanuric Acid AQUATIC VENUES not using CYA shall maintain a minimum DPD-
FC concentration of 1.0 ppm (mg/L).
5.7.3.1.1.2.2 Using Cyanuric Acid AQUATIC VENUES using CYA shall maintain a minimum DPD-
FC concentration of 1.0 ppm (mg/L).
5.7.3.1.1.2.3 Spas SPAS shall maintain a minimum DPD-FC concentration of 2.0 ppm (mg/L).
5.7.3.1.1.3 Stagnant Water Lines Recirculated AQUATIC FEATURE water lines susceptible to holding
stagnant water shall maintain disinfectant throughout the lines as per JCAHC 5.7.3.1.1.2.
5.7.3.1.1.4 Consistent with Label Instructions DPD-FC concentrations shall be consistent with label
instructions.
5.7.3.1.1.5 A Maximum DPD-FC Concentrations Maximum DPD-FC concentrations shall not exceed
10.0 ppm (mg/L) at any time the AQUATIC VENUE is open to BATHERS.
5.7.3.1.2 Bromine
5.7.3.1.2.1 A EPA Registered Only bromine products that are EPA REGISTERED for use as
SANITIZERS or disinfectants in AQUATIC VENUES or SPAS in the United States shall be permitted.
5.7.3.1.2.1.1 Disinfectants Bromine-based disinfectants may be applied to AQUATIC VENUES and SPAS
through the addition of an organic bromine compound (1,3-Dibromo-5,5- dimethylhydantoin
(DBDMH) or 1-bromo-3-chloro-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (BCDMH)).
5.7.3.1.2.2 A Minimum Bromine Concentrations Minimum bromine concentrations shall be
maintained at all times in all areas as follows:
1) All AQUATIC VENUES: 2.0 ppm (mg/L), and
2) SPAS: 2.0 ppm (mg/L).
5.7.3.1.2.3 A Maximum Bromine Concentrations The maximum bromine concentration shall not exceed
8.0 ppm (mg/L) at any time the AQUATIC VENUE is open to BATHERS.
5.7.3.1.3 Stabilizers CYA or stabilized CHLORINE products shall be CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND
LABELED to either NSF/ANSI 50 or NSF/ANSI 60 by an ANSI-accredited certification organization, and/or
have an EPA FIFRA registration.
5.7.3.1.3.1 A Cyanuric Acid CYA or stabilized CHLORINE products shall not be used at the following
for all new construction, SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION, or DISINFECTION equipment replacements after the
effective date of this CODE:
1) SPAS,
2) THERAPY POOLS, and
3) INDOOR AQUATIC VENUES
5.7.3.1.3.1.1 Replacement Times These AQUATIC VENUES shall no longer use CYA or stabilized
CHLORINE products no later than 5 years after adoption of this CODE.
5.7.3.1.3.2 Aquatic Venues The CYA level at all AQUATIC VENUES shall remain at or below 90 ppm
(mg/L.). CYA shall not exceed 10 ppm for indoor AQUATIC VENUES. Use of CYA in indoor AQUATIC
VENUES shall be prohibited no later than five (5) years after adoption of this CODE.
5.7.3.1.4 A Compressed Chlorine Gas As per JCAHC 4.7.3.2.4.1, use of compressed CHLORINE gas
shall be prohibited for new construction and after SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION to existing AQUATIC
FACILITIES.
5.7.3.1.4.1 Safety Requirements Facilities using compressed CHLORINE gas shall provide
SAFETY precautions per the following JCAHC subsections.
5.7.3.1.4.1.1 Separate Enclosure The chlorinators and any cylinders containing CHLORINE gas used
129
therewith shall be housed in an ENCLOSURE separated from other EQUIPMENT ROOMS, including the
swimming POOL, corridors, dressing rooms and other space.
5.7.3.1.4.1.1.1 Door The chlorinators and any cylinders containing CHLORINE gas used therewith shall
be housed in an ENCLOSURE with a door so installed as to prevent gas leakage and equipped with an
inspection window.
5.7.3.1.4.1.2 Secured CHLORINE cylinders shall be secured from falling.
5.7.3.1.4.1.3 Cylinders in Use Cylinders in use shall be secured on a suitable platform scale.
5.7.3.1.4.1.4 Vent to Exterior A separate vent opening to the exterior shall be provided.
5.7.3.1.4.1.5 Fan An electric motor-driven fan shall take suction from near the floor level of the
ENCLOSURE and discharge at a suitable point to the exterior above the ground level.
5.7.3.1.4.1.5.1 Fan Switch The fan switch shall be able to be operated from outside of the
ENCLOSURE.
5.7.3.1.4.1.6 Trained Operator Any person who operates such chlorinating equipment shall be trained
in its use.
5.7.3.1.4.1.7 Stop Use Facilities shall stop the use of CHLORINE gas if specific safety equipment and
training requirements, along with all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws, cannot be met.
5.7.3.1.5 A Salt Electrolytic Chlorine Generators, Brine Electrolytic Chlorine or Bromine
Generators
5.7.3.1.5.1 Pool Grade Salt Only POOL grade salt that has been CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to
either NSF/ANSI 50 or NSF/ANSI 60 by an ANSI-accredited certification organization, and/or have an
EPA FIFRA registration shall be used.
5.7.3.1.5.2 Maintained The saline content of the POOL water shall be maintained in the required range
specified by the manufacturer.
5.7.3.1.5.3 Cleaning Cleaning of electrolytic plates shall be performed as recommended by the
manufacturer.
5.7.3.1.5.4 Corrosion Protection Corrosion protection systems shall be maintained in the POOL
basin.
5.7.3.2 A Secondary or Supplemental Treatment Systems
5.7.3.2.1 Ultraviolet Light
5.7.3.2.1.1 Operate with Recirculation System UV systems shall only operate while the
RECIRCULATION SYSTEM is operating.
5.7.3.2.1.1.1 Response to Interruption in Operation Any interruptions in UV system operations that are
triggered by an interlock per JCAHC 4.7.3.2.5.6.2 shall be evaluated as possible evidence for low flow state
of the AQUATIC VENUE pumps, prompting BATHER evacuation according to JCAHC 5.7.3.5.1.2.1 and BATHER
reentry according to JCAHC 5.7.3.5.1.2.2.
5.7.3.2.1.2 A Log Inactivation Secondary UV systems shall be operated and maintained not to exceed the
maximum validated flow rate and meet or exceed the minimum validated output intensity needed to achieve
the required dose.
5.7.3.2.1.3 Free Available Chlorine and Bromine Levels Use of UV does not modify any other
water quality requirements.
5.7.3.2.1.4 A Calibrated Sensors UV sensors shall be calibrated at a frequency in accordance with
manufacturer recommendations.
5.7.3.2.1.5 Records Records of calibration shall be maintained by the facility.
5.7.3.2.2 Ozone
130
5.7.3.2.2.1 Log Inactivation Ozone systems shall be operated and maintained according to the
manufacturer’s instructions to maintain the required design performance.
5.7.3.2.2.2 Residual Ozone Concentration Residual ozone concentration in the AQUATIC VENUE
water shall remain below 0.1 ppm (mg/L).
5.7.3.2.2.3 Free Available Chlorine and Bromine Levels Use of ozone does not modify any other
water quality requirements.
5.7.3.2.2.4 Standard Operating Manual A printed STANDARD operating manual shall be provided
containing information on the operation and maintenance of the ozone generating equipment, including
the responsibilities of workers in an emergency.
5.7.3.2.2.5 Employees Trained All employees shall be properly trained in the operation and
maintenance of the equipment.
5.7.3.2.2.6 Response to Interruption in Operation Any interruptions in ozone system operations that
are triggered by an interlock per JCAHC 4.7.3.2.5.6.2 shall be evaluated as possible evidence for low flow
state of the AQUATIC VENUE pumps, prompting BATHER evacuation according to JCAHC 5.7.3.5.1.2.1 and
BATHER reentry according to JCAHC 5.7.3.5.1.2.2.
5.7.3.2.3 A Copper / Silver Ions
5.7.3.2.3.1 EPA Registered Only those systems that are EPA REGISTERED for use as
SANITIZERS or disinfectants in AQUATIC VENUES or SPAS in the United States are permitted.
5.7.3.2.3.2 Concentrations Copper and silver concentrations shall not exceed 1.3 ppm (mg/L) for copper
and 0.10 ppm (mg/L) for silver for use as disinfectants in AQUATIC VENUES and SPAS in the United States.
5.7.3.2.3.3 DPD-FC and Bromine Concentration Levels DPD-FC or bromine concentrations shall be
maintained in accordance with JCAHC 5.7.3.1.1 or 5.7.3.1.2, respectively.
5.7.3.3 A Other Sanitizers, Disinfectants, or Chemicals Other SANITIZERS, disinfectants, or
chemicals used shall:
1) Be EPA REGISTERED under FIFRA if they are pesticides as defined by EPA,
2) Not create a hazardous condition or compromise disinfectant efficacy when used with required bromine
or CHLORINE concentrations, and
3) Not interfere with water quality measures meeting all criteria set forth in this CODE.
5.7.3.3.1A Chlorine Dioxide CHLORINE dioxide shall only be used for remediation for water quality
issues when the AQUATIC VENUE is closed and BATHERS are not present.
5.7.3.3.1.1 Safety Considerations SAFETY training and SAFETY precautions related to use of
CHLORINE dioxide shall be in place.
5.7.3.3.2A Clarifiers, Flocculants, Defoamers Clarifiers, flocculants, and defoamers shall be used
per manufacturer’s instructions.
5.7.3.3.2.1 Certified, Listed, and Labeled Clarifiers, flocculants, and defoamers shall
CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to either NSF/ANSI 50 or NSF/ANSI 60 by an ANSI-accredited
certification organization, and/or have an EPA FIFRA registration.
5.7.3.4 A pH
5.7.3.4.1 pH Range The pH of the water shall be maintained at 7.0 - 7.8.
5.7.3.4.2 Approved Substances Approved substances for pH adjustment shall include but not be
limited to muriatic (hydrochloric) acid, sodium bisulfate, carbon dioxide, sulfuric acid, sodium bicarbonate,
and soda ash.
5.7.3.4.2.1 Certified, Listed, and Labeled Chemicals used for pH adjustment shall be
CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to either NSF/ANSI 50 or NSF/ANSI 60 by an ANSI-accredited
certification organization, and/or have an EPA FIFRA registration.
131
5.7.3.5 A Feed Equipment
5.7.3.5.1 Acceptable Chemical Delivery Acceptable disinfectant and pH control chemicals shall be
delivered through an automated chemical feed system as required by the manufacturer of approved or
installed equipment upon adoption of this CODE.
5.7.3.5.1.1 Dedicated and Labeled Components All chemical feed system components shall be
dedicated to a single chemical and clearly labeled to prevent the introduction of incompatible chemicals.
5.7.3.5.1.2 A Installed and Interlocked Chemical feed system components shall be installed and
interlocked so the chemical feeder cannot operate when the RECIRCULATION SYSTEM is in low or no
flow circumstances as per JCAHC 4.7.3.2.1.3.
5.7.3.5.1.2.1 Response to Alarm and Bather Evacuation When the interlock is activated stopping flow
from chemical feeders per JCAHC 4.7.3.2.1.3 and 5.7.3.5.1.3, or the water recirculation pump is stopped
manually or unexpectedly for any reason and duration, including power outages, all BATHERS shall be
evacuated from the AQUATIC VENUE until manual evaluation of the cause for interlock activation or
recirculation pump interruption is completed by the RESPONSIBLE SUPERVISOR or QUALIFIED OPERATOR.
5.7.3.5.1.2.2 A Bather Reentry BATHERS shall not be permitted to reenter the AQUATIC VENUE until the
RESPONSIBLE SUPERVISOR or QUALIFIED OPERATOR has successfully understood the cause of the interlock
activation and/or recirculation pump interruption and has manually overridden the interlock for restart of the
recirculation pump and chemical feeder, and UV or ozone system, if applicable, for 5 minutes following the
restart of these systems.
5.7.3.5.1.3 Fail Proof Safety Features Chemical feed system components shall incorporate failure-proof
features so the chemicals cannot feed directly into the AQUATIC VENUE, the VENUE piping system not
associated with the RECIRCULATION SYSTEM, source water supply system, or area within proximity of the
AQUATIC VENUE DECK under any type of failure, low flow, or interruption of operation of the equipment to
prevent BATHER exposure to high concentrations of AQUATIC VENUE treatment chemicals.
5.7.3.5.1.4 Maintained All chemical feed equipment shall be maintained in good working
condition.
5.7.3.5.1.4.1 Challenge Testing The system and its components shall be tested on a regular basis to
confirm that all SAFETY features are functioning correctly.
5.7.3.5.1.4.1.1 Once Monthly or Specified by Manufacturer Unless specified otherwise by the device
manufacturer, once monthly challenge testing of the chemical feeder interlock system shall be conducted by
turning off recirculation pump flow to the chemical feeder and ensuring triggered shutoff of chemical feeder
occurs via electrical interlock with flow meter/flow switch, paddle wheel, or other device being used to
assess flow to chemical feeder.
5.7.3.5.1.4.1.2 Following Confirmation Following confirmation of triggered shutoff, recirculation
flow shall immediately be restarted.
5.7.3.5.1.5 Insufficient Size/Capacity If it is determined that the chemical feed system is incapable of
maintaining the minimum required disinfectant level at all times in accordance with the JCAHC, additional
capacity shall be designed and installed per JCAHC 4.7.3.2.2.
5.7.3.5.2 Chemical Feeders Chemical feeders shall be installed such that they are not over
chemical storage containers, other feeders, or electrical equipment.
5.7.3.5.3 Dry Chemical Feeders Chemicals shall be kept dry to avoid clumping and potential
feeder plugging for mechanical gate or rotating screw feeders.
5.7.3.5.3.1 Cleaned and Lubricated The feeder mechanism shall be cleaned and lubricated to maintain
a reliable feed system.
5.7.3.5.4 Venturi Inlet Adequate pressure shall be maintained at the venturi INLET to create the
vacuum needed to draw the chemical into the RECIRCULATION SYSTEM.
5.7.3.5.5 Erosion Feeders Erosion feeders shall only have chemicals added that are approved by the
132
manufacturer.
5.7.3.5.5.1 Opened A feeder shall only be opened after the internal pressure is relieved by a bleed
valve.
5.7.3.5.5.2 Maintained Erosion feeders shall be maintained according to the manufacturer’s
instructions.
5.7.3.5.6 Liquid Solution Feeders For liquid solution feeders, spare feeder tubes (or tubing)
shall be maintained onsite for peristaltic pumps.
5.7.3.5.7 Checked Daily All chemical tubing, connections, support, and double containment
piping shall be checked on a daily basis for leaks.
5.7.3.5.7.1 Routed All chemical tubing that runs through areas where staff work shall be routed in PVC
piping to support the tubing and to prevent leaks.
5.7.3.5.7.1.1 Size The double containment PVC pipe shall be of sufficient size to allow for easy replacement
of tubing.
5.7.3.5.7.1.2 Turns Any necessary turns in the piping shall be designed so as to prevent kinking of the
tubing.
5.7.3.5.8 Gas Feed Systems The Chlorine Institute Pamphlet 82 requirements for safe STORAGE
and use of CHLORINE gas shall be followed.
5.7.3.5.9 Carbon Dioxide Carbon dioxide feed shall be permitted to reduce pH.
5.7.3.5.9.1 Controlled Carbon dioxide feed shall be controlled using a gas regulator.
5.7.3.5.9.2 Alarm Monitor CO2/O2 monitor and alarm shall be maintained in working condition.
5.7.3.5.9.3 Forced Ventilation Carbon dioxide is heavier than air, so forced ventilation shall be
maintained in the STORAGE room.
5.7.3.6 Testing for Water Circulation and Quality
5.7.3.6.1 Water Quality Testing Devices Available WQTDs for the measurement of disinfectant
residual, pH, alkalinity, CYA (if used), salt (if used), and temperature, at a minimum, shall be available
onsite.
5.7.3.6.1.1 Expiration Dates WQTDs utilizing reagents shall be checked for expiration at every use and
the date recorded.
5.7.3.6.2 Store WQTDs shall be stored in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
5.7.3.6.3 Temperature Chemical testing reagents shall be maintained at proper manufacturer
specified temperatures.
5.7.3.6.4 Calibration WQTDs that require calibration shall be calibrated in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions and the date of calibration recorded.
5.7.3.7 Automated Controllers and Equipment Monitoring
5.7.3.7.1 Use of Controller An AUTOMATED CONTROLLER capable of measuring the disinfectant
residual (DPD-FC or bromine) or surrogate such as ORP shall be used to maintain the disinfectant residual in
AQUATIC VENUES as required by the manufacturer of plan approved or installed equipment as outlined in
JCAHC 4.7.3.2.8.
5.7.3.7.1.1 Installed An AUTOMATED CONTROLLER shall NOT be required at adoption of this CODE
unless required by the manufacturer of plan approved or installed equipment.
5.7.3.7.1.2 Interlocked AUTOMATED CONTROLLERS shall be interlocked per JCAHC 4.7.3.2.1.3
upon adoption of this CODE if existing or upon installation if not existing.
5.7.3.7.2 Sampling The sample line for all probes shall be upstream from all primary,
133
SECONDARY and SUPPLEMENTAL TREATMENT injection ports or devices.
5.7.3.7.3 Monitor AUTOMATED CONTROLLERS shall be MONITORED in person by visual
observation at the start of the operating day to ensure proper functioning.
5.7.3.7.4 Activities MONITORING shall include activities recommended by manufacturers,
including but not limited to alerts and leaks.
5.7.3.7.5 Replacement Parts Only manufacturer-approved OEM replacement parts shall be used.
5.7.3.7.6 Calibration AUTOMATED CONTROLLERS shall be calibrated per manufacturer directions.
5.7.3.7.7A Ozone System When an ozone system is utilized as a SECONDARY TREATMENT, the
system shall be MONITORED and data recorded at a frequency consistent with JCAHC Table 5.7.3.7.7.
Table 5.7.3.7.7: Ozone System Monitoring Frequency
Parameter Monitoring Frequency Recording Frequency
ORP Continuous Every 4 hours
Control System Indicating Ozone Being Created Continuous Every 4 Hours
Operational Indicators in Range Continuous Every 4 hours
Ozone Within 6 inches of Aquatic Venue Water
Surface Annual Annual
5.7.3.7.7.1 Other Testing At the time the ozone generating equipment is installed, again after 24 hours of
operation, and annually thereafter, the air space within 6 inches of the AQUATIC VENUE water shall be tested to
determine compliance of less than 0.1 ppm (mg/L) gaseous ozone.
5.7.3.7.7.1.1 Results Results of the test shall be maintained onsite for review by JCDHE.
5.7.3.7.8A UV Systems When a UV system is utilized as a SECONDARY TREATMENT, the system shall
be MONITORED and data recorded at a frequency consistent with JCAHC Table 5.7.3.7.8.
Table 5.7.3.7.8: UV System Monitoring and Calibration Frequency
Parameter Monitoring Frequency Recording Frequency
Flow Rate Monitoring Continuous Every 4 Hours
Intensity Monitoring Continuous Every 4 Hours
Water Temperature Monitoring
(Medium Pressure) Continuous Daily
Set Point for Intensity Monitoring Continuous Daily
UV Lamp On/Off Cycle Monitoring Continuous Weekly
(Total Cycles/Week)
Iron, Calcium Hardness Monitoring Weekly (If Fouling is Prevalent) Weekly
Calibration of UVT Analyzer (if used) Per Manufacturer’s Requirements At Time of Calibration
Calibration of Intensity Per Manufacturer’s Requirements At Time of Calibration
Calibration of Flow Meter Per Manufacturer’s Requirements At Time of Calibration
5.7.3.7.9 UV Alarm Testing and Maintenance The automated UV shut-down alarm required in
JCAHC 4.7.3.3.3.6 shall be tested weekly and maintained as needed.
134
5.7.4 Water Sample Collection and Testing
5.7.4.1 Sample Collection The QUALIFIED OPERATOR shall ensure a water sample is acquired for
testing from the in-line sample port when available as per JCAHC 5.7.5.
5.7.4.1.1 Same Volume If an AQUATIC VENUE has more than one RECIRCULATION SYSTEM, the same
sample volume shall be collected from each in-line sample port and tested separately.
5.7.4.1.2 No Port If no in-line sample port is available, the QUALIFIED OPERATOR shall ensure
water samples from the AQUATIC VENUE are acquired according to JCAHC 5.7.4.3.
5.7.4.2 Routine Samples If routine samples are collected from in-line sample ports, the
QUALIFIED OPERATOR shall also ensure water samples are acquired from the bulk water of the AQUATIC
VENUE at least once per day.
5.7.4.2.1 Midday Collection Daily bulk water samples shall be collected in the middle of the
AQUATIC VENUE operational day, according to the procedures in JCAHC 5.7.4.3.
5.7.4.2.2 Compared Water quality data from these AQUATIC VENUE samples shall be compared to data
obtained from in-line port samples to assess potential water quality variability in the AQUATIC VENUE.
5.7.4.3 A Bulk Water Sample The QUALIFIED OPERATOR shall ensure the following procedure is used
for acquiring a water sample from bulk water of the POOL.
5.7.4.3.1 Obtain Sample All samples shall be obtained from a location with the following
qualities:
1) At least 18 inches (45.7 cm) below the surface of the water,
2) A water depth of 3–4 feet (91.4 cm to 1.2 m) when available, and
3) A location between water INLETS.
5.7.4.3.2 Rotate Sampling locations shall rotate around the shallow end of the POOL.
5.7.4.3.3 Deepest Area The QUALIFIED OPERATOR shall ensure a sample includes a deep end
sample from the AQUATIC VENUE in the water sampling rotation once per week.
5.7.4.4 A Aquatic Venue Water Chemical Balance
5.7.4.4.1 A Total Alkalinity Total alkalinity shall be maintained in the range of 60 to 180 ppm
(mg/L).
5.7.4.4.2A Combined Chlorine (Chloramines) The owner shall ensure the AQUATIC FACILITY takes
action to reduce the level of COMBINED CHLORINE (chloramines) in the water when the level exceeds 0.4 ppm
(mg/L). Such actions may include but are not limited to:
1) Superchlorination,
2) Water exchange, or
3) PATRON adherence to appropriate BATHER hygiene practices.
5.7.4.4.3 A Calcium Hardness Calcium hardness shall not exceed 2500 ppm (mg/L).
5.7.4.4.4 A Algaecides Algaecides may be used in an AQUATIC VENUE provided:
1) The product is labeled as an algaecide for AQUATIC VENUE or SPA use;
2) The product is used in strict compliance with label instructions; and
135
3) The product is registered with the EPA and applicable state agency.
5.7.4.5 A Source (Fill) Water The owner of a public AQUATIC VENUE, public SPA, or SPECIAL USE
AQUATIC VENUE shall ensure that the water supply for the facility meets one of the following requirements:
1) The water comes from a PUBLIC WATER SYSTEM as defined by the applicable rules of JCDHE in which
the facility is located;
2) The water meets the requirements of JCDHE for PUBLIC WATER SYSTEMS; or
3) JCDHE has approved an alternative water source for use in the AQUATIC FACILITY.
5.7.4.6 A Water Balance for Aquatic Venues AQUATIC VENUE water shall be chemically balanced.
5.7.4.7 A Water Temperature
5.7.4.7.1 Minimize Risk and Protect Safety Water temperatures shall be considered and
planned for based on risk, SAFETY, priority facility usage, and age of participants, while managing water
quality concerns.
5.7.4.7.2 A Maximum Temperature The maximum temperature for an AQUATIC VENUE is 104º F
(40°C).
5.7.5 A Water Quality Chemical Testing Frequency
5.7.5.1 A Chemical Parameters DPD-FC, COMBINED AVAILABLE CHLORINE (CAC), or TOTAL
BROMINE (TB), and pH shall be tested at all AQUATIC VENUES prior to opening each day.
5.7.5.2 Manual Disinfectant Feed System For all AQUATIC VENUES using a manual
disinfectant feed system that delivers disinfectant via a flow through erosion feeder or metering pump
without an AUTOMATED CONTROLLER, DPD-FC or bromine and pH shall be tested prior to opening to the
public and every 2 hours while open to the public. This section applies only to PUBLIC POOLS and SEMI-
PUBLIC POOLS with QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS or QUALIFIED OPERATORS onsite during all hours of
operation.
5.7.5.3 Automatic Disinfectant Feed System For all AQUATIC VENUES using an automated
disinfectant feed system, DPD-FC (or TB) and pH shall be tested prior to opening and every 4 hours while
open to the public. This section applies only to PUBLIC POOLS and SEMI-PUBLIC POOLS with QUALIFIED
LIFEGUARDS or QUALIFIED OPERATORS onsite during all hours of operation.
5.7.5.4 In-Line ORP Readings In-line ORP readings, if such systems are installed, shall be
recorded at the same time the DPD-FC (or TB) and pH tests are performed.
5.7.5.5 Total Alkalinity Total Alkalinity (TA) shall be tested weekly at all AQUATIC VENUES.
5.7.5.6 Calcium Hardness Calcium hardness shall be tested monthly at all AQUATIC VENUES.
5.7.5.7 Cyanuric Acid CYA shall be tested monthly at all AQUATIC VENUES utilizing CYA.
5.7.5.7.1 Tested CYA shall be tested 24 hours after the addition of CYA to the AQUATIC VENUE.
5.7.5.7.2 Stabilized Chlorine If AQUATIC VENUES utilize stabilized CHLORINE as its primary
disinfectant, the operator shall measure CYA concentrations weekly or more frequently as necessary to ensure
compliance with JCAHC 5.7.3.
5.7.5.8 Saturation Index The SATURATION INDEX shall be checked monthly.
5.7.5.9 Total Dissolved Solids TDS shall be tested quarterly at all AQUATIC VENUES.
5.7.5.10 Water Temperature For heated AQUATIC VENUES, water temperature shall be recorded
at the same time the DPD-FC (or TB) and pH tests are performed.
5.7.5.11 Salt If in-line electrolytic chlorinators are used, salt levels shall be tested at least weekly or
per manufacturer’s instructions.
136
5.7.5.12 Copper/Silver Systems Copper and silver shall be tested daily at all AQUATIC VENUES
utilizing copper/silver systems as a SUPPLEMENTAL TREATMENT system.
5.7.6 A Water Clarity
5.7.6.1 Water Clarity The water in an AQUATIC VENUE shall be sufficiently clear such that
the bottom is clearly/easily visible while the water is static at all times the AQUATIC VENUE is open or
available for use.
5.7.6.1.1 Reference Tile The reference tile required in JCAHC 4.5.1.2.1 through 4.5.1.2.4 shall be used
to observe water clarity.
5.7.6.1.2 No Reference Tile In the absence of a reference tile or suction outlet, an alternate
means of achieving the goal of observing the bottom of the pool may be permitted.
5.7.6.2 Visible This reference point shall be visible at all times at any point on the DECK up to 30 feet
(9.1 m) away in a direct line of sight from the tile or main drain.
5.7.6.2.1 Spas For SPAS, this test shall be performed when the water is in a non-turbulent state and
bubbles have been allowed to dissipate.
5.8 Decks and Equipment
5.8.1 A Deck Areas
5.8.1.1 Cross-Connection Control
5.8.1.1.1 Deck Drains BACKFLOW prevention devices shall be in good working order, and shall be
tested as required by JCDHE.
5.8.1.2 Materials / Slip Resistant
5.8.1.2.1 Clean and Good Repair Surfaces shall be clean and in good repair.
5.8.1.2.2 Risk Management The finish and profile of DECK surfaces shall be maintained to prevent
slips and falls.
5.8.1.2.3 A Tripping Hazards Tripping hazards shall be avoided.
5.8.1.2.3.1 Protect If tripping hazards are present, they shall be repaired or promptly barricaded to protect
PATRONS/employees.
5.8.1.3 Deck Size/Width The PERIMETER DECK shall be maintained clear of obstructions for at least
a 4 foot (1.2 m) width around the entire POOL unless otherwise allowed by this CODE.
5.8.2 Diving Boards and Platforms [N/A]
5.8.3 A Starting Platforms
5.8.3.1 Competitive Training and Competition Starting platforms shall only be used for
competitive swimming and training.
5.8.3.1.1 Supervision Starting platforms shall only be used under the direct supervision of a
coach or instructor.
5.8.3.1.2 Removed or Restricted Starting platforms shall be removed, if possible, or prohibited from
use during all recreational or non-competitive swimming activity by covering platforms with a
manufacturer-supplied platform cover or with another means or device that is readily visible and clearly
prohibits use.
5.8.4 Pool Slides [N/A]
5.8.5 Lifeguard- and Safety-Related Equipment
5.8.5.1 A Equipment Inspection and Maintenance AQUATIC FACILITIES shall not be open to users
137
unless the equipment listed under JCAHC 5.8.5 is present and in a safe and working condition.
5.8.5.2 Safety Equipment Required at All Aquatic Facilities
5.8.5.2.1 Emergency Communication Equipment
5.8.5.2.1.1 A Functioning Communication Equipment The AQUATIC FACILITY shall have
equipment for staff to communicate in cases of emergency.
5.8.5.2.1.2 A Hard-Wired Telephone for 911 Call Not required under the Johnson County Aquatic
Health Code.
5.8.5.2.1.3 Conspicuous and Easily Accessible The telephone or communication system or device
shall be conspicuously provided and accessible to AQUATIC VENUE users such that it can be reached
immediately.
5.8.5.2.1.4 A Alternate Communication Systems Alternate functional systems, devices, or
communication processes are allowed.
5.8.5.2.2 First Aid Equipment
5.8.5.2.2.1 A Location for First Aid The AQUATIC FACILITY shall have designated locations for
emergency and first aid equipment.
5.8.5.2.2.2 A First Aid Supplies An adequate supply of first aid supplies shall be continuously stocked
and include, at a minimum, as follows:
1) A first aid guide,
2) Absorbent compress,
3) Adhesive bandages,
4) Adhesive tape,
5) Sterile pads,
6) Disposable gloves,
7) Scissors,
8) Elastic wrap,
9) Emergency blanket,
10) Resuscitation mask with one-way valve, and
11) Blood-borne pathogen spill kit.
5.8.5.2.3 Signage
5.8.5.2.3.1 A Sign Indicating First Aid Location Not required in the JCDHE Aquatics Health Code.
5.8.5.2.3.2 A Emergency Dialing Instructions A permanent sign providing emergency communication
directions and the AQUATIC FACILITY address shall be posted and maintained at the emergency telephone,
system, or device.
5.8.5.2.3.3 A Management Contact Info A permanent sign shall be conspicuously posted and
maintained displaying contact information for emergency personnel and AQUATIC FACILITY management.
5.8.5.2.3.4 A Hours of Operation A sign shall be posted stating the following:
1) The operating hours of the AQUATIC FACILITY and
2) Unauthorized use of the AQUATIC FACILITY outside of these hours is prohibited.
5.8.5.3 Safety Equipment Required at Facilities with Lifeguards
5.8.5.3.1A UV Protection for Chairs and Stands Lifeguards and lifeguard positions must be
provided protection from UV radiation exposure.
138
5.8.5.3.2A Backboard At least one backboard constructed of material easily SANITIZED/disinfected shall
be provided.
5.8.5.3.2.1 Backboard Number and Location The number and location of backboards shall be sufficient
to affect a 2-minute response time to the location of the incident.
5.8.5.3.2.2 Backboard Components The backboard shall be equipped with a head immobilizer and
sufficient straps to immobilize a person to the backboard.
5.8.5.3.3A Rescue Tube Immediately Available Each QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD conducting PATRON
surveillance with the responsibility of in-water rescue in less than 3 feet (0.9 m) of water shall have a rescue
tube immediately available for use.
5.8.5.3.4 A Rescue Tube on Person Each QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD conducting PATRON surveillance in a
water depth of 3 feet (0.9 m) or greater shall have a rescue tube on his/her person in a rescue ready position.
5.8.5.3.5A Identifying Uniform QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS shall wear attire that readily identifies them
as members of the AQUATIC FACILITY’S lifeguard staff.
5.8.5.3.6A Signal Device A whistle or other signaling device shall be worn by each QUALIFIED
LIFEGUARD conducting PATRON surveillance for communicating to users and/or staff.
5.8.5.3.7A Sun Blocking Methods All AQUATIC FACILITIES where QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS can be
exposed to UV radiation shall train lifeguards about the use of protective clothing, hats, sun-blocking
umbrellas, and sunscreen application and re-application using or exceeding SPF Level 15 to protect exposed
skin areas.
5.8.5.3.7.1 Lifeguards Responsible QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS are responsible for protecting
themselves from UV radiation exposure and wearing appropriate sunglasses and sunscreen.
5.8.5.3.8 A Polarized Sunglasses When glare impacts the ability to see below the water’s surface,
QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS shall wear polarized sunglasses while conducting BATHER surveillance.
5.8.5.3.9A Personal Protective Equipment Personal protective devices including a resuscitation mask
with one-way valve and non-latex, non-powdered, one-use disposable gloves shall be worn in the form of a
hip pack or attached to the rescue tube of all QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS on-duty.
5.8.5.3.10A Rescue Throwing Device AQUATIC FACILITIES with one QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD shall
provide and maintain a U.S. Coast Guard-approved aquatic rescue throwing device as per the specifications of
JCAHC 5.8.5.4.1.
5.8.5.3.11A Reaching Pole AQUATIC FACILITIES with one QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD shall provide and
maintain a reaching pole as per the specifications of JCAHC 5.8.5.4.2.
5.8.5.4 Safety Equipment and Signage Required at Facilities without Lifeguards
5.8.5.4.1A Throwing Device AQUATIC VENUES whose depth exceeds 2 feet (61.0 cm) of standing water
shall provide and maintain a U.S. Coast Guard-approved aquatic rescue throwing device, with at least a
quarter-inch (6.3 mm) thick rope whose length is 50 feet (15.2 m) or 1.5 times the width of the POOL,
whichever is less.
5.8.5.4.1.1 Throwing Device Location The rescue throwing device shall be located in the
immediate vicinity to the AQUATIC VENUE and be accessible to BATHERS.
5.8.5.4.2A Reaching Pole AQUATIC VENUES whose depth exceeds 2 feet (61 cm) of standing water shall
provide and maintain a reaching pole of 12 feet (3.7 m)–16 feet (4.9 m) in length, non-telescopic, light in weight,
and with a securely attached Shepherd's Crook with an aperture of at least 18 inches (45.7 cm).
5.8.5.4.2.1 Reaching Pole Location The reaching pole shall be located in the immediate vicinity to the
AQUATIC VENUE and be accessible to BATHERS and PATRONS.
5.8.5.4.2.2 Non-Conductive Material Reaching poles provided by the AQUATIC FACILITY after the
adoption date of this CODE shall be of non-conductive material.
139
5.8.5.4.3A CPR Posters CPR posters that are up to date with latest CPR programs and protocols shall
be posted conspicuously at all times.
5.8.5.4.4A Imminent Health Hazard Sign Not required in the JCDHE Aquatic Health Code.
5.8.5.4.5A Additional Signage For any AQUATIC VENUE with standing water, a sign shall be posted
signifying a QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD is not on duty and that the following rules apply:
1) “WARNING – NO LIFEGUARD ON DUTY”, the sign must be in all capital letters at least 4 inches high,
lettering may be as narrow as 1.5 inches to save space. Also see 6.4.2.2.3.4
2) Persons under the age of 14 years cannot be in the AQUATIC VENUE without direct supervision by a person
aged 18 years or older; and
3) Youth and childcare groups, training, lifeguard courses, and swim lessons are not allowed without a
QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD providing PATRON surveillance
5.8.6 Barriers and Enclosures
5.8.6.1 General Requirements All required ENCLOSURES shall be maintained to
prevent unauthorized entry to the protected space.
5.8.6.2 Construction Requirements (N/A)
5.8.6.3 Gates and Doors
5.8.6.3.1 Self-Closing and Latching All primary public access gates or doors serving as part of an
ENCLOSURE shall have functional self-closing and self-latching closures unless the gate or door meets the
exceptions in JCAHC 4.8.6.3.1.6.1 or 4.8.6.3.1.6.2 and staff and QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS are provided per
JCAHC 6.3.4.1 and 6.3.4.3.1.
5.8.6.3.1.1 Exception Gates or doors used solely for after-hours maintenance shall remain locked at
all times when not in use by staff.
5.8.6.3.1.2 Propping Open Required self-closing and self-latching gates or doors serving as part of a
guarded ENCLOSURE may be maintained in the open position when the AQUATIC VENUE is open and staffed as
required.
5.9 A Filter/Equipment Room
5.9.1 Chemical Storage
5.9.1.1 A Code Compliance Chemical storage shall be in compliance with all applicable local,
state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws.
5.9.1.2 A OSHA and EPA Chemical handling shall be in compliance with OSHA and EPA regulations.
5.9.1.3 A Safety Data Sheets For each chemical, STORAGE, handling, and use of the chemical shall be in
compliance with the manufacturer’s SDS and labels.
5.9.1.4 Access Prevention AQUATIC VENUE chemicals shall be stored to prevent access
by unauthorized individuals.
5.9.1.5 A Protected AQUATIC VENUE chemicals shall be stored so that they are protected from
getting wet.
5.9.1.6 A No Mixing AQUATIC VENUE chemicals shall be stored so that if the packages were to leak,
no mixing of incompatible materials would occur.
5.9.1.6.1 Safety Data Sheets Consulted SDS shall be consulted for incompatibilities.
5.9.1.7 A Ignition Sources Possible ignition sources, including but not limited to gasoline, diesel,
natural gas, or gas-powered equipment such as lawn mowers, motors, grills, POOL heaters, or portable stoves
shall not be stored or installed in the CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE.
140
5.9.1.8 Smoking Smoking shall be prohibited in the CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE.
5.9.1.9 A Lighting Lighting shall be at minimum 30 footcandles (323 lux) to allow operators to
read labels on containers throughout the CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE and pump room.
5.9.1.10 A Personal Protective Equipment PPE shall be available as indicated on the chemical SDSs.
5.9.1.11 Storage Chemicals shall be stored away from direct sunlight, temperature extremes, and
high humidity.
5.9.1.12 Single Container A single container of a particular chemical that has been opened and that is
currently in use in the pump room may be kept in a staging area of the pump room only if the chemical (s) will
be protected from exposure to heat and moisture.
5.9.1.13 Separate The CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE shall be separate from the equipment room
5.9.1.13.1 Waiver For AQUATIC FACILITIES that do not currently have a CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE
separate from the EQUIPMENT ROOM, this requirement will be waived if the chemicals are protected from
exposure to heat and moisture and no IMMINENT HEALTH HAZARDS or SAFETY threats are identified.
5.9.1.14 Warning Signs Warning signs in compliance with NFPA or HMIS ratings shall be posted on
CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACE doors.
5.9.2 Chemical Handling
5.9.2.1 Identity Containers of chemicals shall be labeled, tagged, or marked with the identity of
the material and a statement of the hazardous effects of the chemical according to OSHA or EPA materials
labeling requirements.
5.9.2.1.1 Labeling All AQUATIC VENUE chemical containers shall be labeled according to OSHA or EPA
materials labeling requirements.
5.9.2.2 NSF Standard The chemical equipment used in controlling the quality of water shall be
CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to NSF/ANSI 50 by an ANSI-accredited certification organization and used
only in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
5.9.2.3 Measuring Devices Chemicals shall be measured using a dedicated measuring device where
applicable.
5.9.2.3.1 Clean and Dry These measuring devices shall be clean, dry, and constructed of material
compatible with the chemical to be measured to prevent the introduction of incompatible chemicals.
5.9.2.4 Chemical Addition Methods
5.9.2.4.1 Automatically Introduced DISINFECTION and pH control chemicals shall be
automatically introduced through the RECIRCULATION SYSTEM. Existing semi-public/Class C
pools with trichloro or bromine disinfection systems are not required to install a pH controller.
5.9.2.4.1.1 Manual Addition SUPERCHLORINATION or shock chemicals and other POOL
chemicals other than DISINFECTION may be added manually to the POOL.
5.9.2.4.1.2 Absence of Bathers Chemicals added manually directly into the AQUATIC VENUE
shall only be introduced in the absence of BATHERS.
5.9.2.4.2 Safety Requirements Treatment chemicals shall be added in strict adherence to the
manufacturer’s use instructions to ensure levels in the water are safe for human exposure. Refer to JCAHC
5.7.3.
5.9.2.4.2.1 Diluted Whenever required by the manufacturer, chemicals shall be diluted (or mixed
with water) prior to application and as per the manufacturer’s directions.
5.9.2.4.2.2 Added Chemicals shall be added to water when diluting as opposed to adding water to a
concentrated chemical.
5.9.2.4.2.3 Mixed Each chemical shall be mixed in a separate, labeled container.
141
5.9.2.4.2.3.1 Never Mixed Together Two or more chemicals shall never be mixed in the same dilution
water.
5.10 Hygiene Facilities
5.10.1 General [N/A]
5.10.2 Location [N/A]
5.10.3 Bathhouse Design [N/A]
5.10.4 Plumbing Fixture Requirements
5.10.4.1 A General Requirements
5.10.4.1.1 Cleaned and Sanitized HYGIENE FACILITY FIXTURES, dressing area FIXTURES, and
furniture shall be cleaned and SANITIZED daily with an EPA–REGISTERED product, and more often if
necessary, to provide a clean and sanitary environment.
5.10.4.1.2 Mold and Mildew HYGIENE FACILITY floors, walls, and ceilings shall be kept clean and free
of visible mold and mildew.
5.10.4.1.3 Hand Wash Station HANDWASHING STATIONS shall include the following items:
1) Hand wash sink,
2) Adjacent soap with dispenser,
3) Hand drying device or paper towels and dispenser, and
4) Trash receptacle.
5.10.4.2 Cleansing Showers
5.10.4.2.1 Cleaned and Sanitized CLEANSING SHOWERS shall be cleaned and SANITIZED daily with
an EPA–REGISTERED product, and more often if necessary, to provide a clean and sanitary environment.
5.10.4.3 A Rinse Showers
5.10.4.3.1 Cleaned RINSE SHOWERS shall be cleaned daily and more often if necessary with an
EPA–REGISTERED product and more often if necessary to provide a clean and sanitary environment.
5.10.4.3.2 Easy Access RINSE SHOWERS shall be easily accessible.
5.10.4.3.3 Not Blocked Equipment and furniture on the DECK shall not block access to RINSE
SHOWERS.
5.10.4.3.4 No Soap Soap dispensers and soap shall be prohibited at RINSE SHOWERS.
5.10.4.4 All Showers [N/A]
5.10.4.5 A Diaper-Changing Stations DIAPER-CHANGING STATIONS are required in all new
AQUATIC FACILITIES upon adoption of this CODE.
5.10.4.5.1 Hand Wash Sink Installed and Operational The adjacent handwashing sink shall be
installed and operational on all new AQUATIC FACILITIES.
5.10.4.5.2 Cleaned DIAPER-CHANGING STATIONS shall be cleaned and disinfected daily and more often
if necessary to provide a clean and sanitary environment.
5.10.4.5.2.1 Maintained They shall be maintained in good condition and free of visible
contamination.
5.10.4.5.3 Disinfectant EPA–REGISTERED disinfectant shall be provided in the form of either of the
following:
1) A solution in a spray dispenser with paper towels and dispenser, or
142
2) Wipes contained within a dispenser.
5.10.4.5.3.1 Covers If disposable DIAPER-CHANGING UNIT covers are provided in addition to
disinfectant, they shall cover the DIAPER-CHANGING UNIT surface during use and keep the unit in clean
condition.
5.10.4.5.4 Portable Handwashing Station If a portable HANDWASHING STATION is provided for use it
shall be operational and maintained in good condition at all times.
5.10.4.6 A Non-Plumbing Fixture Requirements
5.10.4.6.1 Paper Towels If paper towels are used for hand drying, a dispenser and paper towels shall
be provided for use at HANDWASHING STATIONS.
5.10.4.6.2 Soap Soap dispensers shall be provided at HANDWASHING STATIONS and CLEANSING
SHOWERS and shall be kept full of liquid or granular soap.
5.10.4.6.2.1 Bar Soap Bar soap shall be prohibited.
5.10.4.6.3 Trash A minimum of one hands-free trash receptacle shall be provided in areas adjacent to
handwashing sinks.
5.10.4.6.3.1 Trash Emptying Trash receptacles shall be emptied daily and more often if
necessary to provide a clean and sanitary environment.
5.10.4.6.4 Floor Coverings Non-permanent floor coverings (including but not limited to mats and racks)
shall be removable and maintained in accordance with JCAHC 5.10.4.1.1.
5.10.4.6.4.1 Wood Wooden racks, duckboards, and wooden mats shall be prohibited on HYGIENE FACILITY
and dressing area flooring.
5.10.4.7 Sharps
5.10.4.7.1 Biohazard Action Plan A biohazard action plan shall also be on file as required by all
applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws and as part of the AQUATIC FACILITY SAFETY PLAN.
5.10.4.7.2 Disposed Sharps within approved containers shall be disposed of as needed by the
AQUATIC FACILITY in accordance with all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws.
5.10.5 Provision of Suits, Towels, and Shared Equipment
5.10.5.1 A Towels All towels provided by the AQUATIC FACILITY shall be washed with detergent in
warm water, rinsed, and thoroughly dried at the warmest temperature listed on the fabric label after each use.
5.10.5.2 Suits Any attire provided by the AQUATIC FACILITY shall be washed in accordance with
the fabric label or manufacturer’s instructions.
5.10.5.3 Receptacles Non-absorbent, easily cleanable receptacles shall be provided for collection
of used suits and towels.
5.10.5.4 A Shared Equipment Cleaned and Sanitized Equipment proided by the AQUATIC
FACILITY that comes into contact with BATHER’s eyes, nose, ears, mouth and/or perineal areas (including
but not limited to snorkels, nose clips, and goggles) shall be cleaned and SANITIZED between uses, and
stored in a manner to prevent biological growth.
5.10.5.5 A Other Equipment Other shared equipment provided by the AQUATIC FACILITY, including
but not limited to fins, kickboards, tubes, lifejackets, and noodles, shall be kept clean and stored in a manner
to prevent mold and other biological growth.
5.10.5.6 Good Repair Shared equipment shall be maintained in good repair.
5.10.5.7 Used Equipment Used and un-SANITIZED shared equipment shall be kept separate
from cleaned and SANITIZED shared equipment.
5.10.5.7.1 Receptacles Non-absorbent, easily cleanable receptacles shall be provided for collection of
143
used shared equipment.
5.11 Water Supply / Wastewater Disposal [N/A]
5.12 Special Requirements for Specific Aquatic Venues
5.12.1 Spas
5.12.1.1 Required Operation Time SPA filtration systems shall be operated 24 hours per day
except for periods of draining, filling, and maintenance.
5.12.1.2 A Drainage and Replacement SPAS shall be drained, cleaned, scrubbed, and water replaced as
calculated in JCAHC 5.12.1.2.1 or as needed to maintain water clarity and quality per JCAHC.
5.12.1.2.1 Calculated The water replacement interval (in days) shall be calculated by dividing the SPA
volume (in gallons) by 3 and then dividing by the average number of users per day or at a minimum of
every 1–2 weeks.
5.12.1.3 Scrubbed SPA surfaces, including interior of SKIMMERS, shall be scrubbed or wiped down, and
all water drained prior to refill.
5.12.2 A Waterslides and Landing Pools
5.12.2.1 Signage Warning signs shall be posted in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
5.12.3 Wave Pools
5.12.3.1 A Life Jackets U.S. Coast Guard-approved life jackets that are properly sized and fitted shall be
provided free and shall be available at, or adjacent to, the AQUATIC VENUE.
5.12.4 Therapy Pools [N/A]
5.12.5 Lazy Rivers [N/A]
5.12.6 Moveable Floors
5.12.6.1 Starting Platforms The use of starting platforms in the area of a MOVEABLE FLOOR shall
be prohibited when the water depth is shallower than the minimum required water depth of 4 feet (1.2 m).
Use may only occur as per JCAHC 5.6.10.3.
5.12.6.2 Diving Boards When a MOVEABLE FLOOR is installed into a DIVING POOL, diving shall
be prohibited unless the DIVING POOL depth meets criteria set in JCAHC 4.8.2.1.1.
5.12.7 Bulkheads
5.12.7.1 Open Area If a BULKHEAD is operated with an open area underneath, no one shall be
allowed to swim beneath the BULKHEAD.
5.12.7.2 Bulkhead Travel The BULKHEAD position shall be maintained such that it cannot
encroach on any required clearances of other features such as diving boards.
5.12.8 Interactive Water Play Aquatic Venues
5.12.8.1 Cracks CRACKS in the INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY AQUATIC VENUE shall be repaired when
they may be a potential for leakage, present a tripping hazard, a potential cause of lacerations, or impact the
ability to properly clean and maintain the INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY AQUATIC VENUE area.
5.12.8.2 Cleaning When cleaning the INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY AQUATIC VENUE CONTAMINANTS
shall be removed or washed to the sanitary sewer.
5.12.8.2.1 No Sanitary Sewer Drain Available If no sanitary sewer drain is available then debris shall
be washed/rinsed to the nearest DECK drain or removed in a manner that prevents CONTAMINANTS from
reentering the INTERACTIVE WATER PLAY AQUATIC VENUE.
144
5.12.9 Wading Pools [N/A]
5.12.10 Other Aquatic Venues [N/A]
145
6.0 Policies and Management
The provisions of Chapter 6 shall apply to all AQUATIC FACILITIES covered by this CODE regardless of when
constructed, unless otherwise noted.
Note: Section numbers with superscript “A” (e.g., 6.0A) denote a corresponding discussion in the Annex to the
Model Aquatic Health Code.
6.0.1 A Staff Training All QUALIFIED OPERATORS, RESPONSIBLE SUPERVISORS, maintenance staff,
QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD staff, or any others who are involved in the STORAGE, use, or handling of chemicals shall
receive training prior to access of chemicals and receive at least an annual review of procedures thereafter for the
following topics discussed in JCAHC 6.0.1.1 to 6.0.1.5.
6.0.1.1 Storage and Handling Procedures for chemical storage and handling outlined in this CODE.
6.0.1.2 Personal Protective Equipment Procedures STANDARD precautions, PPE, and other
measures to minimize exposure to chemicals as required by OSHA. This shall include staff training in PPE
and respiratory protective devices when required.
6.0.1.3 Spill Procedures Spill Procedures and Emergency Response outlined in this CODE.
6.0.1.4 OSHA Requirements Federal OSHA Requirements: Hazard Communication
Standard (Employee Right-to-Know) and SDS. Know the location and availability of STANDARD and
the written program.
6.0.1.5 Chemical and Safety Data Sheets Lists Know workplace chemicals list and SDS.
6.0.1.6 Training Plan Employers shall have a training plan in place and implement training for
employees on chemicals used at the AQUATIC FACILITY before their first assignment and whenever a new
hazard is introduced into the work area.
6.0.1.6.1 A Training Topics The training shall include at a minimum:
1) How to recognize and avoid chemical hazards,
2) The physical and health hazards of chemicals used at the facility,
3) How to detect the presence or release of a hazardous chemical,
4) Required PPE necessary to avoid the hazards,
5) Use of PPE,
6) Chemical spill response, and
7) How to read and understand the chemical labels or other forms of warning including SDS sheets.
6.0.1.7 Training Records Records of all training shall be recorded and maintained on file.
6.0.1.8A Body Fluid Exposure Employees assigned to roles which have the potential for an
occupational exposure to bloodborne pathogens, pathogens that cause RWIs, or other pathogens shall be
trained to recognize and respond to body fluid (blood, feces, vomit) releases in and around the AQUATIC
VENUE area.
6.0.1.9 Exposure Control Program Employers shall have an Exposure Control Program
for bloodborne pathogens as required by OSHA 29 CFR 1910.1030.
6.0.1.10 Personal Protective Equipment Provided and Disposed PPE shall be provided and
properly disposed.
146
6.1 Qualified Operator Training
6.1.1 A Qualified Operator Qualifications and Certification
6.1.1.1 Qualifications A QUALIFIED OPERATOR of an AQUATIC FACILITY shall have completed
an operator training course that is recognized by JCDHE. Accepted courses will include, but are not limited
to, Aquatic Facility Operator (AFO®) produced by the National Recreation and Park Association
(NRPA®), Certified Pool Operator (CPO®) produced by the Pool and Hot Tub Alliance (PHTA®) and
the course administered by JCDHE. Other courses that meet this code’s requirement may be submitted for
approval by the DIRECTOR.
6.1.1.2 Training Documentation A QUALIFIED OPERATOR shall have a current certificate or
written documentation acceptable to JCDHE showing completion of an operator training course.
6.1.1.2.1 Certificate Available Originals or copies of such certificate or documentation shall be
available onsite for inspection by JCDHE for each QUALIFIED OPERATOR employed at or contracted by the
site, as specified in this CODE.
6.1.1.2.2 Originals Originals shall be made available upon request by JCDHE.
6.1.2 A Essential Topics in Qualified Operator Training Courses
6.1.2.1 Course Content All operator training courses recognized by JCDHE shall include, at a
minimum, the following teaching elements:
1) Water disinfection,
2) Water chemistry,
3) Mechanical systems, and
4) Health and SAFETY operations.
6.1.2.1.1 A Water Disinfection Water DISINFECTION including:
1) Water disinfection,
2) CT or Concentration X Time values,
3) Chlorine,
4) CYA,
5) Bromine,
6) Breakpoint,
7) Superchlorination,
8) Hyperchlorination,
9) Combined chlorine,
10) Secondary treatment, and
11) Supplemental treatment.
6.1.2.1.1.1 Disinfectants Disinfectant types including:
1) Descriptions of different types of disinfectants,
2) Their unique physical (e.g., shape or state [solid, liquid, or gas]) and chemical properties (e.g., how it
reacts with acids or bases),
3) How they disinfect and impact water chemistry and MONITORING systems,
4) How to calculate dosing,
5) How they are used safely, and
147
6) The advantages or disadvantages of using each disinfectant.
6.1.2.1.1.2 CT Inactivation Values CT or Concentration x Time values including:
1) How to calculate the amount of time needed to inactivate PATHOGENS at a given concentration of a
disinfectant, and
2) The importance and reasons for maintaining appropriate water pH and temperature.
6.1.2.1.1.3 Bromine Bromine including:
1) Definition of bromine as an element,
2) Its use as a residual disinfectant and oxidizer in water,
3) Bromine chemistry,
4) The DISINFECTION role of HOBr,
5) Onsite generation,
6) pH meter requirements to prevent false readings, and
7) Bromine reuse.
6.1.2.1.1.4 Chlorine CHLORINE including:
1) Definition of CHLORINE as an element,
2) Its use as a residual disinfectant and oxidizer in water,
3) CHLORINE chemistry and the role of pH,
4) The DISINFECTION role of HOCl,
5) Unstabilized products (sodium hypochlorite, calcium hypochlorite, lithium hypochlorite, and CHLORINE
gas),
6) Stabilized products (sodium dichloro-s-triazinetrione and trichloro-s-triazinetrione),
7) Safe chemical handling, and
8) Onsite CHLORINE generation.
6.1.2.1.1.5 Cyanuric Acid CYA and stabilized CHLORINE product use including:
1) Description of CYA and how CHLORINE is bound to it,
2) Description of CYA use via addition of stabilized CHLORINE compounds or addition of CYA alone,
3) Response curves showing the impact of CYA on stabilization of FREE CHLORINE RESIDUALS in the
presence of UV,
4) Dose response curves showing the impact of CYA on CHLORINE kill rates including the impact of CYA
concentrations on diarrheal fecal incident remediation procedures,
5) Strategies for controlling the concentration of CYA,
6) Strategies for reducing the concentration of CYA when it exceeds the maximum allowable level, and
7) Response curves showing the impact of CYA on HOCl concentrations.
6.1.2.1.1.6 Breakpoint Chlorination Breakpoint chlorination including how to achieve it through
calculation of chemical dosing to reach the desired free DPD-FC concentration and its relationship to
reducing and controlling formation of combined chlorine including guidance for how to perform breakpoint
chlorination in indoor aquatic facilities.
148
6.1.2.1.1.7 Hyperchlorination HYPERCHLORINATION includes procedures for implementing a
CONTAMINATION RESPONSE PLAN for fecal/vomit/blood.
6.1.2.1.1.8 Combined Chlorine Combined chlorine including:
1) How different COMBINED CHLORINE and DBPS are formed in the water and air;
2) The maximum acceptable level of COMBINED CHLORINE;
3) How methods such as water replacement, BREAKPOINT CHLORINATION, UV light, ozone, ventilation, and
use of other oxidizers can reduce COMBINED CHLORINE level;
4) The advantages and disadvantages of each; and
5) Possible health effects of COMBINED CHLORINE products in the air, particularly in INDOOR AQUATIC
FACILITIES.
6.1.2.1.1.9 Secondary Disinfection SECONDARY TREATMENT including:
1) How ozone and UV disinfectants are used in conjunction with residual disinfectants to inactivate
pathogens and
2) Sizing guidelines/dosing calculations, safe use, and advantages and disadvantages of each method.
6.1.2.1.1.10 Supplemental Treatment SUPPLEMENTAL TREATMENT includes other DISINFECTION
chemicals or systems on the market and their effectiveness in water treatment.
6.1.2.1.2 Water Chemistry Course work for water chemistry shall include:
1) Source water,
2) Water balance,
3) Saturation index,
4) Water clarity,
5) pH,
6) Total alkalinity,
7) Calcium hardness,
8) Water temperature,
9) Total dissolved solids,
10) Water treatment systems, and
11) Water testing.
6.1.2.1.2.1 Source Water Source water including requirements for supply and pre-treatment.
6.1.2.1.2.2 Water Balance Water balance including:
1) Effect of unbalanced water on DISINFECTION, AQUATIC FEATURE surfaces, mechanical equipment, and
FIXTURES; and
2) Details of water balance including pH, total alkalinity, calcium hardness, temperature, and TDS.
6.1.2.1.2.3 Saturation Index SATURATION INDEX including calculations, ideal values, and effects of
values which are too low or too high.
6.1.2.1.2.4 Water Clarity Water clarity including:
1) Reasons why water quality is so important,
2) Causes of poor water clarity,
149
3) Maintenance of good water clarity, and
4) Closure requirements when water clarity is poor.
6.1.2.1.2.5 pH pH including:
1) How pH is a measure of the concentration of hydrogen ions in water,
2) Effects of high and low pH on BATHERS and equipment,
3) Ideal pH range for BATHER and equipment,
4) Factors that affect pH,
5) How pH affects disinfectant efficacy, and
6) How to decrease and increase pH.
6.1.2.1.2.6 Total Alkalinity Total alkalinity including:
1) How total alkalinity relates to pH,
2) Effects of low and high total alkalinity,
3) Factors that affect total alkalinity,
4) Ideal total alkalinity range, and
5) How to increase or decrease total alkalinity.
6.1.2.1.2.7 Calcium Hardness Calcium hardness including:
1) Why water naturally contains calcium,
2) How calcium hardness relates to total hardness and temperature,
3) Effects of low and high calcium hardness,
4) Factors that affect calcium hardness,
5) Ideal calcium hardness range, and
6) How to increase or decrease calcium hardness.
6.1.2.1.2.8 Temperature Water temperature including:
1) How low and high water temperatures increase the likelihood of corrosion and scaling, respectively;
2) Effect on DISINFECTION, its health effects, and other operational considerations;
3) Health effects; and
4) Other operational considerations.
6.1.2.1.2.9 Total Dissolved Solids TDS including:
1) Why the concentration of TDS increases over time,
2) Association with conductivity and organic CONTAMINANTS, and
3) Key TDS levels as they relate to starting up an AQUATIC FACILITY and galvanic corrosion.
6.1.2.1.2.10 Water Treatment Systems Water treatment systems including:
1) Descriptions of system use, MONITORING, calibration, and maintenance of automatic controllers;
2) Descriptions of common types of liquid, dry chemical, and gas mechanical feeders;
3) CHLORINE, bromine, and ozone generators;
150
4) UV light systems;
5) Unique features of feeders, generators, and systems;
6) How to generally operate and maintain them;
7) Advantages and disadvantages of different feeders, UV light systems, and ozonator types; and
8) Alternate treatment methods.
6.1.2.1.2.11 Water Testing Water testing including:
1) How different methods (including but not limited to colorimetric, titrimetric, turbidimetric, and
electronic) test water to determine the following levels:
a. DPD-FC and TOTAL AVAILABLE CHLORINE,
b. TOTAL BROMINE,
c. pH,
d. Total alkalinity,
e. Calcium hardness,
f. Temperature,
g. TDS,
h. CYA,
i. Metals, and
j. Any other tests (including but not limited to salt concentrations, phosphates, nitrates, potassium
monopersulfate, copper, iron, and bacterial testing);
2) The advantages and disadvantages of each method;
3) How to maintain testing equipment;
4) How to collect water samples;
5) How to perform and interpret tests;
6) How frequently to test;
7) The steps of the dilution method; and
8) How to calculate COMBINED CHLORINE levels.
6.1.2.1.3 Mechanical Systems Course work for mechanical systems shall include:
1) Calculations,
2) Circulation,
3) Main drains,
4) Gutters and surface SKIMMERS,
5) Mechanical system balance,
6) Circulation pump and motor,
7) Valve,
8) Return INLETS,
9) Filtration, and
151
10) Filter backwashing/cleaning.
6.1.2.1.3.1 Maintenance Calculations Calculations including:
1) Explanations of why particular calculations are important;
2) How to convert units of measurement within and between the English and metric systems;
3) How to determine the surface area of regularly and irregularly shape AQUATIC VENUES;
4) How to determine the water volume of regularly and irregularly shaped AQUATIC VENUES; and
5) Why proper sizing of filters, pumps, pipes, and feeders is important.
6.1.2.1.3.2 Circulation Circulation including:
1) Why circulation is needed;
2) Factors that affect water flow;
3) How direct suction and overflow systems work;
4) How to calculate TURNOVER and flow rates;
5) How the following components of the circulation system relate to each other:
a. Main drains,
b. Gutters and surface SKIMMERS,
c. Circulation pump and motor,
d. Surge tanks,
e. Vacuum ports,
f. Valves, and
g. Return INLETS;
6) How to read flow meters;
7) How to safely operate pressurized systems after the pump;
8) Information on dye testing;
9) An understanding of TDH;
10) How it TDH calculated;
11) How TDH is field-determined using vacuum and pressure gauges;
12) TDH effect on pump flow; and
13) Cross-connections.
6.1.2.1.3.3 Main Drains Main drains including:
1) A description of the role of main drains,
2) Why they should not be resized without engineering and public health consultation,
3) The importance of daily inspection of structural integrity, and
4) Discussion on balancing the need to maximize surface water flow while minimizing the likelihood of
entrapment.
6.1.2.1.3.4 Gutters & Surface Skimmers Gutters and surface SKIMMERS including:
152
1) Why it is important to collect surface water,
2) A description of different gutter types (at a minimum: scum, surge, and rim-flow),
3) How each type generally works,
4) The advantages and disadvantages of each, and
5) Description of the components of SKIMMERS (e.g., weir, basket, and equalizer assembly) and their
respective roles.
6.1.2.1.3.5 Mechanical System Balance Mechanical system balance including:
1) An understanding of mechanical system balancing,
2) Methodology for setting proper operational water levels,
3) Basic hydraulics which affect proper functioning of the balance tank and AQUATIC VENUE,
4) Methods of setting and adjusting modulation valves,
5) Balance lines,
6) Skimmers,
7) Main drains,
8) The operation of the water make-up system,
9) Collector tanks/gravity drainage systems, and
10) Automatic controllers.
6.1.2.1.3.6 Circulation Pump & Motor Circulation pump and motor including:
1) Descriptions of the role of the pump and motor,
2) Self-priming and flooded suction pumps,
3) Key components of a pump and how they work together,
4) Cavitation,
5) Possible causes of cavitation, and
6) Troubleshooting problems with the pump and motor.
6.1.2.1.3.7 Valves Valves including descriptions of different types of valves (e.g., gate, ball,
butterfly/wafer, multi-port, globe, modulating / automatic, and check) and their safe operation.
6.1.2.1.3.8 Return Inlets Return INLETS including a description of the role of return INLETS and the
importance of replacing fittings with those that meet original specifications.
6.1.2.1.3.9 Filtration Filtration including:
1) Why filtration is needed;
2) A description of pressure and vacuum filters and different types of filter media;
3) How to calculate filter surface area;
4) How to read pressure gauges;
5) A general description of sand, cartridge, and diatomaceous earth filters and alternative filter media types
to include, at a minimum, perlite, zeolite, and crushed glass;
6) The characteristic flow rates and particle size entrapment of each filter type;
7) How to generally operate and maintain each filter type;
153
8) Troubleshooting problems with the filter; and
9) The advantages and disadvantages of different filters and filter media.
6.1.2.1.3.10 Filter Backwashing/Cleaning Filter backwashing/cleaning including:
1) Determining and setting proper backwash flow rates,
2) When backwashing/cleaning should be done and the steps needed for clearing a filter of fine particles and
other CONTAMINANTS,
3) Proper disposal of wastewater from backwash, and
4) What additional FIXTURES/equipment may be needed (i.e., sump, separation tank).
6.1.2.1.4 A Health and Safety Course work for health and SAFETY shall include:
1) Recreational water illness,
2) RWI prevention,
3) Risk management,
4) Record keeping,
5) Chemical SAFETY,
6) Entrapment prevention,
7) Electrical SAFETY,
8) Rescue equipment,
9) Injury prevention,
10) Drowning prevention,
11) BARRIERS and ENCLOSURES,
12) Signage and depth markers,
13) Facility sanitation,
14) Emergency response, and
15) Surveillance and supervision.
6.1.2.1.4.1 A Recreational Water Illness Recreational water illness (RWI) including:
1) How water can contain or become contaminated with parasites, bacteria, viruses, fungi, DBP S, or unsafe
levels of chemicals and
2) The role of the operator in reducing risk.
6.1.2.1.4.2 Causes of RWIs Common infectious and chemical causes of RWIs, including but not
limited to:
1) Diarrheal illness (Cryptosporidium, Giardia, Shigella, and norovirus),
2) Skin rashes (Pseudomonas aeruginosa, molluscum contagiosum virus),
3) Respiratory illness (Legionella),
4) Neurologic infections (echovirus, Naegleria),
5) Eye/ear illness (Pseudomonas aeruginosa, adenovirus, Acanthamoeba),
6) Hypersensitivity reactions (Mycobacterium avium complex, Pontiac fever, endotoxins), and
154
7) Health effects of chloramines and DBPS.
6.1.2.1.4.3 A RWI Prevention Recreational water illness (RWI) prevention including:
1) Methods of prevention of RWIs, including but not limited to chemical level control;
2) Why public health, operators, and PATRONS need to be educated about RWIs and collaborate on RWI
prevention;
3) The role of showering;
4) The efficacy of swim diapers;
5) Formed-stool and diarrheal fecal incident response; and
6) Developing a plan to minimize pathogen and other biological (e.g., blood, vomit, sweat, urine, and skin
and hair care products) contamination of the water.
6.1.2.1.4.4 Risk Management Risk management including techniques that identify hazards and risks and
that prevent illness and injuries associated with AQUATIC FACILITIES open to the public.
6.1.2.1.4.5 Record Keeping Record keeping including the need to keep accurate and timely records
of the following areas:
1) Operational conditions (e.g., water chemistry, water temperature, filter pressure differential, flow meter
reading, and water clarity),
2) Maintenance performed (e.g., backwashing, change of equipment),
3) Incidents and response (e.g., fecal incidents in the water and injuries), and
4) Staff training and attendance.
6.1.2.1.4.6 A Chemical Safety Chemical SAFETY including steps to safely store and handle
chemicals including:
1) How to read labels and SDS,
2) How to prevent individual chemicals and inorganic and organic CHLORINE products from mixing together
or with other substances (including water) or in chemical feeders, and
3) Use of PPE.
6.1.2.1.4.7 A Entrapment Prevention Entrapment prevention including:
1) Different types of entrapment (e.g., hair, limb, body, evisceration/disembowelment, and mechanical),
2) How to prevent and/or decrease likelihood of entrapment, and
3) Requirements of the VGB Act.
6.1.2.1.4.8 Electrical Safety Electrical SAFETY including possible causes of electrical shock and steps that
can be taken to prevent electrical shock (e.g., bonding, grounding, GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS,
and prevention of accidental immersion of electrical devices).
6.1.2.1.4.9 Rescue Equipment Rescue equipment including a description and rationale for the most
commonly found rescue equipment including:
1) Rescue tubes,
2) Reaching poles,
3) Ring buoys and throwing lines,
4) Backboards,
5) First aid kits,
155
6) Emergency alert systems,
7) Emergency phones with current numbers posted, and
8) Resuscitation equipment.
6.1.2.1.4.10 Injury Prevention Injury prevention including basic steps known to decrease the
likelihood of injury, at a minimum:
1) Banning glass containers at AQUATIC FACILITIES,
2) PATRON education, and
3) Daily visual inspection for hazards.
6.1.2.1.4.11 Drowning Prevention Drowning prevention including causes and prevention of
drowning.
6.1.2.1.4.12 Enclosures ENCLOSURES including descriptions of how fences, gates, doors, and safety
covers can be used to prevent access to water; and basics of design that effectively prevent access to water.
6.1.2.1.4.13 Signage & Depth Markers Signage and depth markers including the importance of
maintaining signage and depth markers.
6.1.2.1.4.14 Facility Sanitation Facility sanitation including:
1) Steps to clean and disinfect all surfaces that PATRONS would commonly come in contact with (e.g., DECK,
restrooms, and DIAPER-CHANGING STATIONS) and
2) Procedures for implementation of JCAHC 6.5: Fecal-Vomit-Blood Contamination Response, in relation to
responding to a body fluid spill on these surfaces.
6.1.2.1.4.15 Emergency Response Plan Emergency response plan including:
1) Steps to respond to emergencies (at a minimum, severe weather events, drowning or injury,
contamination of the water, chemical incidents) and
2) Communication and coordination with emergency responders and local health department notification as
part of an EAP.
6.1.2.1.5 A Operations Course work for operations shall include:
1) Regulations;
2) The role of local, state, territorial, and tribal health departments;
3) Aquatic facility types;
4) Daily/routine operations;
5) Preventive maintenance;
6) Weatherizing;
7) AQUATIC FACILITY renovation and design;
8) Heating;
9) Air circulation; and
10) Spa and therapy pool issues.
6.1.2.1.5.1 Regulations Regulations including applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal
laws and STANDARDS relating to the operation of AQUATIC FACILITIES.
6.1.2.1.5.1.1 Immediate Closure Course work shall also highlight reasons why an
156
inspector or operator would immediately close an AQUATIC FACILITY.
6.1.2.1.5.2 Health Departments Duties and responsibilities of local, state, territorial, and tribal health
departments including stressing the importance of a good working relationship with the health department.
6.1.2.1.5.3 Aquatic Facility Types AQUATIC FACILITY types including common AQUATIC VENUE types
and settings and a discussion of features and play equipment that require specific operation and maintenance
steps.
6.1.2.1.5.4 A Daily/Routine Operations Daily/routine operations including listing and describing the daily
inspection and maintenance requirements of an AQUATIC FACILITY including, but not limited to items listed:
1) Walkways/DECK and exits are clear, clean, free of debris;
2) Drain covers, vacuum fitting covers, SKIMMER equalizer covers, and any other suction outlet covers are in
place, secure, and unbroken;
3) SKIMMER baskets, weirs, lids, flow adjusters, and suction outlets are free of any blockage;
4) INLET and return covers and any other fittings are in place, secure, and unbroken;
5) Safety warning signs and other signage are in place and in good repair;
6) Entrapment prevention systems are operational;
7) Recirculation, DISINFECTION systems, controller(s), and probes are operating as required;
8) SECONDARY TREATMENT or SUPPLEMENTAL TREATMENT systems are operating as required;
9) Underwater lights and other lighting are intact with no exposed wires or water in lights;
10) Slime and biofilm have been removed from accessible surfaces of AQUATIC VENUE, SLIDES, and other
AQUATIC FEATURES;
11) Doors to nonpublic areas (CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACES, offices, etc.) are locked;
12) First aid supplies are stocked;
13) Emergency communication equipment and systems are operational;
14) Fecal/vomit/blood incident CONTAMINATION RESPONSE PLANS, materials, and equipment are available;
15) AQUATIC FEATURES and amenities are functioning in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations;
16) Fencing/ENCLOSURES, gates, and self-latching or other locks are tested and are intact and functioning
properly, and ENCLOSURES do not have nearby furniture to encourage climbing;
17) Drinking fountains are clean and in functional condition;
18) Electrical devices are in good working condition and meet the requirements specified in the JCAHC;
19) Alarms, if required, are tested and functioning properly;
20) Assessing glare conditions throughout operating hours to assess whether the bottom and objects in the
POOL are clearly visible;
21) Play structures and diving boards are in good condition;
22) Safety equipment as required by this CODE is in good condition, properly secured, accessible for intended
use, and shall include at a minimum:
a. Emergency instructions and phone numbers,
157
b. Rescue tubes,
c. Resuscitation masks with one-way valve,
d. First aid kits,
e. AEDs,
f. Emergency oxygen,
g. Backboard, head immobilizer, straps, and
h. Lifeguard stands;
23) Emergency shut-off systems (SLIDES, water features, pumps, etc.) function properly;
24) Depth markings are clearly visible;
25) Lifelines and buoys are in place and in good working order;
26) Ladders are SLIP RESISTANT and rungs secured tightly;
27) WATERSLIDES are in functional, safe condition;
28) Moveable fulcrum is adjusted properly to control spring in the board as necessary;
29) Moveable starting platforms are properly stored;
30) Access to permanent starting platforms is restricted or controlled when not in use by swim teams and
prohibited when not in use by competitive swimming or swimming practice that is under direct
supervision of an instructor or coach;
31) Railings are secure;
32) SVRS is functioning according to manufacturer’s guidelines;
33) SKIMMER baskets and covers are clean and in place;
34) Water quality and clarity is JCAHC compliant;
35) Water level is appropriate;
36) Pumps retain the appropriate pressure;
37) Play structures are secure (consider water velocity and reference manufacturers recommended levels);
38) Verify required documentation and records are in place and signed by the appropriate personnel; and
39) Soap dispensers in lavatories and SHOWERS are functional and supplied with soap.
6.1.2.1.5.5 Preventive Maintenance Preventive maintenance including how to develop:
1) A preventive maintenance plan,
2) Routine maintenance procedures, and
3) Record keeping system needed to track maintenance performed.
6.1.2.1.5.6 Weatherizing Weatherizing including the importance of weatherizing and the steps to prevent
damage to AQUATIC FACILITIES and their mechanical systems due to very low temperatures or extreme
weather conditions (e.g., flooding).
6.1.2.1.5.7 Facility Renovation & Design AQUATIC FACILITY renovation and design including:
1) Definitions of AQUATIC FACILITY renovation, remodeling, and SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION;
2) When it is necessary to renovate;
3) When it is necessary to notify JCDHE of planned renovations and remodeling; and
158
4) Current trends in facility renovation and design.
6.1.2.1.5.8 Heating Heating issues including:
1) Recommended water temperatures and limits,
2) Factors that contribute to the water’s heat loss and gain,
3) Heating equipment options,
4) Sizing gas heaters, and
5) How to troubleshoot problems with heaters.
6.1.2.1.5.9 Air Circulation Air circulation including:
1) Air handling system considerations for an indoor aquatic facility,
2) The importance of regulating humidity,
3) The need to maintain negative pressure,
4) How poor indoor air quality can affect PATRONS and staff, and
5) How to balance air change and energy efficiency.
6.1.2.1.5.10 Spa & Therapy Pool Issues SPA and THERAPY POOL issues including:
1) Operational implications of smaller volumes of water and HOT WATER;
2) How to maintain water chemistry;
3) Typical water temperature ranges highlighting maximum temperatures;
4) Risks of hyperthermia and hypothermia;
5) Need for emergency shut-off switches; and
6) Frequency of cleaning, draining, and DISINFECTION.
6.1.3 General Requirements for Operator Training Courses
6.1.3.1 Course Providers
6.1.3.1.1 Recognized Courses Providers of recognized operator training courses, if required by
JCDHE verify that the course meets the requirements and intent of this CODE, shall submit course
information including:
1) Course development expertise,
2) Course content,
3) Course length,
4) Instructor qualifications,
5) Exam administration,
6) Certificate procedures, and
7) Updates of information as changes are made.
6.1.3.1.2 Providers Operator training courses shall be developed by individuals or organizations with
expertise in AQUATIC FACILITY operation and maintenance and expertise in education or training as
evidenced by combined work experience and training.
6.1.3.2 Course Content Training materials at a minimum, covering all of the essential topics as
159
outlined in JCAHC 6.1.2.1 shall be provided and used in operator training courses.
6.1.3.3 A Course Length Course agenda or syllabus shall show time planned for each essential topic.
6.1.3.4A Instructor Requirements Operator training course providers shall furnish course
instructor information including:
1) Expertise in AQUATIC FACILITY operation and maintenance, as evidenced by work experience and/or
training;
2) Completion of an operator training course, which at a minimum, covers all of the essential topics as
outlined in JCAHC 6.1.2.1, including passing the final exam,
3) Successful completion of an operator training instructor course, and
4) If the operator training course is online, procedures which make such an instructor available to answer
students’ questions during normal business hours.
6.1.3.5 A Final Exam Operator training course providers shall furnish course final exam
information including:
1) Final exam(s), which at a minimum, covers all of the essential topics as outlined in JCAHC 6.1.2.1,
2) Final exam passing score criteria, and
3) Final exam security procedures.
6.1.3.5.1 Final Exam Administration Operator training course providers shall provide final exam
administration, proctoring and security procedures including:
1) Checking student’s government-issued photo identification, or another established process, to ensure that
the individual taking the exam is the same person who is given a certificate documenting course
completion and passing of exam;
2) Final exam completion is without assistance or aids that are not allowed by the training agency; and
3) Final exam is passed, prior to issuance of a QUALIFIED OPERATOR certificate.
6.1.3.6A Course Certificates Operator training course providers shall furnish course
certificate information including:
1) Procedures for issuing nontransferable certificates to the individuals who successfully complete the
course work and pass the final exam,
2) Procedures for delivery of course certificates to the individuals who successfully complete the course
work and pass the final exam,
3) Instructions for the participant to maintain their originally issued certificate, or a copy thereof, for the
duration of its validity, and
4) Procedures for the operator training course provider to maintain an individual’s training and exam record
for a minimum period of 5 years after the expiration of the individual’s certificate.
6.1.3.7 A Continuing Education [N/A]
6.1.3.8A Certificate Renewal Operator training course providers shall furnish course
certificate renewal information including:
1) Criteria for re-examination with a renewal exam that meets the specifications for initial exam
requirements and certificate issuance specified in this CODE or
2) Criteria for a refresher course with an exam that meets the specifications for the initial course, exam, and
certificate issuance requirements specified in this CODE.
160
6.1.3.9A Certificate Suspension and Revocation Course providers shall have procedures in
place for the suspension or revocation of certificates.
6.1.3.9.1 Evidence of Health Hazard Course providers may suspend or revoke a QUALIFIED
OPERATOR’S certificate based on evidence that the QUALIFIED OPERATOR’S actions or inactions unduly
created SAFETY and health hazards.
6.1.3.9.2 Evidence of Cheating Course providers may suspend or revoke a QUALIFIED
OPERATOR’S certificate based on evidence of cheating or obtaining the certificate under false pretenses.
6.1.3.10A Additional Training or Testing JCDHE may, at its discretion, require additional operator
training or testing.
6.1.3.11A Certificate Recognition JCDHE may, at its discretion, choose to recognize, not to recognize,
or rescind a previously recognized certificate of a QUALIFIED OPERATOR based upon demonstration of
inadequate knowledge, poor performance, or due cause.
6.1.3.12A Course Recognition JCDHE may, at its discretion, recognize, choose not to recognize, or
revoke a previously accepted course based upon demonstration of inadequate knowledge or poor performance
of its QUALIFIED OPERATORS, or due cause.
6.1.3.13 A Length of Certificate Validity The maximum length of validity for QUALIFIED OPERATOR
training certificate shall be 5 years.
6.2 A Lifeguard Training
6.2.1 A Lifeguard Qualifications A qualified lifeguard shall:
1) Have successfully completed an AHJ-recognized lifeguard training course offered by an AHJ-recognized
training agency,
2) Possess a current certificate for such training,
3) Have met all pre-service requirements, and
4) Participate in continuing in-service training requirements of the AQUATIC FACILITY.
6.2.1.1 A Course Content Lifeguard Training Courses shall include but not be limited to:
1) Hazard identification and injury prevention,
2) Emergencies,
3) CPR,
4) AED use,
5) BVM (adult & pediatric) use,
6) First aid, and
7) Legal issues.
6.2.1.1.1 A Hazard Identification and Injury Prevention Hazard identification and injury
prevention shall include:
1) Identification of common hazards or causes of injuries and their prevention,
2) Responsibilities of a QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD in prevention strategies,
3) Victim recognition,
4) Victim recognition scanning strategies,
161
5) Factors which impede victim recognition,
6) Health and SAFETY issues related to lifeguarding, and
7) Prevention of voluntary hyperventilation and extended breath holding activities.
6.2.1.1.2 A Emergency Response Skill Set Emergency response content shall include:
1) Responsibilities of a QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD in reacting to an emergency;
2) Recognition and identification of a person in distress and/or drowning;
3) Methods to communicate in response to an emergency;
4) Rescue skills for a person who is responsive or unresponsive, in distress, or drowning;
5) Skills required to rescue a person to a position of safety;
6) Skills required to extricate a person from the water with assistance from another lifeguard(s) and/or
PATRON(S); and
7) Knowledge of the typical components of an EAP for AQUATIC VENUES.
6.2.1.1.3 A Resuscitation Skills CPR/AED, AED use, BVM (adult & pediatric) use, and other
resuscitation skills shall be professional level skills that follow treatment protocols consistent with the current
ECC, American Red Cross, or the ILCOR guidelines for cardiac compressions; foreign body restriction
removal; and rescue breathing for infants, children, and adults.
6.2.1.1.4 First Aid First aid training shall include:
1) Basic treatment of bleeding, shock, sudden illness, and muscular/skeletal injuries;
2) Knowing when and how to activate the EMS;
3) Rescue and emergency care skills to minimize movement of the head, neck and spine until EMS arrives
for a person who has suffered a suspected spinal injury on land or in the water; and
4) Use and the importance of universal precautions and PPE in dealing with body fluids, blood, and
preventing contamination according to current OSHA guidelines.
6.2.1.1.5 A Legal Issues Course content related to legal issues shall include but not be limited to:
1) Duty to act,
2) STANDARD of care,
3) Negligence,
4) Consent,
5) Refusal of care,
6) Abandonment,
7) Confidentiality, and
8) Documentation.
6.2.1.2 Lifeguard Training Delivery
6.2.1.2.1 A Standardized and Comprehensive The educational delivery system shall include
standardized student and instructor materials to convey all topics including but not limited to those listed per
JCAHC 6.2.1.1.
6.2.1.2.2 A Skills Practice Physical training of lifeguarding skills shall include in-water and out-of- water
skill practices led by an individual currently certified as an instructor by the training agency which
162
developed the lifeguard course materials.
6.2.1.2.3 A Shallow Water Training If a training agency offers a certification with a distinction
between “shallow water” and “deep water” lifeguards, candidates for shallow water certification shall have
training and evaluation in the deepest depth allowed for the certification.
6.2.1.2.4 A Deep Water Training If a training agency offers a certification with a distinction
between “shallow water” and “deep water” lifeguards, candidates for deep water certification shall have
training and evaluation in at least the minimum depth allowed for the certification.
6.2.1.2.5 A Sufficient Time Course length shall provide sufficient time to cover content, practice, skills,
and evaluate competency for the topics listed in JCAHC 6.2.1.1.
6.2.1.2.6 A Certified Instructors Lifeguard instructor courses shall be taught only by individuals
currently certified as instructor trainers by the training agency which developed the lifeguard course materials.
6.2.1.2.6.1 A Minimum Prerequisites Lifeguard training agencies shall develop minimum
instructor prerequisites that include, but are not limited to, those outlined in JCAHC 6.2.1.2.6.2.
6.2.1.2.6.2 A Completed Training Prior to instructing lifeguard training, instructors are required to have
successfully completed a lifeguard training course which complies with JCAHC 6.2.1.1 and a lifeguard
instructor training course which includes, at a minimum, the following:
1) Mastery and knowledge of lifeguard training course content,
2) Demonstration of the ability to effectively deliver lifeguard training course content,
3) An evaluation and feedback process to improve instructor candidate presentation skills/techniques,
4) Course management and administration procedures, and
5) Testing and evaluation procedures.
6.2.1.2.6.3 A Instructor Renewal/Recertification Process Lifeguard training agencies shall have a
lifeguard instructor renewal/recertification process.
6.2.1.2.6.4 A Quality Control Training agencies shall have a quality control system in place for
evaluating a lifeguard instructor’s ability to conduct courses.
6.2.1.2.7 A Training Equipment All lifeguard training courses shall have, at a minimum, the
following pieces of equipment available in appropriate student to equipment ratios during the course:
1) Rescue tubes,
2) Backboard with head immobilizer and sufficient straps to immobilize the victim to the backboard,
3) CPR manikins (Adult and infant),
4) Resuscitation mask with one-way valve,
5) BVM (Adult and Pediatric),
6) Disposable gloves,
7) AED trainer with adult and pediatric training pads,
8) First aid supplies for first aid training, and
9) Manikin cleaning supplies.
6.2.1.3 Competency and Certification
6.2.1.3.1 Proficiency Lifeguarding skills per JCAHC 6.2.1.1 shall be tested, by a certified
instructor, to a level of proficiency accepted by the training agency.
163
6.2.1.3.2 A Requirements Lifeguard training course providers shall have a final exam including but not
limited to:
1) Written and practical exams covering topics outlined in JCAHC 6.2.1.1;
2) Final exam passing score criteria, including the level of proficiency needed to pass practical and written
exams; and
3) Security procedures for proctoring the final exam to include:
a. Checking student’s government-issued photo identification, or another established process, to
ensure that the individual taking the exam is the same person who is given a certificate
documenting course completion and passing of exam; and
b. Final exam is passed, prior to issuance of a certificate.
6.2.1.3.3 A Instructor Physically Present The instructor of record shall be physically present at all
classroom and in-person contact time, skills evaluation, and testing during the course.
6.2.1.3.4 A Certifications Lifeguard and lifeguard instructor certifications shall be issued to
recognize successful completion of the course as per the requirements of JCAHC 6.2.1.1 through 6.2.1.3.8.
6.2.1.3.5 A Number of Years Length of valid certification shall be a maximum of 2 years for
lifeguarding and first aid, and a maximum of 1 year for Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR/AED).
6.2.1.3.6 A Documentation Course documentation of training and certificates shall identify the
following:
1) Name of trainee,
2) Level of training,
3) Expiration date,
4) Restrictions on depth of water for which the lifeguard is qualified,
5) Identifier of the instructor of record,
6) Any other restrictions that maybe applied by the training agency, and
7) Identifier of the agency providing the certification.
6.2.1.3.7 A Expired Certificate When a certificate has expired for more than 45 days, the
QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD shall retake the course.
6.2.1.3.7.1 Expired Less than 45 Days When a certificate has expired for 45 days or less, the
QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD shall retake the course or complete a challenge program.
6.2.1.3.7.2 A Challenge Program A QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD challenge program, when utilized, shall be
completed in accordance with the training of the original certifying agency, by an instructor certified by the
original certifying agency, and include but not be limited to:
1) Pre-requisite screening;
2) A final practical exam, with certified instructor present, demonstrating all skills, in and out of the water
required in the original lifeguard course for certification, which complies with JCAHC 6.2.1.1, and uses
the equipment specified in JCAHC 6.2.1.2.7; and
3) Final written, proctored exam.
6.2.1.3.7.3 A Certificate Renewal Certificate renewal, when used, shall include the following:
1) Completion no later than 45 days after certificate expiration;
2) Conducted in accordance with the training of the original certifying agency;
164
3) Taught by an instructor certified by the original certifying agency;
4) Conducted with a demonstration of skills, in and out of the water, required in the original course, which
complies with JCAHC 6.2.1.1, and uses the equipment specified in JCAHC 6.2.1.2.7;
5) A final written, proctored exam; and
6) A final practical exam with a certified instructor(s) of record present and actively administering the
practical testing; or
7) Completion of a Challenge Program in accordance with JCAHC 6.2.1.3.7.2, no later than 45 days after
certificate expiration.
6.2.1.3.8 A Certificate Suspension and Revocation Lifeguard training agencies shall have
procedures in place for the suspension or revocation of certificates.
6.2.2 Lifeguard Supervisor Training
6.2.2.1 A Lifeguard Supervisor Candidate Prerequisites LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR
candidate prerequisites shall include but not be limited to:
1) Successful completion of a lifeguard training course in the past,
2) Previous experience as a QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD of at least 3 months, and
3) Ability to effectively communicate verbally in English.
6.2.2.2 A Lifeguard Supervisor Training Elements LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR training shall
include, at a minimum, the following:
1) Activation and execution of EAPS,
2) CPR/AED and first aid training that complies with JCAHC 6.2.1.1.3 and 6.2.1.1.4 or present an unexpired
certificate issued by an AHJ-approved agency documenting the required training has been completed,
3) Scanning and vigilance requirements and how to ensure that systems which accomplish these goals are in
place and operational,
4) Development and evaluation of zones of BATHER surveillance responsibility diagrams for an AQUATIC
VENUE,
5) MONITORING lifeguard performance as it relates to lifeguard and facility-specific training, including pre-
service assessments,
6) Strategies to reduce risk and mitigate the health and SAFETY hazards to both the PATRONS and the staff,
7) Knowledge of the legal issues and responsibilities relating to lifeguarding as listed in JCAHC 6.2.1.1.5,
and
8) Knowledge of the proper use and maintenance of the equipment required per JCAHC 5.8.5.
6.2.2.3 Lifeguard Supervisor Training Delivery
6.2.2.3.1 A Standardized and Comprehensive
6.2.2.3.1.1 Traditional and Blended Courses For traditional and blended learning courses, the
educational delivery system shall include standardized student and instructor content and delivery to convey
all topics including but not limited to those listed per JCAHC 6.2.2.2.
6.2.2.3.1.2 E-Learning Courses For e-learning courses, the educational delivery system shall include
defined learning objectives, and standardized student content and delivery to convey all topics including
but not limited to those listed per JCAHC 6.2.2.2.
6.2.2.3.2 A Sufficient Time
165
6.2.2.3.2.1 Traditional and Blended Courses For traditional and blended learning classes, course
length shall provide sufficient time to cover content, demonstration, skill practice, and evaluate
competency for the topics listed in JCAHC 6.2.2.2.
6.2.2.3.2.2 E-Learning Courses For e-learning courses, course length shall provide sufficient time to
cover content, provide for online activities relating to content as necessary to reinforce comprehension of
learning objectives, and assessments sufficient to evaluate competency for the topics listed in JCAHC 6.2.2.2.
6.2.2.3.3 Course Setting LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR training courses shall be:
1) Taught in person by a trained LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR instructor,
2) Blended learning offerings with electronic content deliverables created, and presented by, and in-person
portions taught by, trained LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR instructors, or
3) Online offerings created and presented by trained LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR instructors.
6.2.2.3.4 A Lifeguard Supervisor Course Instructor Certification LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR course
instructors shall be certified through a training agency or by the facility whose training programs meets the
requirements specified in JCAHC 6.2.2.
6.2.2.3.4.1 Lifeguard Supervisor Course Instructor LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR course shall be taught by
trained LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR instructors through a training agency or by the facility whose training
programs meets the requirements specified in JCAHC 6.2.2.
6.2.2.3.4.2 A Minimum Prerequisites Course providers shall develop minimum instructor
prerequisites that include, but are not limited to:
1) Successful completion of a lifeguard training course in the past;
2) Successful completion of a LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR training course that complies with JCAHC 6.2.2.2;
3) Ability to effectively communicate in English;
4) Has completed a LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR instructor training course which includes, at a minimum, the
following:
a. Mastery and knowledge of LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR training course content,
b. Demonstration of the ability to effectively deliver LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR training course
content,
c. An evaluation and feedback process to improve instructor candidate presentation
skills/techniques,
d. Course management and administration procedures, and
e. Testing and evaluation procedures.
6.2.2.3.4.3 A Quality Control Course provider shall have a quality control system in place for
evaluating a LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR instructor’s ability to conduct courses.
6.2.2.3.4.4 Lifeguard Supervisor Renewal & Recertification LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR training agencies
shall have a LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR instructor renewal/recertification process.
6.2.2.4 Competency and Certificate of Completion
6.2.2.4.1 A Lifeguard Supervisor Proficiency LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR training course providers shall
have a method to evaluate proficiency of the content in JCAHC 6.2.2.2.
6.2.2.4.2 A Lifeguard Supervisor Certificate of Completion LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR certificates
of completion shall be issued by the course provider to recognize successful completion of the course as
per the requirements of JCAHC 6.2.2.2.
166
6.2.2.4.3 Number of Years Length of valid certification shall be a maximum of 2 years.
6.3 Facility Staffing
6.3.1 Qualified Operator Requirements and Availability
6.3.1.1 Onsite Qualified Operator Requirements
6.3.1.1.1 At Adoption The following JCAHC sections shall be required for all AQUATIC
FACILITIES at time of adoption:
1) JCAHC 6.3.1.1: Onsite QUALIFIED OPERATORS and
2) JCAHC 6.3.1.2: Contracted Off-Site QUALIFIED OPERATORS.
6.3.1.1.2 Size and Use A QUALIFIED OPERATOR shall be onsite or immediately available within 2 hours
during all hours of operation at an AQUATIC FACILITY that has:
1) More than two AQUATIC VENUES,
2) An AQUATIC VENUE of over 50,000 gallons of water,
3) AQUATIC VENUES that include AQUATIC FEATURES with recirculated water,
4) An aquatic venue used as a therapy pool, or
5) An AQUATIC VENUE used to provide swimming training.
6.3.1.1.3 Bathers and Management A QUALIFIED OPERATOR shall be onsite or immediately
available within 2 hours during all hours of operation at an AQUATIC FACILITY that is:
1) Permitted BATHER COUNT is greater than 200 BATHERS daily,
2) Operated by a municipality, or
3) Operated by a school.
6.3.1.1.4 Compliance History A QUALIFIED OPERATOR shall be available onsite or immediately
available within 2 hours during all hours of operation at an AQUATIC FACILITY that has a history of CODE
violations which in the opinion of the permit issuing official require one or more onsite QUALIFIED
OPERATORS.
6.3.1.2 Contracted Off-site Qualified Operators All other AQUATIC FACILITIES shall have
an onsite QUALIFIED OPERATOR immediately available within 2 hours or a contract with a QUALIFIED
OPERATOR for a minimum of daily visits and assistance whenever needed.
6.3.1.2.1 Visit Documentation Written documentation of these visits for contracted off-site
QUALIFIED OPERATOR visits and assistance consultations shall be available at the AQUATIC FACILITY for
review by JCDHE.
6.3.1.2.2 Documentation Details The written documentation shall indicate the checking,
MONITORING, and testing outlined in JCAHC 6.4.1.2.
6.3.1.2.3 Visit Corrective Actions The written documentation shall indicate what corrective
actions, if any, were taken by the contracted off-site QUALIFIED OPERATOR during the scheduled visits or
assistance requests.
6.3.1.2.4 Onsite Responsible Supervisor All AQUATIC FACILITIES without a full time onsite
QUALIFIED OPERATOR shall have a designated onsite RESPONSIBLE SUPERVISOR.
6.3.1.2.5A Onsite Responsible Supervisor Duties The designated onsite RESPONSIBLE
SUPERVISOR shall:
167
1) Be capable of testing and recording the water quality parameters required by this CODE,
2) Know how to make adjustments, as needed, to maintain required water quality parameters required by
this CODE,
3) Know general maintenance procedures as required by daily operational verifications or adjustments
required by this CODE,
4) Know when the AQUATIC FACILITY or individual AQUATIC VENUE should be closed, and
5) Know how and when to contact the contracted off-site QUALIFIED OPERATOR.
6.3.2 Aquatic Facilities Requiring Qualified Lifeguards
AQUATIC VENUES with standing water with Class A, B, D-1, D-4, and D-5 pools are required to have lifeguards in
accordance with the training and staffing requirements of the city, county, state, federal, or any other ownership
entity’s accredited lifeguarding programs.
6.3.3 A Safety Plan All AQUATIC FACILITIES shall create and implement a SAFETY PLAN to include, but
not be limited to the following elements:
1) Staffing plan,
2) EAP,
3) Biohazard action plan,
4) Pre-service training plan, and
5) In-service training plan.
6.3.3.1 A Code Compliance Staff Plan Staffing plans shall designate person(s) as members of the
SAFETY TEAM and person(s) for the following responsibilities:
1) Identifying and communicating health and SAFETY hazards;
2) Mitigating health and SAFETY hazards and closing the facility, if needed;
3) Interfacing with JCDHE related to the requirements of this CODE;
4) Maintaining water quality and, if required, air quality;
5) Enforcing the AQUATIC FACILITY rules and regulations;
6) Responding to reported emergencies;
7) Supervising the SAFETY TEAM;
8) Conducting pre-service evaluations; and
9) Conducting in-service training.
6.3.3.1.1A Zone of Patron Surveillance When QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS are used, the staffing plan shall
include diagrammed zones of PATRON surveillance for each AQUATIC VENUE such that:
1) The QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD is capable of viewing the entire area of the assigned zone of PATRON
surveillance;
2) The QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD is able to reach the furthest extent of the assigned zone of PATRON
surveillance within 20 seconds;
3) Identify whether the QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD is in an elevated stand, walking, in-water and/or other
approved position;
4) Identifying any additional responsibilities for each zone; and
5) All areas of each AQUATIC VENUE are assigned a zone of PATRON surveillance.
168
6.3.3.1.2A Rotation Procedures When QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS are used, the staffing plan shall
include QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD rotation procedures such that:
1) Identifying all zones of PATRON surveillance responsibility at the AQUATIC FACILITY,
2) Operating in a manner so as to provide an alternation of tasks such that no QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD
conducts PATRON surveillance activities for more than 60 continuous minutes, and
3) Have a practice of maintaining coverage of the zone of PATRON surveillance during the change of the
QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD.
6.3.3.1.3 Alternation of Tasks Alternation of tasks may include any one of the following:
1) Change of zone of PATRON surveillance where the QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD must walk or be transported to
another zone of PATRON surveillance.
2) Have a period of at least 10 minutes of non-PATRON surveillance activity such as taking a break,
conducting maintenance, or conducting ride dispatch.
6.3.3.1.4 Supervision Protocols When QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS are used, the staffing plan shall
include lifeguard supervision protocols to achieve the requirements of JCAHC 6.3.3.
6.3.3.2 A Emergency Action Plan EAPS and operating procedures shall include but not be limited to:
1) Outline types of emergencies and IMMINENT HEALTH HAZARDS, as per JCAHC 6.6.3;
2) Outline the methods of communication between responders, emergency services, and PATRONS;
3) Identify each anticipated responder;
4) Outline the tasks of each responder;
5) Identify required equipment for each task; and
6) Emergency closure requirements.
6.3.3.2.1A Coordination of Response When one or more QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS are used, the
SAFETY PLAN and the EAP shall identify the best means to provide additional persons to rapidly respond to
the emergency to help the initial rescuer.
6.3.3.3 Pre-Service Requirements The Pre-Service Plan shall include:
1) Policies and procedure training specific to the AQUATIC FACILITY,
2) Demonstration of SAFETY TEAM skills specific to the AQUATIC FACILITY prior to assuming on-duty
lifeguard responsibilities, and
3) Documentation of training.
6.3.3.3.1A Safety Team EAP Training Prior to active duty, all members of the SAFETY TEAM shall
be trained on, and receive a copy of, and/or have a copy posted and always available of the specific
policies and procedures for the following:
1) Staffing plan;
2) EAP;
3) Emergency closure; and
4) Fecal, vomit, or blood contamination on surfaces and in the water as outlined in JCAHC 6.5.
6.3.3.3.2 A Safety Team Skills Proficiency Prior to active duty, all members of the SAFETY TEAM shall
demonstrate knowledge and skill competency specific to the AQUATIC FACILITY for the following criteria:
1) Understand their responsibilities and of others on the AQUATIC FACILITY SAFETY TEAM,
2) Ability to execute the EAP,
3) Know what conditions require closure of the facility, and
169
4) Know what actions to take in response to a fecal, vomit, or blood contamination on a surface and in the
water as outlined in JCAHC 6.5.
6.3.3.3.3 A Qualified Lifeguard Emergency Action Plan Training When QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS
are used, they shall be trained on the EAP and receive a copy of or have a copy of the EAP posted and
always available at the AQUATIC FACILITY, specifically including policies and procedures for the following:
1) Zone of PATRON surveillance plan,
2) Rotation plan,
3) Minimum staffing plan, and
4) Rescue / first aid response plan.
6.3.3.3.4 A Qualified Lifeguard Skills Proficiency When QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS are used, they shall
demonstrate knowledge and skill competency specific to the AQUATIC FACILITY for the following criteria:
1) Ability to reach the bottom at the maximum water depth of the AQUATIC VENUE to be assigned;
2) Ability to identify all zones of BATHER surveillance responsibility to which they could be assigned;
3) Ability to recognize a victim in their assigned zone of BATHER surveillance;
4) Ability to reach the furthest edge of assigned zones of BATHER surveillance within 20 seconds;
5) Water rescue skills outlined in JCAHC 6.2.1.1.2;
6) CPR/AED and first aid;
7) Ability to execute EAP;
8) Emergency closure issues; and
9) Fecal, vomit, or blood contamination incident response as outlined in JCAHC 6.5.
6.3.3.3.5 CPR / AED and First Aid Certificate The designated person(s) with CPR/AED and first
aid training shall present unexpired certificate(s) as per JCAHC 6.2.1.1.3 and 6.2.1.1.4 prior to active duty.
6.3.3.3.5.1 Copies Maintained Originals or copies of certificates shall be maintained at the
AQUATIC FACILITY and be available for inspection.
6.3.3.3.6A Documentation of Pre-Service Training Documentation verifying the pre-service
requirements shall be completed by the person conducting the pre-service training, maintained at the facility
for 3 full years, and be available for inspection.
6.3.3.3.6.1 Lifeguard Certificate When QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS are used, they shall present an
unexpired certificate as per JCAHC 6.2.1.3.4 prior to assuming on-duty lifeguard responsibilities.
6.3.3.3.6.2 Copies Maintained Originals or copies of certificates shall be maintained at the facility
and be available for inspection.
6.3.3.4 In-Service Training During the course of their employment, AQUATIC FACILITY staff
shall participate in periodic in-service training to maintain their skills.
6.3.3.4.1A Documentation of In-Service Training Documentation verifying the in-service
requirements shall be completed by the person conducting the in-service training, maintained at the AQUATIC
FACILITY for 3 years, and available for inspection.
6.3.3.4.2 A In-Service Documentation Documentation shall include:
1) Names of attendees,
2) Content of training,
3) Date of training, and
4) Name of the trainer(s).
170
6.3.3.4.3 A In-Service Training Plan The in-service training plan shall include:
1) In-service training frequency,
2) Documentation of in-service training,
3) Maintenance of certifications, and
4) Demonstration of test-ready skills.
6.3.3.4.4 Maintain Certificates The designated person(s) with CPR/AED and first aid training shall
maintain certifications to show the following:
1) CPR/AED training is completed annually and certificates are unexpired, and
2) First aid training certificates are unexpired.
6.3.3.4.5A Competency Demonstration When QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS are used, they shall be able to
demonstrate proficiency in the skills as outlined by JCAHC 6.2.1 and have the ability to perform the following
water rescue skills consecutively so as to demonstrate the ability to respond to victim and complete the
rescue:
1) Reach the furthest edge of zones of BATHER surveillance within 20 seconds;
2) Recover a simulated victim, including extrication to a position of safety consistent with JCAHC 6.2.1.1.2;
and
3) Perform resuscitation skills consistent with JCAHC 6.2.1.1.3.
6.3.3.5A AHJ Authority to Approve Safety Plan the AHJ shall have the authority, if they so
choose, to require:
1) Submittal of the SAFETY PLAN for archiving and reference or
2) Submittal of the SAFETY PLAN for review and approval prior to opening to the public.
6.3.3.5.1 A Safety Plan on File The SAFETY PLAN shall be kept on file at the AQUATIC FACILITY.
6.3.3.5.2A Safety Plan Implemented The elements detailed in the SAFETY PLAN shall be implemented
and in evidence in the AQUATIC FACILITY operation and is subject to review for compliance by JCDHE at any
time.
6.3.4 Staff Management
6.3.4.1 Staff Provided Prior to Aquatic Venue Use Prior to use of any AQUATIC VENUE,
the AQUATIC FACILITY shall provide staff required per the provisions of the SAFETY PLAN as stated in
JCAHC 6.3.2.
6.3.4.2 Safety Team Responsibilities SAFETY TEAM responsibilities shall include but not be
limited to:
1) Enforce the AQUATIC FACILITY rules and regulations by interfacing with PATRONS,
2) Respond to reported emergencies,
3) Identify health and SAFETY hazards and take action to mitigate or avoid the hazard,
4) Know where PPE is located and use it when required, and
5) Interface with JCDHE related to the requirements of this CODE.
6.3.4.3 Lifeguard Staff
6.3.4.3.1A Minimum Number of Lifeguards Where QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS are used, the AQUATIC
FACILITY shall provide, prior to opening the AQUATIC FACILITY to the public, the minimum number of
QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS and staff required per the provisions of the SAFETY PLAN such that:
1) All zones of PATRON surveillance are staffed during operation;
171
a. Zones of PATRON surveillance for individual AQUATIC VENUES not open for use, must also be
staffed unless an effective means is provided to restrict and MONITOR access to the AQUATIC
VENUE;
2) Rotations can be conducted while all zones are staffed;
3) LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR, where required by JCAHC 6.3.4.4.1, is present; and
4) Additional person(s) to rapidly respond to an emergency to help the initial rescuer, as required in JCAHC
6.3.3.2.1, are present.
6.3.4.3.2A Lifeguard Responsibilities QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD responsibilities shall include but not
be limited to:
1) MONITOR PATRONS within the zone of PATRON surveillance responsibility;
2) Enforce facility rules;
3) Respond to emergencies including water rescue, CPR, AED use if equipment is provided with established
local protocols, and first aid;
4) Identify health and SAFETY hazards and take action to mitigate or avoid the hazard;
5) Maintain skills at a test-ready level of proficiency;
6) Wear the identifying uniform;
7) If needed for effective PATRON surveillance, wear corrective eyewear as necessary to correct poor vision
and wear polarized sunglasses;
8) If exposed to UV, wear SPF 15 or greater UV protection; and
9) Know where PPE is located and use it when required.
6.3.4.3.3A Shallow Water Certified Lifeguards QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS certified for shallow water
depths shall not be assigned to a BODY OF WATER in which any part of the water’s depth is greater than the
depth for which they are certified.
6.3.4.3.4A Direct Surveillance QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS assigned responsibilities for PATRON
surveillance shall not be assigned other tasks that intrude on PATRON surveillance while performing those
surveillance activities.
6.3.4.3.5A Distractions While conducting BATHER surveillance, QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS shall not
engage in social conversations or have on their person or lifeguard station, reading materials, cellular
telephones, texting devices, music players, or other similar non-emergency electronic devices.
6.3.4.4 Supervisor Staff
6.3.4.4.1A Lifeguard Supervisor Required AQUATIC FACILITIES that are required to have two or more
QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS to satisfy Zone responsibilities per the Zone Plan of BATHER Surveillance in JCAHC
6.3.3.1.1, shall have an additional person at the AQUATIC FACILITY during all hours of operation designated
as the LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR who meets the requirement of JCAHC 6.2.2.
6.3.4.4.2 A Designated Supervisor One of the QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS as per JCAHC 6.3.3.1.1 may
be designated as the LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR in addition to fulfilling the duties of QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD.
6.3.4.4.2.1 Lifeguard Supervisor Duties LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR duties shall not interfere with the
primary duty of PATRON surveillance.
6.3.4.4.3 Lifeguard Supervisor LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR responsibilities shall include but not be
limited to:
1) MONITOR performance of QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS in their zone of BATHER surveillance responsibility,
2) Make sure the rotation is conducted in accordance with the SAFETY PLAN,
3) Coordinate staff response and BATHER care during an emergency,
172
4) Identify health and SAFETY hazards and communicate to staff and management to mitigate or otherwise
avoid the hazard, and
5) Make sure the required equipment per JCAHC 5.8.5 is in place and in good condition.
6.3.4.5 Emergency Response and Communications Plans
6.3.4.5.1A Emergency Response and Communication Plan AQUATIC FACILITIES shall create and
maintain an operating procedure manual containing information on the emergency response and
communications plan including an EAP, Facility Evacuation Plan, and Inclement Weather Plan.
6.3.4.5.2 Emergency Action Plan A written EAP shall be developed, maintained, and updated as
necessary for the AQUATIC FACILITY.
6.3.4.5.3 Annual Review and Update The EAP shall be reviewed with the AQUATIC FACILITY staff
and management annually or more frequently as required when changes occur with the dates of the review
recorded in the EAP.
6.3.4.5.4 Available for Inspection The written EAP shall be kept at the AQUATIC FACILITY and
available for emergency personnel and/or AHJ upon request.
6.3.4.5.5A Training Documentation Documentation from employees trained in current EAP shall be
available upon request.
6.3.4.5.6 Components The EAP shall include at a minimum:
1) A diagram of the AQUATIC FACILITY;
2) A list of emergency telephone numbers;
3) The location of first aid kit and other rescue equipment (BVM, AED, if provided, backboard, etc.);
4) An emergency response plan for accidental chemical release; and
5) A fecal/vomit/blood CONTAMINATION RESPONSE PLANS as outlined in JCAHC 6.5.1.
6.3.4.5.6.1 Accidental Chemical Release Plan The accidental chemical release plan shall include
procedures for:
1) How to determine when professional hazardous materials (HAZMAT) response is needed,
2) How to obtain it,
3) Response and cleanup,
4) Provision for training staff in these procedures, and
5) A list of equipment and supplies for cleanup.
6.3.4.5.6.2 Remediation Supplies The availability of equipment and supplies for remediation
procedures shall be verified by the operator at least weekly.
6.3.4.5.7 Facility Evacuation Plan A written Facility Evacuation Plan shall be developed and
maintained for the facility.
6.3.4.5.7.1 Evacuation Plan Components This plan shall include at a minimum:
1) Actions to be taken in cases of drowning, serious illness or injury, chemical handling accidents, weather
emergencies, and other serious incidents; and
2) Defined roles and responsibilities for all staff.
6.3.4.5.8 A Communication Plan A communication plan shall exist to facilitate activation of
internal emergency response centers and/or community 911/EMS as necessary.
6.3.4.5.8.1 Communication Plan Components At a minimum, this plan shall include:
1) Provision and use of readily accessible, appropriate communication devices such as telephones, call
173
boxes, and mobile devices;
2) Signage;
3) Procedures to be followed during staffed and unstaffed time periods;
4) Acceptable alternative communication during loss of power; and
5) Training of all personnel.
6.3.4.5.8.2 A Notification Procedures The communication plan shall include a plan for notification to
federal or tribal; state or territorial; and local agencies in case of a chemical spill that exceeds the EPA
reportable quantity.
6.3.4.5.9 A Inclement Weather Plan AQUATIC FACILITIES shall have a contingency/response plan for
localized weather events that may affect their operation (i.e., lightning, hurricanes, tornados, high winds,
etc.).
6.3.4.5.9.1 Contingency Plan Contingency plans shall include training for employees,
evacuation procedures, and determining when it is acceptable to reopen a facility for operation.
6.3.4.6 A Remote Monitoring Systems
6.3.4.6.1A Lifeguard-Based Lifeguard-based remote SAFETY MONITORING systems shall not
replace the need for QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS.
6.3.4.6.1.1 No Substitute Remote SAFETY MONITORING systems may be used to aid the operation but not
as a substitute for QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS/SLIDE operators when critical areas such as blind spots in an
AQUATIC VENUE or area of a SLIDE cannot be viewed by QUALIFIED LIFEGUARDS/SLIDE operators.
6.3.4.6.2 A Operator-Based QUALIFIED OPERATOR-based remote water quality MONITORING
systems shall not be a substitute for manual water quality testing of the AQUATIC VENUE.
6.3.4.6.3 Training When QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD- or QUALIFIED OPERATOR-based remote
MONITORING systems are used, AQUATIC FACILITY staff shall be trained on their use, limitations, and
communication and response protocols for communications with the MONITORING group.
6.3.4.7 A Employee Illness and Injury Policy
6.3.4.7.1 Illness Policy Supervisors shall not permit employees who are ill with diarrhea to enter the
water or perform in a QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD role.
6.3.4.7.2 Open Wounds Supervisors shall permit employees with open wounds in the water or in a
QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD role only if they have healthcare provider approval or wear a waterproof, occlusive
bandage to cover the wound.
6.4 A Aquatic Facility Management
6.4.1 Operations
6.4.1.1 Operations Manual
6.4.1.1.1 A Develop Each AQUATIC FACILITY shall develop an operations manual to keep at the
AQUATIC FACILITY in both printed and electronic formats.
6.4.1.1.2 A Include The manual shall at minimum include, but not be limited to the following items:
1) AQUATIC VENUE and AQUATIC FEATURE description(s) and locations,
2) Facility communication,
3) List of chemicals and system information,
4) Fecal/vomit/blood CONTAMINATION RESPONSE PLANS,
5) Preventive maintenance plan, and
174
6) Any other STANDARD operation and maintenance policies and instructions or applicable information for
each AQUATIC VENUE and AQUATIC FEATURE at the facility.
6.4.1.2 Operation Records AQUATIC FACILITIES shall keep records pertaining to the operation,
maintenance, and management of the AQUATIC FACILITY on a minimum schedule as prescribed under JCAHC
6.4.1.2.
6.4.1.2.1 Record Maintenance AQUATIC FACILITY records shall be:
1) Kept for a minimum of 3 years and
2) Available upon request by JCDHE.
6.4.1.2.2 Additional Documentation Applicable local, state, territorial, federal, or tribal laws may
require additional records, documentation, and forms.
6.4.1.3 Safety and Maintenance Inspection and Recordkeeping The QUALIFIED OPERATOR
or RESPONSIBLE SUPERVISOR shall ensure that SAFETY and preventive maintenance inspections are done at
the AQUATIC FACILITY during seasons or periods when the AQUATIC FACILITY is open and that the results
are recorded in a log or form maintained at the AQUATIC FACILITY.
6.4.1.3.1 Daily Inspection Items The QUALIFIED OPERATOR or RESPONSIBLE SUPERVISOR shall
ensure that a daily AQUATIC FACILITY preventive maintenance inspection is done before opening and that it
shall include:
1) Walkways/DECK and exits are clear, clean, free of debris;
2) Drain covers, vacuum fitting covers, SKIMMER equalizer covers, and any other suction outlet covers are in
place, secure, and unbroken;
3) SKIMMER baskets, weirs, lids, flow adjusters, and suction outlets are free of any blockage;
4) INLET and return covers and any other fittings are in place, secure, and unbroken;
5) Safety warning signs and other signage are in place and in good repair;
6) Safety equipment as required by this CODE are in place and in good repair, including emergency
instructions and phone numbers;
7) Entrapment prevention systems are operational;
8) Recirculation, DISINFECTION systems, controller(s), and probes are operating as required;
9) SECONDARY TREATMENT and/or SUPPLEMENTAL TREATMENT systems are operating as required;
10) Underwater lights and other lighting are intact with no exposed wires or water in lights;
11) Slime and biofilm have been removed from accessible surfaces of AQUATIC VENUES, SLIDES, and other
AQUATIC FEATURES;
12) Doors to nonpublic areas (CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACES, offices, etc.) are locked;
13) First aid supplies are stocked;
14) Emergency communication equipment and systems are operational;
15) Fecal/vomit/blood incident CONTAMINATION RESPONSE PLANS, materials, and equipment are available;
16) Water features and amenities are functioning in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations;
17) Fencing/ENCLOSURES, gates, and self-latching or other locks are tested and are intact and functioning
properly, and ENCLOSURES do not have nearby furniture to encourage climbing;
18) Drinking fountains are clean and in functional condition;
19) Electrical devices are in good working condition and meet the requirements specified in the JCAHC;
20) Alarms, if required, are tested and functioning properly; and
175
21) Assessing water clarity such that the bottom and objects in the POOL are clearly visible.
6.4.1.3.2 Other Inspection Items The QUALIFIED OPERATOR or RESPONSIBLE SUPERVISOR shall
ensure that the AQUATIC FACILITY preventive maintenance inspections shall also include:
1) Monthly tests of GFCI devices and
2) Visual inspections of bonding conductors, where accessible, every 6 months or whenever disrupted or
impacted by site construction or other related events.
6.4.1.4 A Illness and Injury Incident Reports
6.4.1.4.1 Incidents to Record The owner/operator shall ensure that a record is made of all
injuries and illness incidents at the AQUATIC FACILITY which:
1) Result in death;
2) Require resuscitation, CPR, oxygen, or AED use to be initiated;
3) Require transportation or treatment of a PATRON to a medical facility; or
4) Results in a PATRON being diagnosed with a RWI.
6.4.1.4.2 Info to Include Illness and injury incident report information shall include
1) Date,
2) Time,
3) Location,
4) Incident including type of illness or injury and cause or mechanism,
5) Names and addresses of the individuals involved,
6) Actions taken,
7) Equipment used, and
8) Outcome of the incident.
6.4.1.4.3 A Notify the AHJ In addition to making such records, the owner/operator shall ensure that
JCDHE is notified within 24 hours of the occurrence of an incident recorded in JCAHC 6.4.1.4.1.
6.4.1.4.4 A Lifeguard Rescue Records The owner/operator shall also record all lifeguard rescues
where the QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD enters the water and activates the aquatic EAP.
6.4.1.4.4.1 Info to Include These records shall include the date, time, QUALIFIED LIFEGUARD, and
PATRON names and reason the rescue was needed.
6.4.1.5 Chemical Inventory Log A chemical inventory log shall be maintained onsite to provide
a list of chemicals used in the AQUATIC VENUE water and surrounding DECK that could result in water
quality issues, chemical interactions, or PATRON exposure.
6.4.1.5.1 Expiration Dates These records shall include the expiration date for water quality
chemical testing reagents.
6.4.1.6 A Daily Water Monitoring and Testing Records Daily, or as often as required,
MONITORING and testing records shall include, but are not limited to the following:
1) pH;
2) Disinfectant residuals;
3) COMBINED CHLORINE concentrations;
4) Operating pressures of water recirculation pumps and filters or the corresponding flow rate from flow
meter readings;
176
5) CYA levels, if used;
6) Maintenance and malfunctioning of equipment, including dates and time of all equipment calibration
including WQTDs;
7) Dates of challenge testing of the chemical feeder interlock system as outlined in JCAHC 5.7.3.5.1.4.1;
8) If heated, AQUATIC VENUE water temperature;
9) The time of filter backwash or cleaning;
10) Calcium hardness;
11) Total alkalinity;
12) Saturation index;
13) Microbiological testing, if applicable, dates/times samples were taken and results;
14) Any equipment failure, power outage, or error resulting in the interruption of the circulation, filtration, or
DISINFECTION systems for more than 1 hour;
15) The daily attendance at the AQUATIC FACILITY. In POOLS where attendance is not ordinarily recorded, a
guest sign in book can be used to track attendance; and
16) SECONDARY TREATMENT as outlined in JCAHC 5.7.3.7.7 and 5.7.3.7.8.
6.4.1.7 Staff Certifications on File The originals or copies of all required QUALIFIED
LIFEGUARD, LIFEGUARD SUPERVISOR, or QUALIFIED OPERATOR certificates shall be maintained at the
AQUATIC FACILITY and made available to AHJ, staff, and PATRONS upon request.
6.4.1.7.1 Multiple Facilities A copy of the original certificate shall be made available when
employees work at multiple AQUATIC FACILITIES.
6.4.1.8 A Bodily Fluids Remediation Log
6.4.1.8.1 A Contamination Incidents A Body Fluid Contamination Response Log shall be
maintained to document each occurrence of contamination of the water or its immediately adjacent areas by
formed or diarrheal fecal material, whole stomach discharge of vomit, and blood.
6.4.1.8.2 Standard Operating Procedures The AQUATIC FACILITY’S STANDARD operating
procedures for responding to these contamination incidents shall be readily available for review by JCDHE.
6.4.1.8.3 Required Information The log shall include the following information recorded at the time
of the incident:
1) Person conducting response;
2) Qualified operator or onsite responsible supervisor on duty;
3) Date and time of incident response;
4) Specific area, if not in the water, contaminated by incident;
5) BATHER COUNT or reasonable approximation of the number of BATHERS in the AQUATIC VENUE at the
time of incident (if applicable);
6) Type and form of body fluid observed (for example, diarrheal or formed stool, vomit, or blood);
7) Date and time when the area was closed;
8) Whether the POOL uses CHLORINE stabilizer and concentration at time of incident;
9) Residual disinfectant (e.g., DPD-FC) concentration and pH at the time of incident;
10) Remediation procedures used after the incident including contact time, if applicable;
11) Residual disinfectant (e.g., DPD-FC) concentration and pH at the time of reopening the AQUATIC VENUE
to the public;
177
12) Stabilizer concentration, if used, at the time of reopening; and
13) Date and time of reopening.
6.4.2 Patron-Related Management Aspects
6.4.2.1 Bather Count
6.4.2.1.1 A User Guidance AQUATIC FACILITIES shall have a plan in place to address fluctuations in
BATHER occupancy to ensure proper maintenance and staffing.
6.4.2.1.2 Maximum Occupancy Such plans shall not exceed the maximum designed
THEORETICAL PEAK OCCUPANCY for the individual AQUATIC VENUES or the AQUATIC FACILITY.
6.4.2.2 A Signage
6.4.2.2.1 Facility Rules The operator shall post and enforce the AQUATIC FACILITY rules
governing health, SAFETY, and sanitation.
6.4.2.2.2 Lettering The lettering shall be legible and at least 0.5 inches (12.7 mm or 3- point type) high,
with a contrasting background. For exceptions to the lettering size, see 6.4.2.2.3.4.
6.4.2.2.3 A Sign Messages Signage shall be placed in a conspicuous place at the entrance of the
AQUATIC FACILITY communicating expected and prohibited behaviors and other information using text that
complies with the intent of the following information:
1) In case of an emergency, dial 911 or other emergency instructions, per JCAHC 6.3.4.5.8;
2) Hours of operation;
3) Theoretical peak occupancy;
4) Pollution of AQUATIC VENUE prohibited;
5) Do not swim if you have open wounds;
6) Do not swim if you are ill with diarrhea or have had diarrhea within the past 2 weeks;
7) SHOWER before entering the water;
8) No glass items in the AQUATIC VENUE or on the DECK;
9) Do not swallow or spit water;
10) Diaper changing on the DECK is prohibited;
11) No Diving, as applicable per JCAHC 5.5.5;
12) Intentional hyperventilation or extended breath holding activities are dangerous and prohibited;
13) No animals in the AQUATIC VENUE and no animals on the DECK, except service animals, if applicable;
14) No rough play; and
15) Children must be supervised by a responsible adult (parent or caregiver) up to the minimum age
of 14.
6.4.2.2.3.1 Aquatic Facilities with Onsite Emergency Personnel JCAHC 6.4.2.2.3 signage
requirement number 1 may be amended to include onsite emergency staff contact information if emergency
trained personnel are onsite so that the response would be faster than calling 911.
6.4.2.2.3.2 Diving Well AQUATIC FACILITIES with diving wells may amend signage requirement number
11 to read that diving is not allowed in all AQUATIC VENUES except for the diving well.
6.4.2.2.3.3 Posters Recreational water illness prevention posters shall be posted conspicuously in the
AQUATIC FACILITY at all times.
6.4.2.2.3.4 Unstaffed Aquatic Facilities without Qualified Lifeguards In addition to signage messages 1
178
through 13, unstaffed AQUATIC FACILITIES shall also include signage messages covering:
1) WARNING - NO LIFEGUARD ON DUTY and PERSONS UNDER THE AGE OF 14 SHOULD NOT
USE POOL/SPA WITHOUT AN ADULT IN ATTENDANCE. The two (2) warnings above must be in all
capital letters at least 4 inches high, lettering may be as narrow as 1.5 inches to save space. They may be
listed on separate sign(s) or together on one (1) sign, the age limit on the children’s warning may not be less
than 14, and
2) Hours of operation: AQUATIC FACILITY use prohibited at any other time.
6.4.2.2.3.4.1 Posters In AQUATIC FACILITIES not requiring lifeguards, CPR posters reflecting the
latest STANDARDS shall be posted conspicuously at all times.
6.4.2.2.3.5 Multiple Aquatic Venues For AQUATIC FACILITIES with multiple AQUATIC VENUES, JCAHC
6.4.2.2.3 signage item numbers 3 and, if applicable, number 11, or text complying with the intent of the
information, shall be posted at the entrance to each AQUATIC VENUE except such posting is not required at
WATERSLIDES.
6.4.2.2.3.6 Movable Bottom Floor Signage In addition to the JCAHC 6.4.2.2.3 requirements, AQUATIC
VENUES with moveable bottom floors shall also have the following information or text complying with the
intent of the following information:
1) A sign for AQUATIC VENUE water depth in use shall be provided and clearly visible;
2) A "NO DIVING" sign shall be provided; and
3) The floor is movable and AQUATIC VENUE depth varies.
6.4.2.2.3.7 A Spa Signs In addition to the JCAHC 6.4.2.2.3 requirements, SPAS shall also have the following
information or text complying with the intent of the following information:
1) Maximum water temperature is 104° F (40°C);
2) Children under age 5 and people using alcohol or drugs that cause drowsiness shall not use SPAS;
3) Pregnant women and people with heart disease, high blood pressure or other health problems should not
use SPAS without prior consultation with a healthcare provider;
4) Children under 14 years of age shall be supervised by an adult; and
5) Use of the SPA when alone is prohibited (if no lifeguards onsite).
6.4.2.2.4 Hygiene Facility Signage Signage shall be posted at the HYGIENE FACILITY exit used to
access AQUATIC VENUES stating or containing information, or text complying with the intent of the
following information:
1) Do not swim when ill with diarrhea;
2) Do not swim with open wounds and sores;
3) SHOWER before entering the water;
4) Check your child’s swim diapers/rubber pants regularly;
5) Diaper changing on the DECK is prohibited;
6) Do not poop or pee in the water;
7) Do not swallow or spit water; and
8) Wash hands before returning to the POOL.
6.4.2.2.5 A Diaper-Changing Station Signage Signage shall be posted at DIAPER-CHANGING
STATIONS stating or containing information, or text complying with the intent of the following information:
1) Dispose of used disposable diapers in the diaper bucket or receptacle provided;
2) Dump contents from reusable diapers into toilets and bag diapers to take home;
179
3) Use the materials provided to clean/SANITIZE the surface of the DIAPER-CHANGING STATION before and
after each use;
4) Wash your hands and your child’s hands after diapering; and
5) Do not swim if ill with diarrhea.
6.4.2.3 Swimmer Empowerment Methods
6.4.2.3.1 A Public Information and Health Messaging The owner/operator shall ensure that a
public information and health messaging program to inform INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY PATRONS of their
impact on INDOOR AQUATIC FACILITY air quality is developed and implemented.
6.4.2.3.2 A Post Inspection Results The results of the most recent AHJ JCDHE inspection of the
AQUATIC FACILITY shall be posted at the AQUATIC FACILITY in a location conspicuous to the public.
6.5 A Fecal/Vomit/Blood Contamination Response
6.5.1 A Contamination Response Plan
6.5.1.1 Contamination Response Plan All AQUATIC FACILITIES shall have a CONTAMINATION
RESPONSE PLAN within the EAP for responding to formed-stool contamination, diarrheal-stool contamination,
vomit contamination, and contamination involving blood.
6.5.1.2 Contamination Training The CONTAMINATION RESPONSE PLAN shall include procedures
for response and cleanup, provisions for training staff in these procedures, and a list of equipment and
supplies for cleanup.
6.5.1.2.1 A Minimum A minimum of one person onsite while the AQUATIC FACILITY is open for use shall
be:
1) Trained in the procedures for response to formed-stool contamination, diarrheal contamination, vomit
contamination, and blood contamination and
2) Trained in PPE and other OSHA measures including the Bloodborne Pathogens Standard 29 CFR
1910.1030 to minimize exposure to bodily fluids that may be encountered as employees in an aquatic
environment.
6.5.1.2.2 Informed Staff shall be informed of any updates to the response plan.
6.5.1.3 Equipment and Supply Verification The availability of equipment and supplies
for remediation procedures shall be verified by the QUALIFIED OPERATOR at least weekly.
6.5.1.4 Plan Review The response plan shall be reviewed at least annually and updated as necessary.
6.5.1.5 Plan Availability The response plan shall be kept onsite and available for viewing by
JCDHE.
6.5.2 Aquatic Venue Water Contamination Response
6.5.2.1 Closure In the event of a fecal or vomit contamination in an AQUATIC VENUE, the
QUALIFIED OPERATOR shall immediately close the AQUATIC VENUE to swimmers until remediation
procedures are complete.
6.5.2.1.1 Closure Includes This closure shall include the affected AQUATIC VENUE and other
AQUATIC VENUES that share the same RECIRCULATION SYSTEM.
6.5.2.2 Physical Removal Contaminating material shall be removed (e.g., using a net, scoop,
or bucket) and disposed of in a sanitary manner.
6.5.2.2.1 Clean / Disinfect Net or Scoop Fecal or vomit contamination of the item used to
remove the contamination (e.g., the net or bucket) shall be removed by thorough cleaning followed by
180
DISINFECTION (e.g., after cleaning, leave the net, scoop, or bucket immersed in the POOL during the
DISINFECTION procedure prescribed for formed-stool, diarrheal-stool, or vomit contamination, as
appropriate).
6.5.2.2.2 A No Vacuum Cleaners Aquatic vacuum cleaners shall not be used for removal of
contamination from the water or adjacent surfaces unless vacuum waste is discharged to a sanitary sewer and
the vacuum equipment can be adequately disinfected.
6.5.2.3A Treated AQUATIC VENUE water that has been contaminated by feces or vomit shall be
treated as follows:
1) Check to ensure that the water’s pH is 7.5 or lower and adjust if necessary;
2) Verify and maintain water temperature at 77°F (25°C) or higher;
3) Operate the filtration/RECIRCULATION SYSTEM while the POOL reaches and maintains the proper DPD-FC
concentration during the remediation process;
4) Test the FREE CHLORINE RESIDUAL at multiple sampling points to ensure the proper DPD-FC
concentration is achieved throughout the POOL for the entire DISINFECTION time; and
5) Use only non-stabilized CHLORINE products to raise the DPD-FC concentrations during the remediation.
6.5.3 Aquatic Venue Water Contamination Disinfection
6.5.3.1A Formed-Stool Contamination Formed-stool contaminated water shall have the DPD-FC
concentration checked and the DPD-FC concentration raised to 2.0 ppm (mg/L) (if less than 2.0 ppm [mg/L])
and maintained for at least 25 minutes (or an equivalent time and concentration to reach the CT I NACTIVATION
VALUE) before reopening the AQUATIC VENUE.
6.5.3.1.1 A Pools Containing Chlorine Stabilizers In AQUATIC VENUE water that contains CYA or a
stabilized CHLORINE product, water shall be treated by doubling the inactivation time required under JCAHC
6.5.3.1.
6.5.3.1.2 Measurement of Inactivation Time Measurement of the inactivation time required shall
start when the AQUATIC VENUE reaches the intended DPD-FC concentration.
6.5.3.2 A Diarrheal-Stool Contamination Diarrheal-stool contaminated water shall:
1) Check the DPD-FC concentration and then raise the DPD-FC concentration to 20.0 ppm (mg/L) and
maintain for at least 12.75 hours (or an equivalent time and concentration to reach the CT INACTIVATION
VALUE) before reopening the AQUATIC VENUE or
2) Circulate the water through a SECONDARY TREATMENT to theoretically reduce the number of
Cryptosporidium OOCYSTS in the AQUATIC VENUE below one OOCYST/100 mL as outlined in JCAHC
4.7.3.3.2.4.
6.5.3.2.1 A Pools Containing Chlorine Stabilizers In AQUATIC VENUE water that contains CYA or a
stabilized CHLORINE product, water shall be treated by:
1) HYPERCHLORINATION accomplished by:
a. Following the preparatory guidance outlined in JCAHC 6.5.2.3;
b. Lowering the CYA concentration to less than or equal to 15 ppm (mg/L) by draining, if
necessary;
c. Raising the FREE CHLORINE RESIDUAL to 20 ppm (mg/L) for at least 28 hours; 30 ppm (mg/L)
for at least 18 hours; or 40 ppm (mg/L) for at least 8.5 hours, which is needed to reach the CT
INACTIVATION VALUE; and
d. Measuring the inactivation time required, which shall start when the AQUATIC VENUE reaches the
intended DPD-FC concentration or;
181
2) Circulating the water through a SECONDARY TREATMENT to theoretically reduce the number of
Cryptosporidium OOCYSTS in the AQUATIC VENUE below one OOCYST/100 mL as outlined in JCAHC
4.7.3.3.2.4 or;
3) Draining the AQUATIC VENUE completely.
6.5.3.3A Vomit-Contamination Vomit-contaminated water shall have the DPD-FC concentration
checked and the DPD-FC concentration raised to 2.0 ppm (mg/L) (if less than 2.0 mg/L) and maintained for at
least 25 minutes (or an equivalent time and concentration to reach the CT INACTIVATION VALUE) before
reopening the AQUATIC VENUE.
6.5.3.3.1 Pools Containing Chlorine Stabilizers In AQUATIC VENUE water that contains CYA or a
stabilized CHLORINE product, water shall be treated by doubling the inactivation time required under JCAHC
6.5.3.3.
6.5.3.3.2 Measurement of the Inactivation Time Measurement of the inactivation time
required shall start when the AQUATIC VENUE reaches the intended DPD-FC concentration .
6.5.3.4 A Blood-Contamination Blood contamination of a properly maintained AQUATIC VENUE’S
water does not pose a public health risk to swimmers.
6.5.3.4.1 Operators Choose Treatment Method Operators may choose whether or not to close the
AQUATIC VENUE and treat as a formed stool contamination as in JCAHC 6.5.3.1 to satisfy PATRON concerns.
6.5.3.5A Procedures for Brominated Pools Formed-stool, diarrheal-stool, or vomit-contaminated
water in a brominated AQUATIC VENUE shall have CHLORINE added to the AQUATIC VENUE in an amount that
will increase the DPD-FC concentration to the level specified for the specific type of contamination for the
specified time.
6.5.3.5.1 Bromine Residual The bromine residual shall be adjusted, if necessary, before
reopening the AQUATIC VENUE.
6.5.3.6 A Legionella Contamination
6.5.3.6.1 Remediation and Testing For remediation and testing of AQUATIC VENUES suspected of
being contaminated with Legionella the QUALIFIED OPERATOR shall:
3) Close the SPA tub to BATHERS immediately, shut down the hydrotherapy jet system and circulation
pumps, but do not drain the water.
4) Contact the state or local public health AHJ for information about laboratory testing for Legionella. If
the health department determines that laboratory testing is needed, water and biofilm samples should be
taken from the SPA tub, hydrotherapy jets, drain, and filters/filter media to test for Legionella by culture
before taking the steps below. Sampling and laboratory testing are complicated and should always be
done in collaboration with your state or local public health agency and a laboratory with Legionella
testing expertise.
5) Proceed as directed below after samples have been taken; it is not necessary to wait for laboratory test
results. However, the SPA should not be reopened to BATHERS until all test results are negative for
Legionella.
6) Scrub vigorously all SPA surfaces, skimming devices, circulation components with DPD-FC at a
minimum concentration of 5 ppm (mg/L) to remove any biofilm or slime. After scrubbing, rinse the
SPA with clean water and flush to waste.
7) Drain all water from the SPA. Dispose of the water to waste or as directed by the local regulatory
authority.
8) Replace filters (for cartridge or DE filters) or filter media (for sand filters). Bag these filters and dispose
as normal solid waste.
9) Inspect the SPA thoroughly for any broken or poorly functioning components such as valves, sensors,
182
tubing, or disinfectant feeders. Make any needed repairs.
10) Refill the SPA with clean water.
11) HYPERCHLORINATE using 20 ppm (mg/L) DPD-FC. a.) Keep the hydrotherapy jet system off and let the
HYPERCHLORINATED water circulate for 1 hour in all of the components of the SPA including the
compensation/surge tank, filter housing, and piping. b.) Turn on the hydrotherapy jet system to circulate
the HYPERCHLORINATED water for 9 additional hours. Ensure that 20 ppm (mg/L) of DPD-FC is
maintained in the system for the entire 10 hours.
12) Flush the entire system to remove the HYPERCHLORINATED water from all equipment prior to repeat
sampling.
13) Take repeat samples for culture-based laboratory testing to confirm that Legionella has been eliminated.
Water and biofilm samples should be taken from the SPA tub, hydrotherapy jet system, drain,
filters/filter media, and any part of the SPA that originally tested positive for Legionella.
14) Keep the SPA closed to BATHERS until this repeat testing has confirmed the elimination of Legionella. If
laboratory testing is positive for Legionella, repeat steps 4–11 until all testing is negative for Legionella.
When all tests are negative, the SPA can be reopened to BATHERS.
15) Ensure that halogen (CHLORINE or BROMINE) concentration and pH meet applicable local, state,
territorial, federal, and tribal laws before reopening the SPA to BATHERS. Maintain water quality
according to local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws.
16) If the SPA is associated with an outbreak, the following continued laboratory testing schedule shall be
conducted: conduct culture-based testing every 2 weeks for 3 months, then every month for 3 months to
ensure complete elimination of Legionella. If at any time during this laboratory testing schedule
Legionella is found, disinfect again and start the testing schedule over. For AQUATIC VENUES that
continue to grow Legionella, consider hiring a consultant with expertise in Legionella.
6.5.4 Surface Contamination Cleaning and Disinfection
6.5.4.1 A Limit Access If a bodily fluid, such as feces, vomit, or blood, has contaminated a surface in an
AQUATIC FACILITY, facility staff shall limit access to the affected area until remediation procedures have been
completed.
6.5.4.2A Clean Surface Before DISINFECTION, all visible CONTAMINANT shall be cleaned and
removed with disposable cleaning products effective with regard to type of CONTAMINANT present, type of
surface to be cleaned, and the location within the facility.
6.5.4.3A Contaminant Removal and Disposal CONTAMINANT removed by cleaning shall
be disposed of in a sanitary manner or as required by law.
6.5.4.4 A Disinfect Surface Contaminated surfaces shall be disinfected with one of the following
DISINFECTION solutions:
1) A 1:10 dilution of fresh household bleach with water or
2) An equivalent EPA–REGISTERED disinfectant that has been approved for body fluids DISINFECTION.
6.5.4.5 Soak The disinfectant shall be left to soak on the affected area for a minimum of 20 minutes
or as otherwise indicated on the disinfectant label directions.
6.5.4.6 Remove Disinfectant shall be removed by cleaning and shall be disposed of in a
sanitary manner or as required by JCDHE.
6.6 AHJ Inspections
6.6.1 A Inspection Process
6.6.1.1 Inspection Authority JCDHE shall have the right to inspect or investigate the operation and
management of an AQUATIC FACILITY and is authorized to enter the premises at reasonable times to
inspect or to perform the duties imposed by this Code .
183
1) Keys, key card, entry codes, etc. shall be provided to JCDHE, as required, to gain entry into, but not limited
to, the aquatic facility, aquatic venue, equipment rooms and chemical storage spaces to conduct inspections.
2) Any information pertaining to changes to entry into an aquatic facility shall be provided to JCDHE including
any updated keys, key card, entry codes, etc.
6.6.1.2 Inspection Scope and Right Upon presenting proper identification, an authorized
employee or agent of JCDHE shall have the right to and be permitted to enter any AQUATIC FACILITY or
AQUATIC VENUE area, including the recirculation equipment and piping area, at any reasonable time for the
purpose of inspecting the AQUATIC VENUE or AQUATIC FEATURES to do any of the following:
1) Inspect, investigate, or evaluate for compliance with this CODE;
2) Verify compliance with previously written violation orders;
3) Collect samples or specimens;
4) Examine, review, and copy relevant documents and records;
5) Obtain photographic or other evidence needed to enforce this CODE; or
6) Question any person.
6.6.1.3 Based on Risk An AQUATIC FACILITY’S inspection frequency may be amended based on
a risk of recreational water injury and illness.
6.6.1.4 Inspection Interference It is a violation of this CODE for a person to interfere with, deny,
or delay an inspection or investigation conducted by JCDHE.
6.6.2 Publication of Inspection Forms
6.6.2.1 Inspection Form Publication JCDHE may publish or post on the web or other source the
reports of AQUATIC FACILITY inspections.
6.6.3 Imminent Health Hazards
6.6.3.1A Violations Requiring Immediate Correction or Closure JCDHE shall have the right to
order immediate correction or order immediate POOL closure for any of the following IMMINENT HEALTH
HAZARDS violations:
1) Failure to provide supervision and staffing of the AQUATIC FACILITY as prescribed in JCAHC 6.3.4.1;
2) Failure to provide the minimum disinfectant residual concentrations listed in JCAHC 5.7.3.1 or exceeding 10
ppm;
3) AQUATIC VENUES using CHLORINE STABILIZERS where the CYA:DPD-FC ratio exceeds 90:1 (above 90 ppm
of cyanuric acid per 1 ppm of free chlorine)
4) pH below 6.5;
5) pH above 8.0;
6) Failure to continuously operate the AQUATIC VENUE filtration, pH control equipment and DISINFECTION
equipment;
7) The water supply to the AQUATIC FACILITY has been interrupted or terminated for any reason
8) Use of an unapproved or contaminated water supply source for potable water use;
9) Unprotected overhead electrical wires within 20 feet horizontally of the AQUATIC VENUE;
10) Non GFCI protected electrical receptacles within 20 feet of the inside wall of the AQUATIC VENUE;
11) Failure to maintain an emergency lighting source;
12) Absence of all required lifesaving equipment on DECK;
13) AQUATIC VENUE bottom not visible;
184
14) Total absence of or improper depth markings at an AQUATIC VENUE;
15) Plumbing CROSS-CONNECTIONS between the drinking water supply and AQUATIC VENUE water or
between sewage system and the AQUATIC VENUE including filter backwash facilities;
16) Failure to provide and maintain an ENCLOSURE to prevent unauthorized access to the AQUATIC FACILITY
or AQUATIC VENUE when required;
17) Use of unapproved chemicals or the application of chemicals by unapproved methods to the AQUATIC
VENUE water;
18) Broken, unsecured, or missing main drain grate or any submerged suction outlet grate in the AQUATIC VENUE;
19) Number of bathers/patrons exceeds the theoretical peak occupancy;
20) Broken glass or sharp objects in AQUATIC VENUE or on DECK area; or
21) Any other item determined to be a public health hazard by JCDHE
6.6.3.1.1 Low pH Violations If pH testing equipment does not measure below 6.5, pH must be at or
below the lowest value of the test equipment.
6.6.3.1.2 High pH Violations If pH testing equipment does not measure above 8.0, pH must be at or
above the highest value of the test equipment.
6.6.3.2 Required Closing An AQUATIC FACILITY owner, QUALIFIED OPERATOR, or RESPONSIBLE
SUPERVISOR of an AQUATIC FACILITY shall close an AQUATIC VENUE for any of the IMMINENT HEALTH
HAZARDS in JCAHC 6.6.3.1.
6.6.4 Enforcement
6.6.4.1 Placarding of Pool Where an IMMINENT HEALTH HAZARD is found and remains
uncorrected, the AQUATIC VENUE shall be placarded to prohibit use until the hazard is corrected in order to
protect the public health or SAFETY of BATHERS.
6.6.4.2 Placard Location When a placard is used, it shall be conspicuously posted at each
entrance leading to the AQUATIC VENUE.
6.6.4.2.1 State Authority When placed by JCDHE, the placard shall state the authority
responsible for its placement.
6.6.4.2.2 Tampering with Placard When placed by JCDHE, the placard shall indicate that
concealment, mutilation, alteration, or removal of it by any person without permission JCDHE shall
constitute a violation of this CODE.
6.6.4.3 Operator Follow-up Within 15 days of JCDHE placarding an AQUATIC FACILITY, the
operator of such AQUATIC FACILITY shall be provided with an opportunity to be heard and present proof that
continued operation of the facility does not constitute a danger to the public health.
6.6.4.3.1 Correction of Violation If the IMMINENT HEALTH HAZARD(S) have been corrected, the
operator may contact JCDHE prior to the hearing and request a follow-up inspection. Violations not listed
under 6.6.3 Imminent Health Hazards shall be corrected within 14 days of the initial violation. An extension
of this time may be requested in writing either by letter or email. The request for an extension of time may
be refused by the DIRECTOR or designee.
6.6.4.3.2 Hearing The hearing shall be conducted by JCDHE.
6.6.4.4 Follow-up Inspection JCDHE shall inspect the premises within two working days of
notification that the hazard has been eliminated to remove the placards after verifying correction.
6.6.4.4.1 Other Evidence of Correction JCDHE may accept other evidence of correction of the
hazard in lieu of inspecting the premises, e.g., photographs, video.
185
6.6.5 A Enforcement Penalties
6.6.5.1 Liability and Jurisdiction It shall be a violation for any person to fail to comply with any
of the regulations promulgated pursuant to this CODE and as adopted by JCDHE.
6.6.5.1.1 Failure to Comply Any person who fails to comply with any such regulation shall be in
violation of this CODE.
6.6.5.1.2 Civil Penalty For each such offense, violators shall be liable for a potential civil penalty.
6.6.5.2 Continued Violation Each day, or any part thereof, during which a willful violation of this
CODE exists or persists shall constitute a separate violation of this CODE.
6.6.5.3 Falsified Documents Falsifying or presenting to JCDHE falsified documentation and or
certificates shall be a civil violation as specified by JCDHE.
6.6.5.4 Enforcement Process Upon determining that one or more violations of this CODE exists,
JCDHE shall cause a written notice of the violation or violations to be delivered to the owner or operator of
the AQUATIC FACILITY that is in violation of this CODE.
186
7.0 Special Venues
The provisions of Chapter 7 (Special Venues) apply to construction of a new AQUATIC VENUE or SUBSTANTIAL
ALTERATION to an existing AQUATIC VENUE, unless otherwise noted.
Note: Section numbers with superscript “A” (e.g., 7.0A) denote a corresponding discussion in the Annex to the
Model Aquatic Health Code.
7.1 A Floatation Tank Design and Construction
7.1.1 Design and Construction
7.1.1.1 A Design and Construction Only the design and construction provisions contained in JCAHC
4.1.10.1 thru 4.1.10.11 apply to construction of a new FLOATATION TANK facility or FLOATATION TANK or
SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION to an existing FLOATATION TANK facility or FLOATATION TANK, unless otherwise
noted.
7.1.1.2 Plan Submittal
7.1.1.2.1 Purpose FLOATATION TANK facility construction plans shall be designed to provide
sufficient clarity to indicate the location, nature, and extent of the work proposed.
7.1.1.2.2 Conform FLOATATION TANK facility construction plans shall show in detail that it will
conform to the provisions of this CODE and all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws as
determined by JCDHE and to protect the health and SAFETY of the AQUATIC FACILITY’S BATHERS and
PATRONS.
7.1.1.2.3 Approved Plans No person shall begin to construct a new FLOATATION TANK facility or shall
substantially alter an existing FLOATATION TANK facility without first having the construction plans detailing
the construction or SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION submitted to and approved by JCDHE.
7.1.1.2.4 Plan Preparation All plans shall be prepared by a DESIGN PROFESSIONAL who is
registered or licensed to practice their respective design profession as defined by the local, state, territorial,
federal, and tribal laws governing professional practice within the jurisdiction in which the project is to be
constructed.
7.1.1.2.5 Required Statements All construction plans shall include the following statements:
1) “The proposed floatation tank facility and all equipment shall be constructed and installed in conformity
with the approved plans and specifications or approved amendments;” and
2) “No substantial alteration, changes, additions, or equipment not specified in the approved plans or
allowed in the CODE can be made or added until the plans for such substantial alteration, changes,
additions, or equipment are submitted to and approved by JCDHE.”
7.1.1.3 Content of Design Report
7.1.1.3.1 Names / Addresses FLOATATION TANK facility plans shall include the name, address, and
contact information for the owner, designer, and builder if available at the time of submission.
7.1.1.4 Plans and Specifications
7.1.1.4.1 Drawings Detailed scaled and dimensional drawings for each individual FLOATATION
TANK shall include an area plan and layout plan along with dimensioned longitudinal and transverse cross
sections of the FLOATATION TANK.
7.1.1.4.2 Operating Conditions The design documents shall include a record of operating
conditions (FLOATATION TANK SOLUTION temperature(s), space temperature, space relative humidity, space
dew point) accepted by both the design engineer and owner/operator.
7.1.1.4.3 Floatation Tank Attributes Detailed scaled and dimensional drawings for each
individual FLOATATION TANK shall include location and type of:
1) Inlets;
187
2) Overflows;
3) Drains;
4) Suction outlets;
5) Overflow gutters or devices;
6) Piping;
7) Designed water elevation;
8) Features, such as ladders and stairs;
9) Lighting;
10) Markings; and
11) Surface materials.
7.1.1.4.4 Area Design Detailed scaled and dimensional drawings of the FLOATATION TANK
facility and for each individual FLOATATION TANK, as appropriate, shall include location and type of:
1) Design of floors and walls enclosing the FLOATATION TANK,
2) Floor drains,
3) SLIP-RESISTANT flooring,
4) FLOATATION TANK room area finishes,
5) Drinking fountains or other sources of drinking water,
6) Entries and exits,
7) Hose bibs, and
8) Area lighting.
7.1.1.4.5 Floatation Tank Recirculation and Treatment Design Detailed scaled and
dimensional drawings for each individual FLOATATION TANK shall contain a flow diagram showing the
location, plan, elevation, and schematics of:
1) Filters;
2) Pumps;
3) Disinfection systems;
4) SUPPLEMENTAL TREATMENT systems, if installed;
5) Ventilation devices or AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS;
6) Heaters;
7) BACKFLOW prevention assemblies and air gaps;
8) Valves;
9) Piping;
10) Flow meters;
11) Gauges;
12) Thermometers;
13) Test cocks;
14) Sight glasses; and
15) Drainage system for the disposal of FLOATATION TANK water and filter wastewater.
188
7.1.1.4.6 Equipment Room Design Detailed scaled and dimensional drawings for each individual
FLOATATION TANK shall contain a schematic layout of the FLOATATION TANK EQUIPMENT ROOM (or
EQUIPMENT ROOM OR AREA if permitted by JCDHE) showing accessibility for installation and maintenance.
7.1.1.4.7 Chemical Storage Space Design Detailed scaled and dimensional drawings for each
individual FLOATATION TANK shall contain a schematic layout of the FLOATATION TANK facility CHEMICAL
STORAGE SPACE(S).
7.1.1.4.8 Hygiene Facility Design Detailed scaled and dimensional drawings for each FLOATATION
TANK facility shall show the location and number of all available HYGIENE FACILITIES provided including
dressing rooms, lockers, SHOWERS, lavatory, and toilet FIXTURES.
7.1.1.4.9 Plan Approval
7.1.1.4.9.1 New Construction
7.1.1.4.9.1.1 Approval Limitations JCDHE shall clearly state on the plans the limitations of their
approval.
7.1.1.4.9.1.2 Other Approvals The approval shall also state that it is independent of all other required
approvals such as Building, Zoning, Fire, Electrical, Structural, and any other approvals as required by
local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws and the applicant must separately obtain all other required
approvals and permits.
7.1.1.4.9.1.3 Plan Review Coordination JCDHE shall coordinate their FLOATATION TANK plan review
and communicate their approval with other agencies involved in the FLOATATION TANK facility
construction.
7.1.1.4.9.1.4 Plan Review Report JCDHE shall provide a plan submission compliance review list to the
FLOATATION TANK facility owner with the following information:
1) Categorical items marked satisfactory, unsatisfactory, not applicable, or insufficient information;
2) A comment section keyed to the compliance review list shall detail unsatisfactory and insufficient;
3) Indication of JCDHE approval or disapproval of the AQUATIC FACILITY construction plans;
4) In the case of a disapproval, specific reasons for disapproval and procedure for resubmittal; and
5) Reviewer’s name, signature, and date of review.
7.1.1.4.9.1.5 Plans Maintained The FLOATATION TANK facility owner shall maintain at least one set of
their own approved plans made available to JCDHE onsite for as long as the FLOATATION TANK facility is in
operation.
7.1.1.4.9.2 Non-Substantial Alterations
7.1.1.4.9.2.1 Alteration Review The FLOATATION TANK facility owner planning a NON- SUBSTANTIAL
ALTERATION shall contact JCDHE to review proposed changes prior to starting the NON- SUBSTANTIAL
ALTERATION.
7.1.1.4.9.2.2 Alteration Scope The FLOATATION TANK facility operator shall consult with JCDHE to determine
if new or modified plans must be submitted for plan review and approval for other NON- SUBSTANTIAL
ALTERATIONS proposed.
7.1.1.4.9.3 Replacements
7.1.1.4.9.3.1 Replacement Approval Prior to replacing equipment, the FLOATATION
TANK facility owner shall submit technical verification to JCDHE that all replacement equipment is equal to
that which was originally approved and installed.
7.1.1.4.9.3.2 Replacement Equipment Equivalency The replacement of pumps, filters, feeders,
controllers, SKIMMERS, flow-meters, valves, or other similar equipment with identical or substantially similar
equipment may be done without submission to JCDHE for approval of new or altered AQUATIC FACILITY plans.
7.1.1.4.9.3.3 Emergency Replacement In emergencies, the replacement may be made prior to receiving
JCDHE’s approval, with the owner accepting responsibility for proper immediate replacement if the
189
equipment is not deemed equivalent by JCDHE.
7.1.1.4.9.3.3.1 Documentation Where emergency replacements are installed as per JCAHC
7.1.1.4.11.3, the owner shall submit documentation for review and approval of the replacement to JCDHE
within 45 days.
7.1.1.4.9.3.4 Replacement Record Maintenance JCDHE shall provide the FLOATATION TANK facility owner
written approval or disapproval of the proposed replacement equipment’s equivalency.
7.1.1.4.9.3.5 Documentation Documentation of proposed, approved, and disapproved replacements
shall be maintained in JCDHE’S FLOATATION TANK facility files.
7.1.1.4.9.4 Compliance Certificate
7.1.1.4.9.4.1 Construction Compliance Certificate A certificate of construction compliance shall be
submitted to JCDHE for all FLOATATION TANK facility plans for new construction and SUBSTANTIAL
ALTERATIONS requiring JCDHE approvals.
7.1.1.4.9.4.2 Certificate Preparation This certificate shall be prepared by a licensed professional and
be within the scope of their practice as defined by the local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws
governing professional practice within the jurisdiction of the permit issuing official.
7.1.1.4.9.4.3 Certificate Statemen t The certificate shall also include a statement that the FLOATATION
TANK facility, all equipment, and appurtenances have been constructed and/or installed in accordance with
approved plans and specifications.
7.1.1.4.9.4.4 Systems Commissioning If commissioning or testing reports for systems such as
FLOATATION TANK facility lighting, air handling, recirculation, filtration, and/or DISINFECTION are
conducted, then those reports shall be included in furnished documentation.
7.1.1.4.9.4.5 Maintenance Documentation of FLOATATION TANK facility new construction or
SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION plan compliance shall be maintained in JCDHE’s FLOATATION TANK facility
files.
7.1.1.4.9.5 Construction Permits
7.1.1.4.9.5.1 Building Permit for Construction Construction permits required in this CODE and all
other applicable permits shall be obtained before any FLOATATION TANK facility may be constructed.
7.1.1.4.9.5.2 Remodeling Building Permit A construction permit or other applicable permits may be
required from JCDHE before SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION of a FLOATATION TANK facility.
7.1.1.4.9.5.3 Permit Issuance JCDHE shall issue a permit to the owner to operate the
FLOATATION TANK facility:
1) After receiving a certificate of completion from the DESIGN PROFESSIONAL verifying information
submitted, and
2) When new construction, SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATIONS, or annual renewal requirements of this CODE have
been met.
7.1.1.4.9.5.4 Permit Denial The permit (license) to operate may be withheld, revoked, or denied by JCDHE
for noncompliance of the FLOATATION TANK facility with the requirements of this CODE, and the owner will
be provided:
1) Specific reasons for disapproval and procedure for resubmittal;
2) Notice of the rights to appeal this denial and procedures for requesting an appeal; and
3) Reviewer’s name, signature and date of review and denial.
7.1.1.4.9.5.5 Documentation Documentation of FLOATATION TANK facility permit renewal or denial
shall be maintained in JCDHE’s FLOATATION TANK facility files.
7.1.2 Materials
7.1.2.1 Construction Material FLOATATION TANKS shall be constructed of impervious
190
and structurally sound material(s).
7.1.2.1.1 Smooth and Easily Cleaned Construction materials shall provide a smooth, easily
cleaned, watertight structure.
7.1.2.1.2 Withstand Anticipated Loads The structure shall be capable of withstanding the
anticipated stresses/loads for full and empty conditions.
7.1.2.1.3 Hydrostatic Conditions The structural design shall take into consideration hydrostatic
conditions and the integration of the FLOTATION TANK with other structural conditions as required by
applicable CODES.
7.1.2.2 Durability All materials shall be inert, non-toxic, resistant to corrosion, impervious,
enduring, and resistant to damages related to environmental conditions of the installation region.
7.1.2.3 Watertight FLOATATION TANK shall be designed in such a way to maintain their ability
to retain the designed amount of water.
7.1.2.4 Smooth Finish All walls shall have a durable finish suitable for regular scrubbing
and cleaning at the waterline.
7.1.3 Equipment Standards
7.1.3.1 General
7.1.3.1.1 Accredited Standards Where applicable, all equipment used or proposed for use in
floatation tank facilities governed under this CODE shall be:
1) Of a proven design and construction, and
2) CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to a specific STANDARD for the specified equipment use by an ANSI-
accredited certification organization.
7.1.3.1.2 No Standards Where STANDARDS do not exist, technical documentation shall be
submitted to JCDHE to demonstrate acceptability for use in AQUATIC FACILITIES.
7.1.3.1.2.1 Proof of Acceptability JCDHE shall have the authority to require tests, as proof of
acceptability.
7.1.4 A Floatation Tank Electrical Systems and Components
7.1.4.1 General Guidance
7.1.4.1.1 NEC Requirements Electrical wiring and systems shall comply with the requirements of
the NEC.
7.1.4.1.1.1 Providing Relief Nothing in this CODE shall be construed as providing relief from any
applicable requirements of the NEC or other applicable CODE.
7.1.4.1.2 Indoor Aquatic Facilities A FLOATATION TANK and room containing a FLOATATION
TANK shall be considered a wet and corrosive environment.
7.1.5 Food and Drink Concessions
7.1.5.1 Meet AHJ Requirements Concessions for food and drink in a FLOATATION TANK
facility shall meet all AHJ requirements.
7.1.6 Water Supply/Wastewater Disposal
7.1.6.1 Water Supply Water serving a FLOATATION TANK facility shall be supplied from a
potable water source.
7.1.6.2 Sanitary Wastes
7.1.6.2.1 Discharged Wastewater from all PLUMBING FIXTURES in the entire FLOATATION TANK
facility shall be discharged to a municipal sanitary sewer system, if available.
191
7.1.6.2.2 Onsite Sewer System If a municipal sanitary sewer system is not available, all
wastewater shall be disposed to an onsite sewer system that is properly designed to receive the entire
wastewater capacity.
7.1.6.3 Floatation Tank Wastewater Wastewater/FLOATATION TANK SOLUTION from a
FLOATATION TANK, including filter backwash water, shall be discharged to a sanitary sewer system having
sufficient capacity to collect and treat wastewater or to an onsite sewage disposal system designed for this
purpose.
7.1.7 Circulation System
7.1.7.1 Hydraulically Balanced The RECIRCULATION SYSTEM shall be hydraulically balanced
to ensure effective distribution of treated water.
7.1.7.2 Filter Sizing Filtration system components shall be designed and sized to meet the
applicable volumetric TURNOVER requirements specified in JCAHC 7.2.9.
7.1.7.3 Pump Sizing Pump(s) shall be designed and sized to meet the applicable volumetric
TURNOVER requirements specified in JCAHC 7.2.9.
7.1.7.4 Submerged Suction Fittings or Suction Outlets Submerged suction fittings or
suction outlets shall be CERTIFIED, LISTED, AND LABELED to ANSI/APSP-16 2017 by an ANSI-accredited
organization.
7.1.8 A Disinfection
7.1.8.1 Disinfection Types DISINFECTION shall be provided by either:
1) Ozone treatment system; or
2) UV treatment system.
7.1.8.2 Ozone and UV Disinfection Systems Ozone and UV DISINFECTION systems when used
as the primary DISINFECTION system, shall meet the 3-log reduction of influent bacteria DISINFECTION
efficacy as tested in accordance with the criteria specified in Annex H.1 of NSF/ANSI 50-2017 at the design
filtration flow rate.
7.1.8.3 Ozone Disinfection When an Ozone DISINFECTION system is used, the criteria for ozone
level and ozone production testing specified in Annex H.2 and H.3 respectively, of NSF/ANSI 50-2017 must
be met.
7.1.8.3.1 Ozone Levels Ozone levels in the FLOATATION TANK SOLUTION shall not exceed 0.1 ppm
(e).
7.1.8.4 UV Disinfection When a UV DISINFECTION system is used as the primary DISINFECTION
system, the following must be provided:
1) Calibrated UV sensors shall be installed per JCAHC 4.7.3.3.3.5; and
2) If the UV equipment fails to produce the required dosage as measured by the automated sensor, an alarm
or other indication shall be initiated to alert staff.
7.1.9 A Ventilation
7.1.9.1 Room Air Handling System AIR HANDLING SYSTEM(S) shall be provided when necessary
for the room containing FLOATATION TANK(S) and shall be designed, constructed, and installed to support the
health and SAFETY of the FLOATATION TANK facility PATRONS.
7.1.9.2 Tank Air Quality Ventilation serving the FLOATATION TANK shall be provided
when necessary to ensure acceptable air quality for human health within the FLOATATION TANK.
7.1.10 Floors
7.1.10.1 Floors Floors in room containing FLOATATION TANK(S) shall have a smooth, easy-to-
clean, impervious-to-water, SLIP-RESISTANT surface.
192
7.1.10.1.1 Floor Drains Floor drains shall be installed in rooms containing FLOATATION TANKS
and dressing areas where PLUMBING FIXTURES are located.
7.1.10.1.1.1 Opening Grill Covers Floor drain opening grill covers shall be ½-inch (1.3 cm) or less in
width or diameter.
7.1.10.1.1.2 Sloped to Drain Floors shall be sloped to drain water or other liquids.
7.1.11 Cleansing Showers CLEANSING SHOWERS shall be provided in or immediately
available/accessible to the room containing the FLOATATION TANK(S).
7.2 Floatation Tank Operation
7.2.1 Operating Permits
7.2.1.1 Owner Responsibilities
7.2.1.1.1 Permit to Operate Required Prior to opening to the public, the FLOATATION TANK
facility owner shall apply to JCDHE for a permit to operate.
7.2.1.1.2 Separate A permit is required for newly constructed or substantially altered
FLOATATION TANK at an existing FLOATATION TANK facility.
7.2.1.1.3 Prior to Issuance Before a permit to operate is issued, the following procedures shall be
completed:
1) The FLOATATION TANK facility owner has demonstrated the FLOATATION TANK facility, including all
newly constructed or substantially altered FLOATATION TANKS, is in compliance with the requirements of
this CODE, and
2) JCDHE has approved the FLOATATION TANK facility to be open to the public.
7.2.1.1.4 Permit Details The permit to operate shall:
1) Be issued in the name of the owner,
2) List all FLOATATION TANKS included under the permit, and
3) Specify the period of time approved by JCDHE.
7.2.1.1.5 Permit Expiration Permits to operate shall terminate according to JCDHE schedule.
7.2.1.1.6 Permit Renewal The FLOATATION TANK facility owner shall renew the permit to
operate prior to the scheduled expiration of an existing permit to operate a FLOATATION TANK facility.
7.2.1.1.7 Permit Denial The permit to operate may be withheld, revoked, or denied by JCDHE for
noncompliance of the FLOATATION TANK facility with the requirements of this CODE.
7.2.1.1.8 Owner Responsibilities The owner of a FLOATATION TANK facility is responsible for the
facility being operated, maintained, and managed in accordance with the requirements of this CODE.
7.2.1.2 Operating Permits
7.2.1.2.1 Permit Location The permit to operate shall be posted at the FLOATATION TANK facility in a
location conspicuous to the public.
7.2.1.2.2 Operating Without a Permit Operation of a FLOATATION TANK facility or newly
constructed or substantially altered FLOATATION TANK without a permit to operate shall be prohibited.
7.2.1.2.3 Required Closure JCDHE may order a newly constructed or substantially altered
FLOATATION TANK without a permit to operate to close until the FLOATATION TANK facility has obtained a
permit to operate.
193
7.2.2 Inspections
7.2.2.1 Preoperational Inspections
7.2.2.1.1 Terms of Operation The FLOATATION TANK facility may not be placed in operation until
an inspection approved by JCDHE shows compliance with the requirements of this CODE or JCDHE approves
opening for operation.
7.2.2.2 Exemptions
7.2.2.2.1 Applying for Exemption A FLOATATION TANK facility seeking an initial exemption or an
existing FLOATATION TANK facility claiming to be exempt according to applicable regulations shall contact
JCDHE for application details/forms.
7.2.2.2.2 Change in Exemption Status A FLOATATION TANK facility that sought and received an
exemption from a public regulation shall contact JCDHE if the conditions upon which the exemption was
granted change so as to eliminate the exemption status.
7.2.2.3 Variances
7.2.2.3.1 Variance Authority JCDHE may grant a variance to the requirements of this CODE.
7.2.2.3.2 Applying for a Variance A FLOATATION TANK facility seeking a variance shall apply in
writing with the appropriate forms to JCDHE.
7.2.2.3.2.1 Application Components The application shall include, but not be limited to:
1) A citation of the CODE section to which the variance is requested;
2) A statement as to why the applicant is unable to comply with the CODE section to which the variance is
requested;
3) The nature and duration of the variance requested;
4) A statement of how the intent of the CODE will be met and the reasons why the public health or SAFETY
would not be jeopardized if the variance was granted; and
5) A full description of any policies, procedures, or equipment that the applicant proposes to use to rectify
any potential increase in health or SAFETY risks created by granting the variance.
7.2.2.3.3 Revoked Each variance shall be revoked when the permit attached to it is revoked.
7.2.2.3.4 Not Transferable A variance shall not be transferable unless otherwise provided in
writing at the time the variance is granted.
7.2.3 Operation and Maintenance
7.2.3.1 Preventive Maintenance Plan
7.2.3.1.1 Written Plan
7.2.3.1.1.1 Preventive Maintenance Plan Available A written comprehensive preventive
maintenance plan for each FLOATATION TANK shall be available at the FLOATATION TANK facility.
7.2.3.1.1.2 Contents The FLOATATION TANK facility preventive maintenance plan shall include details
and frequency of owner/operator’s planned routine facility inspection, maintenance, and replacement of
recirculation and water treatment components.
7.2.3.1.2 Facility Documentation
7.2.3.1.2.1 Original Plans and Specifications Available A copy of the approved plans and
specifications for each AQUATIC VENUE constructed after the adoption of this CODE shall be available at the
FLOATATION TANK facility.
7.2.3.1.2.2 Equipment Inventory A comprehensive inventory of all mechanical equipment
associated with each FLOATATION TANK shall be available at the AQUATIC FACILITY.
194
7.2.3.1.2.3 Inventory Details This inventory shall include:
1) Equipment name and model number;
2) Manufacturer and contact information;
3) Local vendor/supplier and technical representative, if applicable; and
4) Replacement or service dates and details.
7.2.3.1.2.4 Equipment Manuals Operation manuals for all mechanical equipment associated with
each FLOATATION TANK shall be available at the FLOATATION TANK facility.
7.2.3.1.3.4.1 No Manual If no manufacturer’s operation manual is available, then the FLOATATION
TANK facility should create a written document that outlines STANDARD operating procedures for
maintaining and operating the piece of equipment.
7.2.4 Ventilation
7.2.4.1 Purpose AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS shall be maintained and operated by the
owner/operator to protect the health and SAFETY of the facility’s PATRONS.
7.2.4.2 Original Characteristics AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS shall be maintained and operated to
comply with all requirements of the original system design, construction, and installation.
7.2.5 Electrical Systems and Components
7.2.5.1 Electrical Repairs
7.2.5.1.1 Code Compliance Repairs or alterations to electrical equipment and associated
equipment shall preserve compliance with the NEC and all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and
tribal laws. If there is a more than one applicable requirement then the most restrictive would apply.
7.2.5.1.2 Immediately Repaired All defects in the electrical system shall be immediately
repaired.
7.2.5.1.3 Wiring Electrical wiring, whether permanent or temporary, shall comply with the NEC and
all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws.
7.2.5.2 Electrical Receptacles
7.2.5.2.1 New Receptacles The installation of new electrical receptacles shall be subject to
electrical-construction requirements of this CODE and all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal
laws.
7.2.5.2.2 Repairs Repairs or maintenance to existing receptacles shall maintain compliance with the
NEC and with 29 CFR 1910.304(b) (3) (ii).
7.2.5.2.3 Replacement Replacement receptacles shall be of the same type as the previous ones (e.g.,
grounding-type receptacles shall be replaced only by grounding-type receptacles), with all grounding
conductors connected and proper wiring polarity preserved.
7.2.5.2.4 Substitutions Where the original-type of receptacle is no longer available, a replacement and
installation shall be in accordance with all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws.
7.2.5.3 Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter
7.2.5.3.1 Manufacturer’s Recommendations Where receptacles are required to be protected by
GFCI devices, the GFCI devices shall be tested following the manufacturer’s recommendations.
7.2.5.3.2 Testing Required GFCI devices shall be tested as part of scheduled maintenance on the first
day of operation, and monthly thereafter, until the BODY OF WATER is drained and the equipment is prepared
for STORAGE.
195
7.2.5.4 Grounding
7.2.5.4.1 Maintenance and Repair Maintenance or repair of electrical circuits or devices shall
preserve grounding compliance with the NEC and all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal
laws.
7.2.5.4.2 Grounding Conductors Grounding conductors that have been disconnected shall be re-
inspected as required by the local building CODE authority prior to AQUATIC VENUE being used by BATHERS.
7.2.5.4.3 Damaged Conductors Damaged grounding conductors and grounding electrodes shall be
repaired immediately.
7.2.5.4.4 Damaged Conductor Repair Damaged grounding conductors or grounding electrodes
associated with recirculation or DISINFECTION equipment or with underwater lighting systems shall be
repaired by a qualified person who has the proper and/or necessary skills, training, or credentials to carry out
this task.
7.2.5.4.5 Public Access The public shall not have access to the FLOATATION TANK until such
grounding conductors or grounding electrodes are repaired.
7.2.5.4.6 Venue Closure The FLOATATION TANK with damaged grounding conductors or grounding
electrodes, that are associated with recirculation or DISINFECTION equipment or with underwater lighting
systems, shall be closed until repairs are completed and inspected by JCDHE.
7.2.5.5 Bonding
7.2.5.5.1 Code Compliance Maintenance or repair of all metallic equipment, electrical circuits or
devices, or reinforced concrete structures shall preserve bonding compliance with the NEC and with all
applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws.
7.2.5.5.2 Bonding Conductors Bonding conductors shall not be disconnected except where they will
be immediately reconnected.
7.2.5.5.3 Disconnected Conductors The FLOATATION TANK shall not be used by BATHERS while
bonding conductors are disconnected.
7.2.5.5.4 Removable Covers Removable covers protecting bonding conductors (e.g., at ladders), shall
be kept in place except during bonding conductor inspections, repair, or replacement.
7.2.5.5.5 Scheduled Maintenance Bonding conductors, where accessible, shall be inspected
semi-annually as part of scheduled maintenance.
7.2.5.5.6 Corrosion Bonding conductors and any associated clamps shall not be extensively
corroded.
7.2.5.5.7 Continuity Continuity of the bonding system associated with RECIRCULATION SYSTEM or
DISINFECTION equipment or with underwater lighting systems shall be inspected by JCDHE following
installation and any major construction around the AQUATIC FACILITY.
7.2.5.6 Extension Cords
7.2.5.6.1 Temporary Cords and Connectors Temporary extension cords and power connectors shall
not be used as a substitute for permanent wiring.
7.2.5.6.2 Minimum Distance from Water All parts of an extension cord shall be restrained at a
minimum of 6 feet (1.8 m) away when measured along the shortest possible path from a BODY OF WATER
during times when the FLOATATION TANK facility is open.
7.2.5.6.3 Exception An extension cord may be used within 6 feet (1.8 m) of the nearest edge of a
BODY OF WATER if a permanent wall exists between the BODY OF WATER and the extension cord.
7.2.5.6.4 GFCI Protection The circuit supplying an extension cord shall be protected by a GFCI
196
device when the extension cord is to be used within 6 feet (1.8 m) of a BODY OF WATER.
7.2.5.6.5 Code Compliance An extension cord incorporating a GFCI device may be used if that is
acceptable under all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws.
7.2.5.6.6 Compliance The use of extension cords shall comply with 29 CFR 1910.304.
7.2.5.7 Portable Electric Devices Portable line-powered electrical devices, such as radios or
drills, shall not be used within 6 feet (1.8 m) horizontally of the nearest inner edge of a BODY OF WATER,
unless connected to a GFCI-protected circuit.
7.2.5.8 Communication Devices and Dispatch Systems The maintenance and repair
of communication devices and dispatch systems shall preserve compliance with the NEC.
7.2.6 Plumbing
7.2.6.1 Water Supply
7.2.6.1.1 Water Pressure All plumbing shall be maintained in good repair with no leaks or
discharge.
7.2.6.1.2 Cross-Connection Control Water introduced into the FLOATATION TANK, either directly
or to the RECIRCULATION SYSTEM, shall be supplied through an air gap or by another method which will
prevent BACKFLOW and back-siphonage.
7.2.6.2 Wastewater
7.2.6.2.1 Wastewater Disposal FLOATATION TANK wastewater/FLOATATION TANK SOLUTION,
including backwash water and cartridge cleaning water, shall be disposed of in accordance with all applicable
local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws.
7.2.6.2.2 Drainage Wastewater and backwash water shall not be returned to a FLOATATION TANK
or the FLOATATION TANK facility’s water treatment system.
7.2.6.2.3 Drain Line Filter backwash lines, DECK drains, and other drain lines connected to the
FLOATATION TANK facility or the FLOATATION TANK facility RECIRCULATION SYSTEM shall be discharged
through an approved air gap.
7.2.6.2.4 No Standing Water/Solution Discharge water/FLOATATION TANK SOLUTION shall not
create any standing water/solution, a nuisance, offensive odors, stagnant wet areas, or an environment for the
breeding of insects.
7.2.7 Solid Waste Management
7.2.7.1 Storage Receptacles
7.2.7.1.1 Good Repair and Clean Outside waste and recycling containers shall be
maintained in good repair and clean condition.
7.2.7.1.2 Storage Areas Outside waste and recycling STORAGE areas shall be maintained in good
repair and clean condition.
7.2.7.2 Disposal
7.2.8.2.1 Frequency Solid waste and recycled materials shall be removed at a frequency to
prevent attracting vectors or causing odor.
7.2.8.2.2 Code Compliance Solid waste and recycled materials shall be disposed of in
compliance with all applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws.
7.2.8 A Treatment System Required Operation Time
7.2.8.1 Turnover at Opening and Closing FLOATATION TANK filtration and DISINFECTION
systems shall be operated for one volumetric TURNOVER before first use during the day and four volumetric
TURNOVERS after the last PATRON at the end of the day.
197
7.2.8.1.1 Turnovers Between Users For systems disinfected with Ozone or UV systems, a
minimum of three volumetric TURNOVERS between users.
7.2.8.2 Treatment Where FLOATATION TANK systems with external holding reservoirs are used
to hold the FLOATATION TANK SOLUTION between PATRON use, all of the FLOATATION TANK SOLUTION
must pass through the filtration and DISINFECTION systems before being returned to the FLOATATION
TANK.
7.2.8.3 Controller The FLOATATION TANK system controller shall have the minimum length of
filtration/DISINFECTION time to achieve three volumetric TURNOVERS built into the controller as a default.
7.2.8.3.1 Turnovers If the FLOATATION TANK controller does not have the capability of setting a
default filtration time, the minimum filtration/DISINFECTION time required to achieve three volumetric
TURNOVERS shall be posted adjacent to the controller.
7.2.9 Disinfection
7.2.9.1 3-log Inactivation Ozone and UV systems shall be operated and maintained to achieve
the required design performance for a 3-log inactivation as specified in JCAHC 7.1.8.2.
7.2.9.2 Operation Ozone and UV systems shall be operated and maintained in accordance
with manufacturer’s instructions.
7.2.9.3 Ozone Concentration Ozone DISINFECTION systems shall be operated and maintained so
as to meet the ozone concentration output and not exceed the limits of off-gassed ozone in accordance with
JCAHC 7.1.8.3.
7.2.9.4 UV calibrated sensors
1) When UV is used, the UV sensors shall be calibrated at a frequency in accordance with manufacturer
recommendations.
2) Records of calibration shall be maintained by the facility and available for review by JCDHE.
7.2.10 USP Grade Magnesium Sulfate Only USP grade magnesium sulfate shall be used in the
FLOATATION TANK SOLUTION.
7.2.11 Cleansing Showers and Hygiene Facilities
7.2.11.1 Signage Signs or other comparable means of notification shall be provided instructing
PATRONS to SHOWER before entering the FLOATATION TANK.
7.2.11.2 Cleaned and Sanitized HYGIENE FACILITY FIXTURES, CLEANSING SHOWERS, dressing
area FIXTURES, and furniture shall be cleaned and SANITIZED daily, and more often if necessary, with an
EPA– REGISTERED product, and more often if necessary, to provide a clean and sanitary environment.
7.2.11.3 Mold and Mildew HYGIENE FACILITY floors, walls, and ceilings shall be kept clean and
free of visible mold and mildew.
7.2.11.4 Hand Wash Station HANDWASHING STATIONS shall include the following items:
1) Hand wash sink,
2) Adjacent soap with dispenser,
3) Hand drying device or paper towels and dispenser, and
4) Trash receptacle.
7.2.12 A Cleaning
7.2.12.1 Daily Cleaning FLOATATION TANK interior surfaces at the waterline shall be scrubbed
or wiped down on a daily basis to prevent build-up of slime and biofilm layers.
7.2.12.2 Weekly Cleaning FLOATATION TANK interior surfaces shall be scrubbed or wiped down on
a weekly basis to prevent build-up of slime and biofilm layers.
198
7.2.12.3 Draining FLOATATION TANKS shall be drained and all interior surfaces shall be scrubbed
or wiped down prior to refilling at a frequency necessary to prevent build-up of slime and biofilm layers.
7.2.13 A Fecal/Vomit/Blood Contamination Response
7.2.13.1 Contamination Response Plan All AQUATIC FACILITIES with FLOATATION TANKS
shall have a CONTAMINATION RESPONSE PLAN as specified in JCAHC 6.5.1.
7.2.13.2 Floatation Tank Solution Contamination Response
7.2.13.2.1 Closure In the event of fecal or vomit contamination in a FLOATATION TANK, the
AQUATIC FACILITY QUALIFIED OPERATOR shall immediately close the FLOATATION TANK to users until
remediation procedures are complete.
7.2.13.2.2 Physical Removal Contaminating material shall be removed in accordance with JCAHC
6.5.2.2.
7.2.13.3 Floatation Tank Solution Contamination Disinfection
7.2.13.3.1 Formed-Stool Contamination The filtration and DISINFECTION systems for formed- stool
contaminated FLOATATION TANK SOLUTION shall be operated for the minimum volumetric TURNOVERS
specified in JCAHC 7.2.9.
7.2.13.3.2 Diarrheal-Stool Contamination Diarrheal-stool contaminated float water shall be
completely drained and the contaminated FLOATATION TANK surfaces disinfected prior to refilling.
7.2.13.3.3 Vomit-Contamination Vomit-contaminated FLOATATION TANK SOLUTION shall be
completely drained and the contaminated FLOATATION TANK surfaces disinfected prior to refilling.
7.2.13.3.4 Blood-Contamination The filtration and DISINFECTION systems for blood-
contaminated FLOATATION TANK SOLUTION shall be operated for the minimum volumetric TURNOVERS
specified in JCAHC 7.2.9.
7.2.14 Operations
7.2.14.1 Operations Manual
7.2.14.1.1 Develop Each FLOATATION TANK facility shall develop an operations manual to keep at the
FLOATATION TANK facility in both printed and electronic formats.
7.2.14.1.2 Include The manual shall at minimum include, but not be limited to the following items:
1) FLOATATION TANK description(s) and locations,
2) Facility communication,
3) List of chemicals and system information,
4) Fecal/vomit/blood CONTAMINATION RESPONSE PLANS,
5) Preventive maintenance plan, and
6) Any other STANDARD operation and maintenance policies and instructions or applicable information for
each FLOATATION TANK at the facility.
7.2.14.2 Operation Records FLOATATION TANK facilities shall keep records pertaining to
the operation, maintenance, and management of the FLOATATION TANK facility on a minimum
schedule as prescribed under JCAHC 7.2.14.3.
7.2.14.2.1 Records FLOATATION TANK facility records shall be:
1) Kept for a minimum of 3 years, and
2) Available upon request by JCDHE.
7.2.14.2.2 Additional Documentation Applicable local, state, territorial, federal, and tribal laws may
require additional records, documentation, and forms.
199
7.2.14.3 Safety and Maintenance Inspection and Recordkeeping The QUALIFIED OPERATOR or
RESPONSIBLE SUPERVISOR shall ensure that SAFETY and preventive maintenance inspections are done at the
FLOATATION TANK facility during seasons or periods when the FLOATATION TANK facility is open and that the
results are recorded in a log or form maintained at the FLOATATION TANK facility.
7.2.14.3.1 Daily Inspection Items The QUALIFIED OPERATOR or RESPONSIBLE SUPERVISOR shall
ensure that a daily FLOATATION TANK facility preventive maintenance inspection is done before opening and
that it shall include:
1) Drain covers, vacuum fitting covers, SKIMMER equalizer covers, and any other suction outlet covers are in
place, secure, and unbroken;
2) SKIMMER baskets, weirs, lids, flow adjusters, and suction outlets are free of any blockage;
3) INLET and return covers and any other fittings are in place, secure, and unbroken;
4) Safety warning signs and other signage are in place and in good repair;
5) Entrapment prevention systems are operational;
6) Recirculation, DISINFECTION systems, controller(s), and probes are operating as required;
7) Underwater lights and other lighting are intact with no exposed wires or water in lights;
8) Slime and biofilm have been removed from accessible surfaces of FLOATATION TANKS;
9) Doors to nonpublic areas (CHEMICAL STORAGE SPACES, offices, etc.) are locked;
10) Fecal/vomit/blood incident CONTAMINATION RESPONSE PLANS, materials, and equipment are available;
11) Electrical devices are in good working condition and meet the requirements specified in the NEC and
JCAHC; and
12) Assessing FLOATATION TANK SOLUTION clarity such that the bottom and objects in the FLOATATION
TANK are clearly visible.
7.2.14.3.2 Other Inspection Items The QUALIFIED OPERATOR or RESPONSIBLE SUPERVISOR shall
ensure that the FLOATATION TANK facility preventive maintenance inspections shall also include:
1) Monthly tests of GFCI devices and
2) Inspections every 6 months of bonding conductors, where accessible.
7.2.14.4 Illness and Injury Incident Reports
7.2.14.4.1 Incidents to Record The owner/operator shall ensure that a record is made of all
injuries and illness incidents at the FLOATATION TANK facility which:
1) Results in deaths;
2) Requires resuscitation, CPR, oxygen, or AED use;
3) Requires transportation of the PATRON to a medical facility; or
4) Is a PATRON illness or disease outbreak associated with FLOATATION TANK SOLUTION quality.
7.2.14.4.2 Info to Include Illness and injury incident report information shall include
1) Date,
2) Time,
3) Location,
4) Incident including type of illness or injury and cause or mechanism,
5) Names and addresses of the individuals involved,
6) Actions taken,
200
7) Equipment used, and
8) Outcome of the incident.
7.2.14.4.3 Notify JCDHE In addition to making such records, the owner/operator shall ensure JCDHE is
notified within 24 hours of the occurrence of an incident recorded in JCAHC 7.2.15.44.
7.2.14.5 Bodily Fluids Remediation Log
7.2.14.5.1 Contamination Incidents A Body Fluid Contamination Response Log shall be
maintained to document each occurrence of contamination of the FLOATATION TANK SOLUTION or its
immediately adjacent areas by formed or diarrheal fecal material, whole stomach discharge of vomit, and
blood.
7.2.14.5.2 Standard Operating Procedures The FLOATATION TANK facility’s STANDARD operating
procedures for responding to these contamination incidents shall be readily available for review JCDHE.
7.2.14.5.3 Required Information The log shall include the following information recorded at the time
of the incident:
1) Person conducting response;
2) Qualified operator or onsite responsible supervisor on duty;
3) Date and time of incident response;
4) Specific area, if not in the FLOATATION TANK SOLUTION, contaminated by incident;
5) Type and form of body fluid observed (for example, diarrheal or formed stool, vomit, or blood);
6) Date and time when the area was closed;
7) Remediation procedures used after the incident including contact time, if applicable; and
8) Date and time of reopening.
7.2.15 JCDHE Inspections
7.2.15.1 Inspection Process
7.2.15.1.1 Inspection Authority JCDHE shall have the right to inspect or investigate the
operation and management of a FLOATATION TANK facility.
7.2.15.1.2 Inspection Scope and Right Upon presenting proper identification, an authorized employee
or agent of JCDHE shall have the right to and be permitted to enter any FLOATATION TANK facility or
FLOATATION TANK area, including the recirculation equipment and piping area, at any reasonable time for the
purpose of inspecting the FLOATATION TANK to do any of the following:
1) Inspect, investigate, or evaluate for compliance with this CODE;
2) Verify compliance with previously written violation orders;
3) Collect samples or specimens;
4) Examine, review, and copy relevant documents and records;
5) Obtain photographic or other evidence needed to enforce this CODE; or
6) Question any person.
7.2.15.1.2.1 Reasonable Time An authorized employee or agent of JCDHE shall not enter a room containing
a FLOATATION TANK while the room or the tank is occupied by a customer.
7.2.15.1.3 Based on Risk A FLOATATION TANK facility’s inspection frequency may be amended
based on a risk of FLOATATION TANK SOLUTION injury and illness.
201
7.2.15.1.4 Inspection Interference It is a violation of this CODE for a person to interfere with, deny,
or delay an inspection or investigation conducted by JCDHE.
7.2.15.2 Publication of Inspection Forms
7.2.15.2.1 Inspection Form Publication JCDHE may publish or post on the web or other source the
reports of FLOATATION TANK facility inspections.